enVision Math Common Core Kindergarten Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100

Go through the enVision Math Common Core Kindergarten Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 regularly and improve your accuracy in solving questions.

enVision Math Common Core Kindergarten Answers Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100

Essential Question
How can numbers to 100 be counted using a hundred chart?
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 1

enVision’STEM Project: Ant Colonies
Directions Read the character speech bubbles to students. Find Out! Have students find out how ants live and work together in colonies. Say: Talk to friends and relatives about ant colonies. Ask about the different jobs ants in a colony might have that help them survive. Journal: Make a Poster Have students make a poster. Have them draw an ant colony with 5 groups of ants. There should be 10 ants in each group. Then have them count by tens to find how many ants there are in all. Hove students use a hundred chart to practice counting by tens to 50.

Review what You Know

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 1.1
Answer:

Explanation:
I drew a circle around the number ninteen.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 1.2
Answer:

Explanation:
I circled 10+6 as 10+6=16
I drew a circle around the addition expression that makes 16.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 1.3
Answer:

Explanation:
I circled 10+8 as 10+8=18
I drew a circle around the addition expression that makes 18.

Count Numbers to 100 1

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 1.4
Answer:

Explanation:
There are 7 objects in the first set and 6 objects in the second set.So, the wrote the numbers 7, 6 in the blanks and i circled 7 as it is greater than 6.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 1.5
Answer:

Explanation:
There are 5 objects in the first set and 8 objects in the second set.So, the wrote the numbers 5, 8 in the blanks and i circled  as it is greater than 5.

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 1.6
Answer:

Explanation:
There are 4 objects in the first set and 10 objects in the second set.So, the wrote the numbers 4, 10 in the blanks and i circled 10 as it is greater than 4.

Directions Have students: 1 draw a circle around the number nineteen; 2 draw a circle around the addition expression that makes 16; 3 draw a circle around the addition expression that makes 18; 4-6 count each set of objects, write the numbers to tell how many, and then draw a circle around the number that is greater than the other number.

Pick a project

A
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 1.7

B
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 1.8

C
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 1.9

Directions Say: You will choose one of these projects. Look at picture A. Think about this question. What if you had more than two legs? If you choose Project A, you will make o model of a centipede. Look at picture B. Think about this question: Is there any math in dancing? If you choose Project B, you wilt create a numbers dance. Look at picture C. Think about this question: Where can you find a moonstone? If you choose Project C, you wilt collect and count treasures.

3-ACT MATH PREVIEW

Math Modeling

Stack Up

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 1.10

Directions Read the robot’s speech bubble to students. Generate Interest Ask students about their experience stacking blocks. Say: What’s the tallest block tower you have built? How many blocks was it? Give students a chance to practice building block towers and observe how many blocks tall they are.

Lesson 11.1 Count Using Patterns to 30

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 2.1
Directions Say: Count forward from 1 to 30. Count aloud and point to each number as you say it. What patterns do you see or hear when you count to 30 using the numbers on the chart? Color the boxes that show a pattern you find

Visual Learning Bridge

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 2.2

Guided Practice

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 2.3
Answer:

Explanation:
I counted forward from 1 to 10, circled the number in the top row and the part of the number in the bottom row that sound alike: twenty-ONE‘ twenty-TWO, twenty-THREE, twenty-FOUR twenty-FIVE, twenty-SIX.

Count Numbers to 100 2

Directions Have students: 1 count forward from 1 to 10. Count aloud and point to each number as it is said. Have them listen to the following numbers in the bottom row, and then draw a circle around the number in the top row and the part of the number in the bottom row that sound alike: twenty-ONE‘ twenty-TWO, twenty-THREE, twenty-FOUR twenty-FIVE, twenty-SIX. 2 listen to the pattern, and then use crayons to color the numbers that they hear: 16, 17, 18, 19.

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 2.5
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored the numbers that i heard they are 16, 17, 18, 19.
I can see and hear the pattern of counting by ones.

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 2.6
Answer:

Explanation:
3) I colored the numbers that i heard they are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
4) I colored the numbers that i heard they are 25, 26, 27, 28.
I can see and hear the pattern of counting by ones.

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 2.7
Answer:

Explanation:
5) I colored the numbers that i heard they are 4, 14, 24.
6) I colored the numbers that i heard they are 16, 17, 18, 19.
I can see and hear the pattern of counting by ones and by tens.

Directions Have students listen to the count, color the numbers they hear, and then tell what pattern they see or hear: 3 1, 2, 3, 4, 5; 4 25, 26, 27, 28; 5 4, 14, 24; 6 16, 17, 18, 19.

Independent Practice

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 2.8
Answer:

Explanation:
7) I colored the numbers that i heard they are 7, 17, 27.
8) I colored the numbers that i heard they are 21, 22, 23, 24, 25.
I can see and hear the pattern of counting by ones and tens.

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 2.9
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored the numbers that i heard they are 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 and circled the next number in the pattern that is 19.
I can see and hear the pattern of counting by ones.

Directions Have students listen to the count, color the numbers they hear, and then tell what pattern they see or hear: 7 7, 17, 27; 8 21,22, 23, 24, 25. 9 Higher Order Thinking Have students listen to the count, color the numbers they hear, and then tell what pattern they hear: 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18. Then have them draw a circle around the next number in the pattern.

Lesson 11.2 Count by Ones and by Tens to 50

Solve & Share

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 3.1
Directions Say : Work with a partner. Count forward from 1 to 50. One partner points to each number in the first row while the other partner counts aloud each number. Change jobs for every row. Watch students go through all 5 rows. Say: Now, one partner will cover some numbers on the board using counters. The other partner will name the hidden numbers. Play 3 times, and then color the numbers that are the hardest to remember.

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 2.10

Guided Practice

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 100
Answer:

Explanation:
I counted the numbers in the middle row beginning with 31 and ending with 39, and drew a circle around the part of the number that sounds the same that is 3tens(thirty)
I read the numbers in the first column and drew a circle around the number 1(ones)  that i hear in each number.

Directions Have students: 1 count aloud the numbers in the top row and point to each number as it is said. Then have them count aloud the numbers in the middle row beginning with 31 and ending with 39, and draw a circle around the part of the number that sounds the same; 2 read the numbers in the first column. Draw a circle around the number that you hear in each number.

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 3.2
Answer:

Explanation:
3)I found green number 20 and started counting up till 30 and colored the numbers green that has twenty as part of the number.
4)I found the red number 39 and started counting up till 49 and colored the numbers red.
5)I found the yellow number 33 amd started counting up till the next red number, colored the numbers yellow.
6)I found the blue number 20 and drew a circle around the parts of the numbers in the column that are the same.
7)I used counters to cover 3 numbers on the chart they are 14, 15, 16.

Count Numbers to 100 3

Directions Have students: 3 find the green number on the chart, and then begin counting forward by ones up to 30. Say: Color green all the numbers that have “twenty” as part of the number, 4 Find the red number and begin counting forward by ones and stop when they get to 49. Say: Color red all the numbers you counted; 5 find the yellow number. Then have them count forward by ones until they get to the red number. Say: What numbers did you count? Color them yellow, 6 find the blue number. Then draw a circle around the parts of the numbers in the column that are the same; 7 use counters to cover 3 numbers on the chart. Say: Show your chart to a friend, and ask them to tell you which numbers are hiding.

Independent Practice

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 3.3
Answer:

Explanation:
8)I started counting stars around the first circle at the arrow, crossed the number 10, counted all stars around all the circles and marked the last number of stars after each circle, they are 20, 30, 40, 50.
9)I colored the number 14 and colored 14 numbe rof stars in the below.

Directions 8 Have students begin counting stars around the first circle at the arrow, and continue clockwise around the circle until they have counted all the stars. Say: When you finish counting one circle, cross off the last number you said in your count on the chart. Have students continue counting the stars around the circles, crossing off the last number they said in each circle, until they reach the end of the stars. 9 Higher Order Thinking Say: Color one number in the chart. Now count that same number of stars below. Color each star to show how many you counted.

Lesson 11.3 Count by Tens to 100

Solve & Share
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 3.5

Directions Say: Color all the boxes of the numbers that have a zero as you count them aloud. Tell how you know which numbers to count. Count forward by tens beginning at 30 and going to 100. Point to the numbers as you count them aloud to a partner. Now begin at 60. Count forward by tens to 100. Mark each number with an X as you say it to your partner.

Visual Learning Bridge

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 3.6

Guided Practice

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 4.1
Answer:

Explanation:
I circled 30.
I drew a circle around the decade number that comes before 40 but after 20 that is 30.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 4.2
Answer:

Explanation:
I circled 70.
I circled the decade number that is missing from this pattern: 60, 80, 90, 100 that is 70.

Directions Have students: 1 draw a circle around the decade number that comes before 40 but after 20; 2 circle the decade number that is missing from this pattern: 60, 80, 90, 100.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 4.3
Answer:

Explanation:
I circled 40, 60, 80, 90.
I circled the missing numbers in the following pattern: ten, twenty, thirty, ___, fifty, __ seventy, ____, ___, one hundred they are 40, 60, 80, 90.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 4.4
Answer:

Explanation:
I counted by tens, there are 30 cubes in the above image.
I circled 30.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 4.5
Answer:

Explanation:
I counted by tens, there are 70 cubes in the above image.
I circled 70.

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 4.6
Answer:

Explanation:
I counted by tens, there are 80 cubes in the above image.
I circled 80.

Directions Have students: 3 draw a circle around the missing numbers in the following pattern: ten, twenty, thirty, ___, fifty, __ seventy, ____, ___, one hundred; 4-6 count the cubes by tens, and then draw a circle around the number that tells how many.

Independent Practice

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 4.7
Answer:

Explanation:
I counted by tens, there are 60 cubes in the above image.
I circled 60.

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 4.8
Answer:

Explanation:
I counted by tens, there are 100 cubes in the above image.
I circled 100.

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 4.9
Answer:

Explanation:
If i start counting forward by tens from 40, the next tens are 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 and 100.
Therefore i circled the numbers by tens from 40 to 100.

Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 4.10
Answer:

Explanation:
There are 10 decade numbers in the number chart.They are 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 and 100.

Directions 7-8 Have students count the cubes, and then draw a circle around the number that tells how many. 9 Say: If you start with 40, how would you count to 100 by tens? Circle the numbers you count. 10 Higher Order Thinking Have students look at the hundred chart and read the decade numbers. Say: How many decade numbers are there in the chart? Write the number.

Lesson 11.14 Count by Ones to 100

Solve & Share

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 4.11

Directions Say: Count forward from the yellow number. Stop at the red number. Tell how many numbers you counted aloud. Color the boxes of the numbers you counted aloud to show your work. Have students repeat the same steps for the blue to green sequence of squares, and for the orange to purple sequence of squares.

Visual Learning Bridge

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 4.12

Guided practice

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 5.1
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored the boxes of the numbers, starting at the yellow box 42 and ending at the red box 60.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 5.2
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored the boxes of the numbers, starting at the yellow box 7 and ending at the red box 22.

Directions 1 and 2 Have students color the boxes of the numbers as they count aloud, starting at the yellow box and ending at the red box.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 5.3
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored the boxes of the numbers, starting at the yellow box 34 and ending at the red box 55.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 5.4
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored the boxes of the numbers, starting at the yellow box 79 and ending at the red box 100.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 5.5
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored the boxes of the numbers, starting at the yellow box 1 and ending at the red box 28.

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 5.6
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored the boxes of the numbers, starting at the yellow box 56 and ending at the red box 76.

Directions 3-6 Have students color the boxes of the numbers as they count aloud, starting at the yellow box and ending at the red box. Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 5.7

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 5.8
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored the boxes of the numbers, starting at the yellow box 12 and ending at the red box 33.

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 5.9
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored the boxes of the numbers, starting at the yellow box 63 and ending at the red box 85.

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 6.1
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored the boxes of the numbers, starting at the yellow box 47 and ending at the red box 64.

Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 6.2
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored the box of the missing number: 79, 80, 81,83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88 that is 82.
I circled the numbers in the chart that are I more and I less than the missing number they are 81 and 83.

Directions 7-9 Have students color the boxes of the numbers as they count aloud, starting at the yellow box and ending at the red box. 10 Higher Order Thinking Have students listen to the count, and then color the box of the missing number: 79, 80, 81,83, 8*4, 85, 86, 87, 88. Say: Circle the numbers in the chart that are I more and I less than the missing number.

Lesson 11.5 Look For and Use Structure

Problem Sharing

Solve & Share
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 6.3
Directions Say: Carlos looks at the chart. He knows 21 comes just after 20. Draw a circle around the numbers that come just after each decade number. How do you know you are correct? What patterns do you see?

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 7.1

Guided Practice

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 7.2
Answer:

Explanation:
I circled the numbers that i counted from 7 to 9.They are 7, 8 , 9.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 7.3
Answer:

Explanation:
I circled the numbers that i counted by tens from 10 to 30, they are 10, 20, 30.

Directions Have students 1 count forward by ones, beginning at 7 and going to 9. Have them circle the counted numbers. Then 2 count forward by tens, beginning at 10 and going to 30. Have them circle the counted numbers.

Independent Practice

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 7.4
Answer:

Explanation:
The numbers that come after 65 if we count by 1s are 66, 67, 68
I circled the set of numbers 66, 67, 68 as they are the missing numers in the above number chart.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 7.5
Answer:

Explanation:
The numbers that come before 44 if we count by 1s are 41, 42, 43.
I circled the set of numbers 41, 42, 43 as they are the missing numers in the above number chart.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 7.6
Answer:

Explanation:
The numbers that come after 39 if we count by 10s are 40, 50, 60.
I circled the set of numbers 40, 50, 60 as they are the missing numers in the above number chart.

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 7.7
Answer:

Explanation:
The numbers that come after 29 if we count by 1s are 30, 31, 32
I circled the set of numbers 30, 31, 32 as they are the missing numers in the above number chart.

Directions 3-6 Have students count forward, and then draw a circle around the row that shows the missing set of numbers.

Problem Solving

Performance Task

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 8.1
Answer:

Explanation:
7)I counted up 18 squares, Used yellow crayon to make a path to show how i counted, and then i drew a circle around the number 25 where i ended.
8)If i counted by ones the would say 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25.
9)If i start counting at 10 and count up 17 squares, i would land on the number 27.No, there is no different way to count other than counting by 1s or 10s.

Directions Read the problem aloud. Then have students use multiple problem-solving methods to solve the problem. Say: Start at 7 and count up 18 squares in any way you choose. Use your yellow crayon to make a path to show how you counted, and then draw a circle around the number where you ended. 7 Be Precise How many tens are in 18? 8 Use Structure What numbers would you say if you only counted by ones? 9 Generalize Start at 10 and count up 17 squares. On what number did you land? Would there be a different way to count that would solve the problem?

Topic 11 Fluency Practice Activity

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 8.2
Answer:

Explanation:
2+2=4=3+1=B
3-1=2=4-2=I
4+1=5=2+3=G
By solving the addition and subraction statements i found the word BIG with the clues given.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 8.3
Answer:

Explanation:
5-5=0=3-3=C
4-3=1=5-4=A
0+3=3=1+2=T
By solving the addition and subraction statements i found the word CAT with the clues given.

Directions 1 and 2 Have students find a partner. Have them point to a clue in the top row, and then solve the addition or subtraction problem in the clue. Then have them look at the clues in the bottom row to find a match, and then write the clue letter above the match. Have students find a match for every clue.

Topic 11 Vocabulary Review

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 8.4
Answer:

Explanation:
1)I drew a circle around the part of the number in the orange column that is 3 ones
2)I drew a circle around the part of the number in the blue column that shows the pattern of 8 ones
3)I colored the decade numbers red.

Directions Understand Vocabulary Have students: 1 draw a circle around the part of the number in the orange column that is 3 ones. 2 draw a circle around the part of the number in the blue column that shows the pattern of 8 ones; 3 color the decade numbers red.

Topic 11 Reteaching

Set A

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 8.5

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 8.6
Answer:

Explanation:
I drew a circle around the numbers in the top row and the part of the number in the bottom row that sound the same.

Set B
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 8.7

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 8.8
Answer:

Explanation:
I counted by 10s, there are 80 cubes in the above image.
So, I circled 80.

Directions Have students: 1 count aloud the numbers in the top row. Then have them count aloud the numbers in the bottom row and draw a circle around the number in the top row and the part of the number in the bottom row that sound the same; 2 count by tens, and then draw a circle around the number that tells how many.

Set C
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 8.9

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 8.10
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored the boxes of the numbers, starting at the yellow box 69 and ending at the red box 80.

Set D
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 8.11

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 9.1
Answer:

Explanation:
I counted forward by 10s from 66, the next decades are 76, 86, 96.
So, i circled the set of missing numbers 76, 86, 96.

Directions Have students: 3 color the boxes of the numbers as they count aloud by ones, starting at the yellow box and ending at the red box; 4 count forward, and then draw a circle around the row that shows the missing set of numbers.

Topic 11 Assessment Practice

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 9.2
Answer:

Explanation:
I counted by 10s, there are 70 cubes in the above image.
So, I circled option(B) 70.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 9.3
Answer:

Explanation:
I counted by 1s, there are 58 beads in the above image.
So, I circled option(C) 58.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 9.4
Answer:

Explanation:
I counted by 10s, After 70, the numbers are 80, 90, 100.
So, I circled option(A) 80, 90, 100.

Directions Have students mark the best answer. 1 Which number tells how many cubes? 2 Count the beads by ones. Which number tells how many? 3 Which set of numbers shows the set of missing numbers in the number chart?

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 10.1
Answer:

Explanation:
I number that is just before the yellow numbers is 22.So, i circled Option(A).

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 10.2
Answer:

Explanation:
I started counting at 61 and drew a circle around the part of the number that sounds the same to show the pattern that is sixty, and then draw a circle around the column that has decade numbers 60, 70, 80, 90, 100.

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 10.3
Answer:

Explanation:
I colored the boxes of the numbers, starting at the yellow box 77 and ending at the red box 94.

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 10.4
Answer:

Explanation:
I counted by ones to write the missing numbers in the top row they are 16, 20, and then drew a circle around each of the missing numbers in the remaining rows they are 22, 30, 33, 39, 40, 41, 47, 48, 55, 56.

Directions Have students: 4 look at the numbers that are shaded yellow and choose the number that is counted just before the first yellow number. 5 look at the row beginning with 61. Count each number aloud. Have them draw a circle around the part of the number that sounds the same to show the pattern, and then draw a circle around the column that has decade numbers; 6 color the boxes of the numbers as they count by ones, starting at the yellow box and ending at the red box, and then explain any patterns they might see or hear; 7 count by ones to write the missing numbers in the top row, and then draw a circle around each of the missing numbers in the remaining rows.

Topic 11 Performance Task

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 11.1
Answer:

Explanation:
If we count by 1s the number that comes after 18 is 19.SO, i circled 19.
Therefore, the missing number that tells how many grapes Keisha has is 19.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 11.2
Answer:

Explanation:
I counted the almonds above by 10s, there are 50 almonds.
So, i circled 50.
Therefore, the number that tells how many almonds that Liam and his friends share for their snack is 50.

Directions School Snacks Say: It’s snack time for the Kindergarten class! 1 Say: Keisha puts a grape on the hundred chart to show how many grapes she has in her snack bag. Have students look at the numbers that come just before and just after the grape, and then at the numbers that are just above and just below it. Have them draw a circle around the missing number that tells how many grapes Keisha has. 2 Have students count the almonds that Liam and his friends share for their snack. Have them draw a circle around the number that tells how many. If needed, students can use the hundred chart to help.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 12.1
Answer:

Explanation:
I counted by 1s, there are 16 crackers.So, I coloreed the number 16.
If each friend has I cracker then the crackers left over are 16-10=6.So, i colored 6.

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 11 Count Numbers to 100 12.2
Answer:

Explanation:
I started at 64 on the number chart and made a path to show how to count up 18 i colored the number boxes from 64 to 81 then i drew a circle around the number where i stopped that is 82.

Directions 3 Say: Chen brings crackers for snack time for his table of 10 friends. Look at the crackers he brings. Have students count the crackers and color that number on the number chart. Say: How many crackers are left over if each friend has I cracker? Color that number on the chart. How do you know you are right? 4 Say: Zoe counts the cherries that she gives to her friends. She puts cherries on the number chart for the last three numbers that she counts. Have students find the cherries in the chart. Then have them look at the numbers to the right of the chart, and then draw a circle around the set of missing numbers to show how Zoe counted the cherries. 5 Say: Ty has 64 raisins in one bag. He has 18 raisins in another bag. Help Ty count his raisins. Have students start at 64 on the number chart and make a path to show how to count up 18 in any way they choose. Then have them draw a circle around the number where they stopped, and then explain how they counted up.

enVision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length

enVision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length

Go through the enVision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length regularly and improve your accuracy in solving questions.

enVision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Key Topic 12 Measuring Length

Essential Question:
What are ways to measure length?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 1

enVision STEM Project: Growing and Measuring
Find Out Grow bean plants. Give them numbers. Put some in sunlight. Put some in a dark place. Water some of the plants. Do not water some of the plants. See how the plants in each group grow.

Journal: Make a Book Show what you learn in a book. In your book, also:

  • Tell if plants need sunlight and water to grow.
  • Find plants to measure. Draw pictures of the plants. Tell how tall each plant is.

Review What You Know

Vocabulary
Question 1.
Draw a line under the bat to show its length.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 2
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-2-1

Question 2.
School is getting out. Circle a.m. or p.m.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 3
Answer:
4 pm.

Explanation:
The time shown on the clock is 4 pm.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-3-1

Question 3.
Draw clock hands to show quarter past 10.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 4
Answer:
10:25.

Explanation:
The clock shows 10:25.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-4-1

Measuring Length 1

Estimating and Measuring Length
Question 4.
Use snap cubes.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 5
Estimate the length.
about ________ cubes
Measure the length.
about ________ cubes
Answer:
The estimated length is about 2 cubes.
The measuring length is about 2 cubes.

Explanation:
The estimated length of the above image is two cubes and the length of the measurement is two cubes.

Question 5.
Use snap cubes.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 6
Estimate the length.
about ________ cubes
Measure the length.
about ________ cubes
Answer:
The estimated length is about 3 cubes.
The measuring length is about 3 cubes.

Explanation:
The estimated length of the above image is three cubes and the length of the measurement is three cubes.

Skip Counting
Question 6.
Write the missing numbers.
5, 10, _____, 20, _____
210, 220, _____, 240
400, ____, 600, 700
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 7
Answer:
5, 10, 15, 20, 25.
210, 220, 230, 240.
400, 500, 600, 700.

Explanation:
The difference between the first number and the second number is 10 – 5 which is 5, so the missing numbers are 15,25.
5, 10, 15, 20, 25.
The difference between the second number and the first number is 220 – 210 which is 10, so the missing number is 230.
210, 220, 230, 240.
The difference between the last number and the last before the number is 700 – 600 which is 100, so the missing numbers are 400, 500, 600, 700.

Pick a Project

PROJECT 12A
How are measurements used to design clothing?
Project: Measure Feet and Create Sock Designs
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 8

Answer:
Here, we will place a tape measure on the floor and we will take a position back of the heel at the zero marks on the tape. Then we will measure to the longest toe. And with the foot circumstances, we will make sure the sock wearer’s foot is placed on the ground. So we can get an accurate measurement.

PROJECT 12B
What units should you use to measure longer distances?
Project: Compare the Measurements of Sports Fields
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 9

Answer:
We will use kilometers to measure the longer distances.

PROJECT 12C
What can help you remember different measurement facts?
Project: Create a Booklet of Measurement Rhymes
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 10

PROJECT 12D
How long or how tall are some animals and insects?
Project: Make a Poster of Snake Lengths
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 11

Lesson 12.1 Estimating Length

Solve & Share
Your thumb is about 1 inch long. Use your thumb to find three objects that are each about 1 inch long. Draw the objects. From your elbow to your fingers is about I foot long. Use this part of your arm to find three objects that are each about I foot long. Draw the objects.
I can … estimate the length of an object by relating the length of the object to a measurement I know.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 12

Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-12-1

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 13

Convince Me! Is your height closer to 4 feet or 4 yards? How do you know?
Answer:
Yes, my height is closer to 4 feet or 4 yards.

Explanation:
Given that some objects and their estimated lengths. So, here we have 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 which is 12 feet. As 1 yard is 3 feet, so 12 feet is 4 yards. So my height is closer to 4 feet or 4 yards.

Guided Practice

Write the name and length of an object whose length you know. Then use that object to help you estimate the length of the object shown.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 14
Answer:
Pencil is 6 inch long.
Book is 1 foot long.
Desk is 2 feet long.

Explanation:
The pencil is about 6 inch long and my book is 1 foot long and my desk is about 2 feet long.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-14-1

Independent Practice

Write the name and length of an object whose length you know. te Then use that object to help you estimate the length of the object shown.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 15
Answer:
My thumb is 1 inch long.
My hand is about 6 inches long.
My book is 1 foot long.
My chair is about 3 feet high.

Explanation:
My thumb is 1 inch long.
My hand is about 6 inches long.
My book is 1 foot long.
My chair is about 3 feet high.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-15-1

Measuring Length 3

Question 5.
Higher Order Thinking Would you estimate the distance from your classroom to the principal’s office in inches, feet, or yards? How many units? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 16
Answer:
Given that the estimated distance from your classroom to the principal’s office is a gaint step is about a yard. So we would use yards because it covers more length at one time.

Problem Solving

Solve each problem.
Question 6.
Vocabulary Complete each sentence using one of the words below.
exact
estimated
inch
yard
An ___________ measurement is a good guess.
The height of a kitchen window is about 1 ________.
A small paper clip is about 1 _______ long.
Answer:
An estimated measurement is a good guess.
The height of a kitchen window is about 1 yard.
A small paper clip is about 1 inch long.

Question 7.
Reasoning Joy and Kyle estimate the height of their classroom. Joy estimates the height to be 10 feet. Kyle estimates the height to be 10 yards. Who has the better estimate? Explain.
Answer:
Given that Joy and Kyle estimate the height of their classroom and Joy estimates the height to be 10 feet and Kyle estimates the height to be 10 yards. So Joy has the better estimation as we know that 1 yard is 3 feet and 10 yards is 30 feet which is big.

Question 8.
Higher Order Thinking A city wants to build a bridge over a river. Should they plan out an exact length of the bridge, or is an estimated length good enough? Explain.
Answer:
Here, we need an exact length because then cars or people would tall so if it was too short

Question 9.
Assessment Practice Draw a line from each estimate to a matching object.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 17
Answer:
The book is about 1 foot and the stamp is about 1 inch and the umbrella is about 1 yard.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that the book is about 1 foot and the stamp is about 1 inch and the umbrella is about 1 yard.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-17-1

Lesson 12.2 Measure with Inches

Solve & Share
The orange square is I inch long. How can you use I inch squares to find the length of the line in inches? Measure the line and explain.
I can … estimate measures and use a ruler to measure length and height to the nearest inch.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 18
The line is about _____ inches long.

Answer:
The line is about 5 inches long.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-18-1

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 19

Convince Me! Use a ruler to measure. What classroom objects are about 12 inches long?

Answer:
The classroom objects which are about 12 inches long is books, plates, sink, Chromebook and tissue box.

Guided Practice

Estimate the height or length of each real object. Then use a ruler to measure to the nearest inch.
Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 20

Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 21

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 22
Answer:
The estimated length of the pencil case is about 8 inches and the measured value is about 7 inches.

Independent Practice

Estimate the height or length of each real object. Then use a ruler to measure. Compare your estimate and measurement.
Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 23
Answer:
The estimated width of the bag is about 6 inches and the measured value is about 12 inches.

Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 24

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 25
Answer:
The estimated length of the paintbrush is about 5 inches and the measured value is about 8 inches.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 26
Answer:
The estimated height of a cup is about 4 inches and the measured value is about 6 inches.

Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 27

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 28
Answer:
The estimated length of a crayon box is about 4 inches and the measured value is about 5 inches.

Higher Order Thinking Think about how to use a ruler to solve each problem.

Question 7.
Jason measures an object. The object is just shorter than the halfway mark between 8 and 9 on his inch ruler. How long is the object?
about _______ inches
Answer:
The length of the object is about 8 inches.

Explanation:
Given that Jason measures an object and the object is just shorter than the halfway mark between 8 and 9 on his inch ruler, so the length of the object is about 8 inches.

Question 8.
Gina measures an object. The object is just longer than the halfway mark between 9 and 10 on her inch ruler. How long is the object?
about _______ inches
Answer:
The length of the object is about 10 inches.

Explanation:
Given that Gina measures an object and the object is just longer than the halfway mark between 9 and 10 on her inch ruler. So the length of the object is about 10 inches.

Problem Solving

Solve each problem.
Question 9.
Explain Pam says that each cherry is about 1 inch wide. Is she correct? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 29
Answer:
Yes, she is correct.

Explanation:
As Pam says that each cherry is about 1 inch wide, yes she is correct. Because it is longer than the halfway mark.

Question 10.
Vocabulary Find an object in the classroom that measures about 6 inches. Write a sentence to describe the object. Use these words.
estimate
inches
Answer:
Estimated: 8 inches.
Actual: 10 inches.

Explanation:
The estimated length of the chrome book is about 8 inches and its actual length of the chrome book is about 10 inches.

Question 11.
Higher Order Thinking Explain how to use an inch ruler to measure the length of an object.
Answer:
I would hold up the ruler next to the object to measure.

Question 12.
Assessment Practice Use a ruler. About how many inches long are the two stamps together?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 30
A. 4 inches
B. 3 inches
C. 2 inches
D. 1 inch
Answer:
2 inches.

Explanation:
The length of the two stamps together is 2 inches.

Lesson 12.3 Inches, Feet, and Yards

Solve & Share
Which objects in the classroom are about 1 inch, about I foot, and about 1 yard long? Show these objects below.
I can … estimate measures and use tools to measure the length and height of objects to the nearest inch, foot, and yard.
about 1 inch
about 1 foot
about 1 yard

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 31

Convince Me! Would you measure the length of a school building in inches or yards? Why?
Answer:
Yards.

Explanation:
The length of the school building is measured in yards because they are large units.

Guided Practice

Match each object with a reasonable estimate of its length.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 32
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-32-1

Independent Practice

Estimate the length of each real object. Choose a ruler, yardstick, or measuring tape to measure. Write the tool you used.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 33

Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-33-1
Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 34
Answer:
3 feet.

Explanation:
The length of the pencil is about 3 feet.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 35
Answer:
6 feet.

Explanation:
The length of the table is about 6 feet.

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 36
Answer:
11 feet.

Explanation:
The length of the door is about 11 feet.

Question 7.
Higher Order Thinking Explain how you could use a foot ruler to measure the length of a room in feet.
Answer:
We will start at one end and then we will make a mark for one foot. Then we will move the ruler to the mark and measure a second foot then we will keep going to the end of the room.

Problem Solving

Solve each problem.
Question 8.
Generalize Circle the real object that is about 4 feet in length.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 37
Answer:
The real object that is about 4 feet in length is a cycle.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-37-1

Question 9.
Number Sense Explain how to use a yardstick to measure the length of an object. Estimate the length of your classroom in yards. Then measure.
Answer:
A yardstick is used to measure larger objects. A yardstick also has inches on it.

Question 10.
Higher Order Thinking Find an object in the classroom that you estimate measures about 2 feet. Draw the object.
What tool would you use to measure it? Explain why you chose the tool you did.
Answer:
Bookshelves.

Explanation:
The object in the classroom is bookshelves and I would use a book to measure because they are 1 foot.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-37-2

Question 11.
Assessment Practice Jon sets two of the same real objects next to each other. Together, they have a length of about 4 feet. Which is the object Jon uses?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 38
Answer:
Table.

Explanation:
In the above objects which are about 4 feet is table.

Lesson 12.4 Measure Length Using Different Customary Units

Solve & Share
Choose an object. Measure your object in feet. Then measure it in inches. Do you need more units of feet or inches to measure your object? Why?
I can … estimate and measure the length and height of objects in inches, feet, and yards.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 39
about ______ feet long
about ________ inches long

Answer:
about 1 foot long,
about 12 inches long.

Explanation:
Here, my laptop is about 1 foot long and it is about 12 inches long. I need more units of inches because it took 12 of them.

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 40

Convince Me! Juan measures the height of a wall in his room. He lines the wall with one-foot rulers. He could find this height with yardsticks. Would Juan need more rulers or yardsticks? Explain.

Guided Practice

Measure each real object using different units. Circle the unit you use more of to measure each object.
Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 41
about ______ feet
about _______ yards
I use more units of:
feet
yards
Answer:
about 3 feet.
about 1 yard.

Explanation:
The measurement of the object in the above image is about 3 feet and about 1 yard.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 42
about ______ feet
about ______ inches
I use more units of:
inches
feet
Answer:
about 3 feet.
about 36 inches.

Explanation:
The measurement of the object in the above image is about 3 feet and about 36 inches.

Independent Practice

Measure each real object using different units. Circle the unit you use fewer of to measure each object.
Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 43
about _______ inches
about _______ feet
I use fewer units of:
inches
feet
Answer:
about 3 feet.
about 36 inches.

Explanation:
The measurement of the object in the above image is about 3 feet and about 36 inches.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 44
about _______ feet
about _______ yards
about
I use fewer units of:
feet
yards
Answer:
about 6 feet.
about 2 yards.

Explanation:
The measurement of the object in the above image is about 6 feet and about 2 yards.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 45
about _______ feet
about _______ yards
I use fewer units of:
feet
yards
Answer:
about 3 feet.
about 1 yard.

Explanation:
The measurement of the object in the above image is about 3 feet and about 1 yard.

Number Sense Circle the best estimate for the length of each object.
Question 6.
About how long is a key?
2 inches
2 feet
2 yards
Which tool would you use to measure the length of a key?
Answer:
Ruler.
And the length is 2 inches.

Explanation:
The tool would we use to measure the length of a key is a Ruler and the length of a key is 2 inches.

Question 7.
About how long is a suitcase?
2 inches
2 feet
2 yards
Which tool would you use to measure the length of a suitcase?
Answer:
Ruler.
And the length is 2 feet.

Explanation:
The tool would we use to measure the length of a suitcase is a Ruler and the length of a key is 2 feet

Problem Solving

Solve each problem.
Question 8.
Use Tools Measure the length of an object in your classroom using two different units.
Object: ___________
about ________ about _________
Which unit did you use more of?
Circle which tool you used.
ruler
yardstick
measuring tape
Answer:

Question 9.
Higher Order Thinking Andrew wants to measure the length of a football field. Should he use feet or yards to measure it? Which tool should he use? Explain.
Answer:
Andrew uses yards.

Explanation:
Here, Andrew wants to measure the length of a football field, so he uses yards to measure. Because the football field is very long. So he uses yards.

Question 10.
Assessment Practice Which unit would you need the fewest of to measure the length of the table?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 46
A. inches
B. feet
C. yards
D. all the same
Answer:
The table is measured in yards.

Explanation:
The fewest of to measure the length of the table is yards, as the length of the table will be one yard.

Question 11.
Assessment Practice Which is the best estimate for the length of a vegetable garden?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 47
A. about 5 inches
B. about I foot
C. about 5 yards
D. about 20 inches
Answer:
About 5 yards.

Explanation:
The best estimate for the length of a vegetable garden is about 5 yards.

Lesson 12.5 Measure with Centimeters

Solve & Share
The green cube is I centimeter long. How can you use I centimeter cubes to find the length of the line in centimeters? Measure the line and explain.
I can … estimate measures and use a ruler to measure length and height to the nearest centimeter.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 48
The line is about _______ centimeters long.

Answer:
The line is about 7 centimeters long.

Explanation:
The line is about 7centimeters long.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-48-1

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 49

Convince Mel Explain how you know the length of the paper clip above is about 3 centimeters long.

Answer:
We can see where it is measured on the ruler.

Guided Practice

Estimate the height or length of each real object. Use a ruler to measure to the nearest centimeter.
Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 50

Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 51

Answer:
The estimated length is 15 centimeters and the actual measure is 18 centimeters.

Explanation:
The estimated length of the stapler is about 15 centimeters and the actual measurement is 18 centimeters.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 52
Answer:
The estimated length is 22 centimeters and the actual measure is 25 centimeters.

Explanation:
The estimated length of the stapler is about 22 centimeters and the actual measurement is 25 centimeters.

Independent Practice

Estimate the width, height, or length of each real object. Then use a ruler to measure. Compare your estimate and measurement.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 53
Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 54
width of a shoelace
Answer:
The estimated width is 3 centimeters and the actual measure is 2 centimeters.

Explanation:
The estimated width of the shoelace is about 3 centimeters and the actual measurement is 2 centimeters.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 55
width of a chair
Answer:
The estimated width is 25 centimeters and the actual measure is 35 centimeters.

Explanation:
The estimated width of the shoelace is about 25 centimeters and the actual measurement is 35 centimeters.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 56
length of a pencil
Answer:
The estimated length is 15 centimeters and the actual measure is 12 centimeters.

Explanation:
The estimated length of a pencil is about 15 centimeters and the actual measurement is 12 centimeters.

Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 57

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 58
height of scissors
Answer:
The estimated height is 10 centimeters and the actual measure is 13 centimeters.

Explanation:
The estimated height of the scissors is about 10 centimeters and the actual measurement is 13 centimeters.

Higher Order Thinking Explain whether each estimate is reasonable or not.
Question 7.
Josh estimated that the length of his reading book is about 6 centimeters.
Answer:
No, Josh estimated length is not correct.

Explanation:
No, Josh estimated length is not correct. Because 6 centimeters is too small.

Question 8.
Shae estimated that the height of her desk is about 10 centimeters.
Answer:
No, Shae estimated height is not correct.

Explanation:
No, Josh estimated height is not correct. Because 10 centimeters is too small.

Problem Solving

Solve each problem.
Question 9.
Vocabulary Find an object that is about 10 centimeters long. Write a sentence to describe your object using these words.
centimeters
estimate
Answer:
Here, we have taken the eraser as an object which is about 10 centimeters long. The estimated length of the eraser is about 12 centimeters.

Question 10.
Look for Patterns Nick wants to put another pen end to end with this one. About how long would the two pens be together?
about _________ centimeters
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 59
Answer:
14 centimeters.

Explanation:
The length of the two pens be together would be 7 + 7 which is 14 centimeters.

Question 11.
Higher Order Thinking Paul says that a toothbrush is about 19 centimeters long. Sarah says it is about 50 centimeters long. Who is correct? Explain.
Answer:
Paul is correct.

Explanation:
Paul is correct, we know that by measuring. So Sarah is wrong.

Question 12.
Assessment Practice Mary measures the length of her eraser to the nearest centimeter. What is the length of her eraser to the nearest centimeter?
__________ centimeters
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 60
Answer:
4 centimeters.

Explanation:
The length of her eraser to the nearest centimeter is centimeters.

Lesson 12.6 Centimeters and Meters

Solve & Share
Which objects in the classroom are about 3 centimeters long? Which objects are about I meter long?
Show these objects below.
I can … estimate measures and use a ruler, a meter stick, or a tape measure to measure length and height to the nearest centimeter or meter.
about 3 centimeters
about 1 meter

Answer:
Sharpener lid, pencil, and a marker cap.

Explanation:
The objects that are about 3 centimeters long are a sharpener lid, pencil, and a marker cap.

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 61

Convince Me! Would you measure the length of a house in centimeters or meters? Why?

Answer:
Meters.

Explanation:
The length of the house is measured in meters because meters are a bigger unit of measurement.

Guided Practice

Match each object with a reasonable estimate of its length.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 62
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-62-1

Independent Practice

Estimate the length or height of each real object shown. Then choose a tool and measure. Compare your estimate and measurement.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 63
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-63-1
Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 64
Answer:
The estimated length is 5 cm and the measured value is 6 cm.

Explanation:
The estimated length of the above object is about 5 cm and the measured value is about 6 cm. We have used a ruler to measure the object.

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 65
Answer:
The estimated height is 1 m and the measured value is 1 m.

Explanation:
The estimated height of the above object is about 1 m and the measured value is about 1 m. We have used a meterstick to measure the object.

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 66
Answer:
The estimated length is 8 cm and the measured value is 12 cm.

Explanation:
The estimated length of the above object is about 8 cm and the measured value is about 12 cm. We have used a ruler to measure the object.

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 67
Answer:
The estimated height is 1 m and the measured value is 1 m.

Explanation:
The estimated height of the above object is about 1 m and the measured value is about 1 m. We have used a meterstick to measure the object.

Question 9.
Tom uses a meter stick to measure the length of a fence. He places the meter stick 5 times on the fence to measure from one end to the other end. How long is the fence?
________ meters
Answer:
5 meters.

Explanation:
Here, Tom uses a meter stick to measure the length of a fence and he places the meter stick 5 times on the fence to measure from one end to the other end, so the length of the fence is 5 meters.

Question 10.
Higher Order Thinking Debbie says that her doll is about 30 meters long. Do you think this is a good estimate? Why or why not?
Answer:
No, Debbie’s estimation is incorrect.

Explanation:
No, Debbie’s estimation is incorrect because it is too big.

Problem Solving

Solve each problem.
Question 11.
Be Precise Choose an object to measure. Use metric units. Estimate first and then measure.
Draw the object and write your estimate and measurement. Was your estimate reasonable?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 68
Answer:

Question 12.
Circle the real object that would be about 2 meters long.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 69
Answer:
Object 1 is about 2 meters longer than object 2.

Explanation:
Here, Object 1 is about 2 meters longer than object 2.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-69-1

Question 13.
Higher Order Thinking Each side of a place-value cube is I centimeter long. Use a place-value cube to draw a 5-centimeter ruler.
Answer:
Here, we have placed I centimeter long 5 cubes.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-48-1

Question 14.
Assessment Practice Choose an appropriate tool. Measure each line. Which lines are at least 6 centimeters long? Choose all that apply.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 70
Answer:
Option A and Option B are at least 6 centimeters long.

Lesson 12.7 Measure Length Using Different Metric Units

Solve & Share
Measure this pencil in inches. Then measure it again in centimeters. Which measurement has more units?
I can … measure the length and height of objects using different metric units.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 71
about _________ inches
about _________ centimeters
Which has more units? ___________

Answer:
about 6 inches,
about 15 centimeters.
Centimeter has more units.

Explanation:
The length of the pencil in inches is about 6 inches and in centimeters, it is about 15 centimeters. So, here centimeter has more units.

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 72

Convince Me! Tina measures the length of a room with centimeter rulers. She could find this length with meter sticks. Would Tina need fewer rulers or meter sticks? Explain.
Answer:
Here, centimeters are more because they are smaller.

Guided Practice

Measure each real object using different units. Circle the unit you use more of to measure each object.
Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 73
about _________ centimeters
about _________ meters
I use more units of:
centimeters
meters
Answer:
about 200 centimeters,
about 2 meters.
Centimeters are more.

Explanation:
The above image is about 200 centimeters and about 2 meters. Here, centimeters are more.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 74
about _________ centimeters
about _________ meters
I use more units of:
centimeters
meters
Answer:
about 300 centimeters,
about 3 meters.
Centimeters are more.

Explanation:
The above image is about 300 centimeters and about 3 meters. Here, centimeters are more.

Independent Practice

Measure each real object using different units. Circle the unit you use fewer of to measure each object.
Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 75
about _________ meters
about _________ centimeters
I use fewer units of:
centimeters
meters
Answer:
about 200 centimeters,
about 2 meters.
Meters are fewer.

Explanation:
The above image is about 200 centimeters and about 2 meters. Here, meters are fewer.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 76
about _________ meters
about _________ centimeters
I use fewer units of:
centimeters
meters
Answer:
about 300 centimeters,
about 3 meters.
Meters are fewer.

Explanation:
The above image is about 300 centimeters and about 3 meters. Here, meters are fewer.

Question 5.
Higher Order Thinking Jay measured the height of his bedroom in both centimeters and meters. Did he use fewer units of centimeters or meters? Explain.
Answer:
Meters.

Explanation:
Here, Jay used fewer meters because they are larger units of measurement.

Problem Solving

Solve each problem.
Question 6.
Explain If you had to measure the length of the hallway outside of your classroom, would you use centimeters or meters? Explain.
Answer:
Meters.

Explanation:
We would use meters because they are larger.

Question 7.
Higher Order Thinking A meter stick is about 39 inches long. Is a meter longer or shorter than a yard? Explain.
Answer:

Explanation:
Given that a meter stick is about 39 inches long. Now we will check that meter is longer or shorter than a yard. As we know that 1 foot is 12 inches and for 3 feet it will be 12 × 3 which is 36 inches. And here meter stick is 39 inches, so the meter is longer.

Question 8.
Assessment Practice Estimate the length of a baseball bat in centimeters and meters.
_________ centimeters
________ meters
Which number must be greater? Explain.
Answer:

Question 9.
Assessment Practice Tina measures the length of a jump rope using different units. How will her measurements compare?
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 77
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-77-1

Lesson 12.8 Compare Lengths

Solve & Share
Circle two paths. Estimate which one is longer. How can you check if your estimate is correct?
I can … tell how much longer one object is than another.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 78
Estimate: The _________ path is longer.
Measure: The __________ path is longer.

Answer:
Estimate: The blue path is longer.
Measure: The blue path is longer.

Explanation:
Here, the blue path is longer.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answers-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-78-1

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 79

Convince Me! How can you find the length of a path that is not straight?

Answer:
Here, we will move the ruler and then we need to add both parts.

Guided Practice

Estimate the length of each path. Then use a centimeter ruler to measure each path.
Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core 2nd Grade Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 80

Question 2.
Path B
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 81
Estimate: about _______ cm
Measure: about ________ cm
Answer:
Estimate: about 7 cm.
Measure: about 6 cm.

Explanation:
The estimated length of path B is 7 cm and the measured value is about 6 cm.

Question 3.
Which path is longer?
Answer:
Path A.

Explanation:
From the above paths, Path A is longer than Path B.

Question 4.
How much longer?
about _________ cm longer
Answer:
About 4 cm longer.

Explanation:
In the above, we can see that Path A measured value is about 10 cm and Path B measured value is about 6 cm. So the Path A is 10 – 6 which is 4 cm longer than Path B.

Independent Practice

Estimate the length of each path. Then use a centimeter ruler to measure each path. Compare your estimate and measurement.
Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 82
Estimate: about ________ centimeters
Measure: about __________ centimeters
Answer:
Estimate: about 10 cm.
Measure: about 11 cm.

Explanation:
The estimated length of path C is 10 cm and the measured value is about 11 cm.

Question 6.
Path D
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 83
Estimate: about ________ centimeters
Measure: about __________ centimeters
Answer:
Estimate: about 8 cm.
Measure: about 7 cm.

Explanation:
The estimated length of path D is 8 cm and the measured value is about 7 cm.

Question 7.
Which path is longer?
Answer:
Path C.

Explanation:
From the above paths, Path C is longer than Path D.

Question 8.
How much longer?
about ________ centimeters longer
Answer:
About 4 cm longer.

Explanation:
In the above, we can see that Path C measured value is about 11 cm and Path D measured value is about 7 cm. So the Path A is 11 – 7 which is 4 cm longer than Path D.

Higher Order Thinking Think about the length of each object. Circle the best estimate of its length.
Question 9.
a key
about l cm
about 6 cm
about 20 cm
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 84
Answer:
About 6 cm.

Explanation:
Here, the key is about 6 cm.

Question 10.
a pen
about 2 cm
about 4 cm
about 15 cm
Use your estimates to complete:
A pen is about ________ cm than a ________.
Answer:
A pen is about 9 cm than a key.

Explanation:
In the above, we can see that the key is about 6 cm long and the pen is about 15 cm long. So a pen is 15 – 6 which is 9 cm longer than a key.

Problem Solving

Solve each problem.
Question 11.
Explain A path has two parts. The total length of the path is 12 cm. If one part is 8 cm, how long is the other part? Explain.
________ centimeters
Answer:
About 4 cm long.

Explanation:
Given that the total length of the path is 12 cm and one part is 8 cm, so the other part is 12 – 8 which is 4 cm long.

Question 12.
Higher Order Thinking Draw a path with two parts. Measure the length to the nearest centimeter. Write an equation to show the length of your path.
Answer:
The equation is 7 cm + 3 cm = 10 cm.

Explanation:
Here, we have taken a path with two parts Path A and Path B with 7 cm and 3 cm. So the equation will be 7 + 3 = 10 cm.

Question 13.
Higher Order Thinking Beth drew a picture of a bike path. Use tools. Measure the length of the path below. Write the total length.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 85
about __________ centimeters
Answer:
The length is about 12 cm.

Explanation:
The length of Beth’s path is 5 + 2 + 5 which is 12 cm.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-85-1

Question 14.
Assessment Practice Measure each path in centimeters.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 86
How much longer is Path A than Path B? Show your work.
Answer:
Path A is 2 cm longer than Path B.

Explanation:
In the above image, the length of Path A is 14 cm and the length of Path B is 12 cm. So Path A is 14 – 12 = 2 cm longer than Path B.

Lesson 12.9 Problem Solving

Precision
Solve & Share
Zeke measures the snake and says it is about 4 inches long. Jay says it is about 5 inches long. Who measures the snake more precisely? Measure and explain.
I can … choose tools, units, and methods that help me be precise when I measure.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 87
Length: __________

Answer:
The length of the snake is 5 inches long.

Explanation:
Here, Jay measures it more precisely because I measured to check his answer. The length of the snake is 5 inches long.

Thinking Habits
Which unit of measure will I use? Is my work precise?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 88

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 89

Convince Me! How does using a string help Anna use precision to measure the worm?

Answer:
Here, the string helps to measure the curves.

Guided Practice

Solve.
Question 1.
Bev measures the crayon and says it is 5 centimeters long. Is her work precise? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 90
Answer:
Yes, Bev’s work is precise.

Explanation:
Yes, Bev’s work is precise. Because we can see the measurement.

Independent Practice

Solve each problem.
Question 2.
Steve uses centimeter cubes. He says the pencil is 9 centimeters long. Is his work precise? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 91
Answer:
No, Steve’s work is not precise.

Explanation:
No, Steve’s work is not precise. Because he left the spaces between the centimeter cubes.

Question 3.
Use a centimeter ruler to measure the pencil yourself. How long is the pencil? Explain what you did to make sure your work is precise.
Answer:
The pencil is 11 cm long.

Explanation:
It is 11 cm long and here we have used a ruler to measure.

Question 4.
Find the difference in the lengths of the paths in inches. Is your answer precise? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 92
Answer:
The difference between the two paths is 3.

Explanation:
The length of Path A is 3 inches and the length of Path B is 6 inches. So the difference between the two paths is 6 – 3 which is 3.

Problem Solving

Performance Task
Shoestring Katie lost a shoestring. The shoestring has the same length as the shoestring at the right. What is the length of the shoestring Katie lost?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 93

Question 5.
Make Sense Estimate the length of the shoestring in the picture. Explain how your estimate helps you measure.
Answer:
The length of the shoelace is 15 cm.

Explanation:
The estimation of each part of the shoelace is to be 5 cm. So the total will be 15 cm.

Question 6.
Use Tools What tools can you use to measure the shoestring? Explain.
Answer:
Here, we can use a string to measure the shoestring.

Question 7.
Be Precise Measure the shoestring. Tell why your work is precise.
Answer:
Here, we have measured 30 cm with the string and then we measure the string on the ruler.

Topic 12 Fluency Practice Activity

Find a Match
Find a partner. Point to a clue. Read the clue.
Look below the clues to find a match. Write the clue letter in the box next to the match. Find a match for every clue.
I can … add and subtract within 100.
Clues
A. The sum is between 47 and 53.
B. The difference equals 56 – 20.
C. The sum equals 100.
D. The difference equals 79 – 27.
E. The difference is between 25 and 35.
F. The sum equals 41 + 56.
G. The difference is less than 20.
H. The sum equals 26 + 19.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 94

Answer:
A. The sum is between 47 and 53 is 100 which is 56 + 44 is 100.
B. The difference equals 56 – 20 = 36 which is 60 – 24 is 36.
C. The sum equals 100 which is 56 + 44 is 100.
D. The difference equals 79 – 27 is 52 which is 81 – 29 is 52.
E. The difference is between 25 and 35 is 10.
F. The sum equals 41 + 56 is 97 which is 32 + 65 is 97.
G. The difference is less than 20 is 47 – 31 is 16.
H. The sum equals 26 + 19 is 45 which is 34 + 11 is 45.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-94-1

Topic 12 Vocabulary Review

Understand Vocabulary
Word List
• centimeter (cm)
• estimate
• foot (ft)
• height
• inch (in.)
• length
• meter (m)
• nearest centimeter
• nearest inch
• yard (yd)

Question 1.
Circle the unit that has the greatest length.
foot
meter
inch
Answer:

Question 2.
Circle the unit that has the shortest length.
yard
inch
centimeter
Answer:

Question 3.
Cross out the unit you would NOT use to measure the length of a book.
inch
centimeter
yard
Answer:

Question 4.
Cross out the unit you would NOT use to measure the height of a house.
inch
foot
meter
Answer:

Estimate the length of each item.
Question 5.
pencil
_________
Answer:

Question 6.
paper clip
_________
Answer:

Question 7.
school desk
__________
Answer:

Use Vocabulary in Writing
Question 8.
Use words to tell how to find the height of a table. Use terms from the Word List.
Answer:

Topic 12 Reteaching

Set A

There are 12 inches in I foot. There are 3 feet in I yard. You can use lengths of objects you know to estimate lengths of other objects.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answer Key Topic 12 Measuring Length 95

Estimate the lengths of two classroom objects in feet. Name each object and write your estimate.
Question 1.
Object: __________
about ____ feet
Answer:
Object: Window
About 6 feet.

Explanation:
The estimated value of the window is 6 feet and the sink is 2 feet.

Question 2.
Object: ____________
about ________ feet
Answer:
Object: Sink
About 2 feet.

Explanation:
The estimated value of the sink is 2 feet.

Set B

You can measure the length of an object to the nearest inch.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 96
The string is longer than halfway between 1 and 2.
So, use the greater number.
The string is about 2 inches.

Find objects like the ones shown. Use a ruler to measure their lengths.
Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 97
about _______ inches
Answer:
About 5 inches.

Explanation:
The length of the object is about 5 inches.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 98
about _______ inches
Answer:
About 3 inches.

Explanation:
The length of the object is about 3 inches.

Set C

The measure of the height of a window takes more units of feet than yards.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 99

Measure the real object in inches and feet. Circle the unit you needed more of.
Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 100
about ________ feet
about ______ yard

Answer:
Feets are more.

Explanation:
The measurement of the object is about 3 feet and about 1 yard. Here, feets are more.

Set D

You can measure the length of an object to the nearest centimeter.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 101
The paper clip is less than halfway between 3 and 4.
So, use the lesser number.
The paper clip is about 3 cm.

Find real objects like the ones shown. Use a ruler to measure their lengths.
Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 102
about _________ cm
Answer:
About 16 cm.

Explanation:
The measurement of the object is about 16 cm.

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 103
about _________ cm
Answer:
About 7 cm.

Explanation:
The measurement of the object is about 7 cm.

Set E

Reteaching Continued

There are 100 centimeters in 1 meter.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 104

Circle the picture of the real object that is about each length or height.
Question 8.
about 1 centimeter
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 105
Answer:
The height of the pen is about 1 centimeter.

Explanation:
The height of the pen is about 1 centimeter.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-105-1

Question 9.
about 1 meter
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 106
Answer:
The length of the belt is about 1 meter.

Explanation:
The length of the belt is about 1 meter.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answers-Topic-12-Measuring-Length-106-1

Set F

The measure of the height of this cart takes fewer units of meters than centimeters.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 107
about 93 centimeters
about 1 meters

Measure the real object in centimeters and meters. Circle the unit you needed fewer of.
Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 108
about ________ centimeters
about _______ meters
Answer:
About 200 centimeters,
About 2 meters.

Explanation:
The length of the door is about 200 centimeters and about 2 meters. So it is fewer in meters.

Set G

Which path is longer? How much longer? Measure each part. Then add the lengths.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 109
Subtract the lengths to compare.
65 = 1
The purple path is about 1 centimeter longer.

Use a centimeter ruler. Measure each path.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 110
Question 11.
Red path: ________ centimeters
Answer:
9 centimeters.

Explanation:
The red path is 9 centimeters.

Question 12.
Blue path: ________centimeters
Answer:
7 centimeters.

Explanation:
The blue path is 7 centimeters.

Question 13.
Which path is longer?
_________
How much longer is it?
about _________ centimeters longer
Answer:
Red path.

Explanation:
The longer path is the red path and 9 – 7 = 2 centimeters longer.

Set H

Thinking Habits
Attend to Precision Which unit of measure will I use? Is my work precise?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 111

Question 14.
Measure the length of the bottom of this page in feet and in inches.
about _______ ft
about ________ in.
Answer:
about 1 ft
about 10 in.

Explanation:
The length of the bottom of this page in feet is about 1 foot and in inches, it is about 10 inches.

Question 15.
Which measure in Item 14 is more precise? Explain.
Answer:
Here, 10 inches is more precise because it is the exact measurement.

Topic 12 Assessment Practice

Question 1.
Estimate. About how tall is the flower?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 112
A. about 5 cm
B. about 10 cm
C. about 15 cm
D. about 1 meter
Answer:
B.

Explanation:
The flower is about 10 cm.

Question 2.
Draw a line from each estimate to a matching object.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 113
about 1 yard
about 1 foot
about 1 inch
Answer:
The shoe is about 1 foot.
The coin is about 1 inch.
The ribbon is about 1 yard.

Question 3.
Which units would you need the fewest of to measure the height of a fence?
A. inches
B. feet
C. yards
D. all the same
Answer:
C.

Explanation:
The fewest of to measure the height of a fence is yards.

Question 4.
Dan measures the width of a window with answer precise? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 114
Answer:
No, Dan’s answer was not precise.

Explanation:
No, Dan’s answer was not precise. Because he didn’t mention the measurements.

Question 5.
Use a ruler to measure each line to the nearest centimeter. Which are about 3 centimeters long? Choose all that apply.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 115
Answer:
Option 1.

Explanation:
The first option is about 3 centimeters long.

Question 6.
Use a ruler to measure the length of the pencil in inches. Which is the correct measurement?
A. 2 inches
B. 3 inches
C. 4 inches
D. 5 inches
Answer:
B.

Explanation:
The pencil is 3 inches long.

Question 7.
Circle the unit you need fewer of to measure the length of a kitchen.
centimeters
meters
Circle the unit you need fewer of to measure the length of a table.
feet
yards
Answer:
Fewer meters.
Fewer yards.

Explanation:
The length of the kitchen is fewer meters.
The length of the table os fewer yards.

Question 8.
Use a ruler. Measure each path to the nearest inch.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 116
Which path is longer? ________
How much longer? about ________ longer
Answer:
Path B.

Explanation:
In the above image path B is longer and 4 – 3 = 1 inch longer.

Question 9.
Use a ruler. Measure the length of the marker to the nearest centimeter. How long is the marker?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 117
A. 6 centimeters
B. 9 centimeters
C. 12 centimeters
D. 15 centimeters
Answer:
9 centimeters.

Explanation:
The length of the marker to the nearest centimeter is 9 centimeters.

Question 10.
A path has two parts. The total length of the path is 15 cm. One part of the path is 9 cm long. How long is the other part?
A. 24 cm
B. 15 cm
C. 9 cm
D. 6 cm
Answer:
D.

Explanation:
Given that total length is 15 cm and one part is 9 cm long, so the length of the other part is 15 – 9 which is 6 cm.

Question 11.
Use a ruler. Measure each path to the nearest centimeter.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 118
Which path is longer? ________
How much longer?
about _________ longer.
Answer:
PAth A, 2 cm longer.

Explanation:
The longer path  is PAth A and 8 – 6 which is 2 cm longer.

Question 12.
Measure the gray line with tools you need to be precise. Choose all the measurements that are precise.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 119
☐ 4 centimeters
☐ 4 inches
☐ 10
☐ 10 centimeters
☐ 4
Answer:
4 inches,
10 centimeters.

Explanation:
The gray line with tools we need to be precise the measurements is 4 inches and 10 centimeters.

Question 13.
Juan uses different units to measure a jump rope. Compare the measurements. Choose all that apply.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 120
☐ more inches than feet
☐ fewer centimeters than meters
☐ fewer inches than feet
☐ more yards than feet
☐ more centimeters than meters
☐ fewer yards than feet
Answer:
Option A and Option E.

Explanation:
The measurements that apply are more inches than feet and more centimeters than meters.

Question 14. What is the length of the crayon to the nearest centimeter? What would be the combined length of two crayons?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 121
The crayon is _________ centimeters.
Two crayons would measure ________ centimeters.
Answer:
The crayon is 4 centimeters.
Two crayons would measure 8 centimeters.

Explanation:
The length of the crayon to the nearest centimeter is 4 cm and the measurement of the two caryons will be 4 + 4 which is 8 cm.

Question 15.
Kim’s softball bat is 1 yard long. She uses 3 bats to measure the length of the classroom whiteboard. About how long is the whiteboard?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 122
A. 3 inches
B. 3 feet
C. 1 yard
D. 3 yards
Answer:
3 yards.

Explanation:
The length of the whiteboard is 3 yards.

Question 16.
Kevin measured the length of a car in inches and in feet. Why is the number of feet less than the number of inches?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 123
Answer:
Feets are larger than inches.

Explanation:
Here, feets are larger than inches so we need fewer of them.

Topic 12 Performance Task

Happy Hiking! The Torres family loves to hike. They use this map to plan their hiking trip.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 124

Question 1.
Use a centimeter ruler.
Find the total length of the triangle hiking path shown on the map.
about ________ centimeters
Explain how you found the length.
Answer:

Question 2.
Debbie Torres uses a backpack for hiking. She wants to measure its width. She wants to be precise. Should she use inches, feet, or yards? Explain your answer.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 125
Answer:

Question 3.
Daniel Torres estimates the height of his water bottle. Is his estimate reasonable? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 126
Answer:

Explanation:

Question 5.
On the hike, the Torres family sees a caterpillar. Use the picture below to answer the questions.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 2 Answers Topic 12 Measuring Length 127
Part A
To be precise, which unit would you choose to measure the length of the caterpillar? Explain.

Answer:
The unit we will choose to measure the length of the caterpillar is centimeter.

Explanation:
The unit we will choose to measure the length of the caterpillar is centimeter, because if we choose a unit that is too small then we will get a larger number that is harder to keep track.

Part B
Estimate and then measure the length of the caterpillar. Then explain how you measured.
Estimate: ___________
Measurement: ___________
Answer:
Estimate: 5 centimeters.
Measurement: 4 centimeters.

Explanation:
The lenth of the caterpillar is 4 centimeters and it was measured by using ruler.

Question 4.
Maria Torres says that it would take more units of yards than feet to measure the height of the tower. Do you agree? Circle Yes or No. Explain.
Yes
No
Answer:
No, Maria Torres is not correct.

Explanation:
No, Maria Torres is not correct. As the height of the tower is measured in feet.

Envision Math Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 1 Reteaching

Envision Math 3rd Grade Textbook Answer Key Topic 1 Reteaching

Reteaching

Set A, pages 4-5

Write the number in expanded form, standard form, and word form.
Envision Math 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Reteaching 1
Standard form: 236
Expanded form: 200 + 30 + 6
Word form: two hundred thirty-six

Remember that, in some numbers, the digit 0 is needed to hold a place.

Write each number in standard form.
Question 1.
Envision Math 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Reteaching 2
Answer:

Question 2.
300 + 20 + 7
Answer:

Envision Math Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 1 Reteaching 1

Write each number in expanded form and word form.
Question 3.
456
Answer:

Question 4.
620
Answer:

Set B, pages 6-7

Write four thousand, sixteen in standard form and expanded form.
Envision Math 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Reteaching 3
Standard form: 4,016
Expanded form: 4,000 + 10 + 6

Remember to use a comma to separate thousands from hundreds.

Write each number in standard form and expanded form.
Question 1.
Two thousand, one hundred four
Answer:

Question 2.
Six thousand, seven hundred twenty-two
Answer:

Set C, pages 8-9

Find the value of the 4 in 847,193.
Envision Math 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Reteaching 4
The value is 40,000.

Remember that 10 thousands equal 1 ten thousand.

Write the place of each underlined digit. Then write its value.
Question 1.
341,791
Answer:

Question 2.
829,526
Answer:

Envision Math Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 1 Reteaching 2

Question 3.
570,890
Answer:

Question 4.
215,003
Answer:

Question 5.
197,206
Answer:

Question 6.
473,069
Answer:

Question 7.
628,174
Answer:

Envision Math Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 1 Reteaching 3

Question 8.
782,413
Answer:

Set D, pages 10-12

Compare 7,982 and 7,682.
Line up the digits by place value.
Compare the digits starting from the left.
Envision Math 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Reteaching 5
7,982 > 7,682

Remember, when ordering numbers, compare one place at a time.

Compare the numbers.
Use <, >, or =.
Question 1.
479 imgg 6 912
Answer:

Question 2.
3,187 Envision Math 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Reteaching 6 837
Answer:

Question 3.
1,156 Envision Math 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Reteaching 6 156
Answer:

Question 4.
271 Envision Math 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Reteaching 6 2,175
Answer:

Set E, pages 14-15

Write the numbers in order from least to greatest.
3,446 3,459 2,865
Envision Math 3rd Grade Answer Key Topic 1 Reteaching 7
3 > 2 4 = 4 4 < 5
The numbers from least to greatest: 2,865; 3,446; 3,459

Remember to compare only two numbers at a time.

Write the numbers in order from greatest to least.
Question 1.
393 182 229
Answer:

Question 2.
1,289 2,983 1,760
Answer:

Question 3.
916 1,916 196
Answer:

Question 4.
5,201 5,120 5,210
Answer:

Envision Math Grade 3 Answer Key Topic 1 Reteaching 4

Question 5.
816 8,160 8,016
Answer:

Question 6.
2,485 2,458 2,845
Answer:

Set F, pages 16–17

When you make an organized list to solve problems, follow these steps.
Step 1: Carefully read the clues or information from the problem.
Step 2: Choose one clue or piece of information and use it to start your list.
Step 3: Repeat Step 2 as often as needed until you have used all of the clues or information to make an organized list.

Remember to make sure each item matches all of the clues.

Question 1.
Pedro has a red marble, a blue marble, a yellow marble, and a green marble. He told Frank to take two marbles. How many different pairs of marbles can Frank take? List the pairs.
Answer:

Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens

enVision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens

Go through the enVision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens regularly and improve your accuracy in solving questions.

enVision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens

Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 1
enVision STEM Project: Tools Solve Problems

Find Out Talk to friends and relatives about different tools we use to solve problems. Ask them about tools they use in their everyday lives.
Journal: Make a Book Show what you found out. In your book, also:

  • Draw some tools that solve simple problems. Make sure to describe the simple problems they solve.
  • Make up and solve subtraction problems about tools.

Review What You Know

Vocabulary

Question 1.
How many tens are in this number?
23
__ tens
Answer:
2 tens .
Explanation :
23 have 2 is in tens place and 3 is in Ones place .

Question 2.
Use the hundred chart to count by 10s.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 1.1
30, 40, 50, ___, ___
Answer:
30, 40, 50, 60, 70 .
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Review-What-You-Know-Vocabulary-Question-2

Question 3.
Use the open number line to add.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 2
7 + 9 = __
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Review-What-You-Know-Vocabulary-Question-3
Explanation :
Start at 7 and to add 9 make 9 jumps from 7 you land at 16 which is the sum .

Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 1

Count Back to Subtract

Question 4.
Mark takes 8 pictures. Julia takes 3 fewer pictures than Mark. Count back to find how many pictures Julia took.
8, __, ___, __ __ pictures
Answer:
Number of Pictures taken by Mark = 8
Number of pictures taken by Julia = 3 fewer pictures than Mark = 8 – 3 = 5 Pictures .
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Review-What-You-Know-Vocabulary-Question-4
Explanation :
Start at 8 and to subtract 3 from 8 . jump back 3 times you will land at 5 which is the difference .

Question 5.
Katie picks 15 flowers. Max picks 13 flowers. Count back to find how many fewer flowers Max picked than Katie.
15, ___, ___ ___ fewer flowers
Answer:
Number of Flowers Katie picks = 15 flowers
Number of flowers Max picks = 13 flowers
Number of fewer flowers Max picked than Katie = 15 – 13 = 2 flowers .
Therefore, Number of fewer flowers Max picked than Katie = 2 flowers  .
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Review-What-You-Know-Vocabulary-Question-5
Explanation :
Count back
Start at 15 and count back and make 13 jumps as we are subtracting 13 .
you land at 2 , which is the difference .

Subtraction Facts

Question 6.
Find each difference.
12 – 4 = ___
14 – 7 = ___
19 – 9 = ___
Answer:
12 – 4 = 8
14 – 7 = 7
19 – 9 =10

Pick a Project

PROJECT 11A
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 7.1
Have you ever looked closely at money?
Project: Study Penny Collections

PROJECT 11B
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 7.2
Where are baby sea turtles born?
Project: Tell Sea Turtle Subtraction Stories

PROJECT 11C
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 7.3
What’s your favorite flavor of smoothie?
Project: Set Up a Smoothie Stand

3-ACT MATH PREVIEW

Math Modeling

So Many Colors

Before watching the video, think: When you clean up, how many toys can you clean up at the same time? How can you tell how many toys fit in a container?

Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 7.4

Lesson 11.1 Subtract Tens Using Models

Solve & Share

How can thinking about 4 – 1 help you to find 40 – 10? Use place-value blocks to help you.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 7.5
Answer :
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.1-Subtract-Tens-Using-Models-Solve-&-Share

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 7.6

Convince Me!
When you solve 40 – 10, how does the tens digit change? How does the ones digit change?
Answer :
40 – 10 = 30
In tens digit only the tens values are subtracted and the ones digit will remain same as 0 .
In Ones digit only the subtracted values are written .

Guided Practice
Write the numbers to complete each equation.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 7.7
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.1-Subtract-Tens-Using-Models-Guided-Practice-Question-1
Explanation :
70 – 10 is like subtracting 1 ten from groups of 10 .
7 tens – 1 tens = 6 tens .

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 7.8
___ tens – ___ tens = ___ tens.
__ – __ = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.1-Subtract-Tens-Using-Models-Guided-Practice-Question-2
Explanation :
60 – 20 is like subtracting 1 ten from groups of 10 .
6 tens – 2 tens = 4 tens .

Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 2

Independent Practice

Write the numbers to complete each equation.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 7.9
___ tens – ___ tens = ___ tens.
__ – __ = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.1-Subtract-Tens-Using-Models-Independent-Practice-Question-3

Explanation :
80 – 30 is like subtracting 1 ten from groups of 10 .
8 tens – 3 tens = 5 tens .

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 7.10
___ tens – ___ tens = ___ tens.
__ – __ = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.1-Subtract-Tens-Using-Models-Independent-Practice-Question-4

Explanation :
50 – 10 is like subtracting 1 ten from groups of 10 .
5 tens – 1 tens = 4 tens .

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 7.11
___ tens – ___ tens = ___ tens.
__ – __ = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.1-Subtract-Tens-Using-Models-Independent-Practice-Question-5

Explanation :
80 – 20 is like subtracting 1 ten from groups of 10 .
8 tens – 2 tens = 6 tens .

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 7.12
___ tens – ___ tens = ___ tens.
__ – __ = ___
Answer :
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.1-Subtract-Tens-Using-Models-Independent-Practice-Question-6

Explanation :
60 – 30 is like subtracting 1 ten from groups of 10 .
6 tens – 3 tens = 3 tens .

Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 7.13

Problem Solving

Solve each problem below.

Question 7.
Ethan has 30 crayons. He gives 10 crayons away. How many crayons does Ethan have now? Write the equation.
__ – ___ = ____ crayons
Answer :
Number of Crayons with Ethan = 30 crayons
Number of Crayons given away = 10 crayons .
Number of crayons with Ethan now = 30 – 10 = 20 crayons .

Question 8.
Algebra Jacob solved these problems. Did Jacob subtract 1 or 10?
Finish the equations.
50 – Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 7.14 = 40
60 – Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 7.14 = 59
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.1-Subtract-Tens-Using-Models-Problem-Solving-Practice-Question-8
so, Jacob used both 10 and 1 to subtract the equations .
Explanation :
To get 40 as difference we need to subtract 10 from 50 .
To get 59 as difference we need to subtract 1 from 60 .

Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 3

Question 9.
Higher Order Thinking Write and solve a story problem for 90 – 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 7.16
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.1-Subtract-Tens-Using-Models-Problem-Solving-Practice-Question-9

Question 10.
Assessment Practice 20 teddy bears are for sale at the store. Then, 10 teddy bears are sold.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 7.17
How many teddy bears are on sale at the store now?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 7.18
Answer:
Option c – 10
Explanation :
Number of teddy bears for sale = 20
Number of teddy bears are sold = 10
Number of teddy bears are left = 20 – 10 = 10 bears .
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.1-Subtract-Tens-Using-Models-Problem-Solving-Practice-Question-10

Lesson 11.2 Subtract Tens Using a Hundred Chart

Solve & Share

Use a hundred chart to find these differences. 50 – 30 = ? 30 – 20 = ? 80 – 10 = ? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 8.1
Answer :
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.2-Subtract-Tens-Using-a-Hundred-Chart-Solve-&-Share

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 8.2

Convince Me!
Find 80 – 50. Explain how you found the difference.
Answer :
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.2-Subtract-Tens-Using-a-Hundred-Chart-Convince-Me
Explanation :
Start at 80
For every ten we subtract, move up 1 row – to subtract 50 that is 5 tens we move up 5 rows .
after moving 5 rows we land at 30 which is the difference .

Guided Practice
Use the chart to subtract. Be ready to explain your work.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 8.3

Question 1.
40 – 10 = 30
Answer :
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.2-Subtract-Tens-Using-a-Hundred-Chart-Guided-Practice-Question-1

Question 2.
40 – 20 = __
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.2-Subtract-Tens-Using-a-Hundred-Chart-Guided-Practice-Question-2

Question 3.
30 – 20 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.2-Subtract-Tens-Using-a-Hundred-Chart-Guided-Practice-Question-3

Question 4.
10 – 10 = ___
Answer:
10 – 10 = 0
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.2-Subtract-Tens-Using-a-Hundred-Chart-Guided-Practice-Question-3
Explanation :
start at 10
To subtract 10 from 10
cancel 10 numbers from 10 count back
it will land at 0 , the difference .

 

Independent Practice

Use the chart to subtract. Be ready to explain your work.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 9.1

Question 5.
50 – 30 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.2-Subtract-Tens-Using-a-Hundred-Chart-Independent-Practice-Question-4

Question 6.
80 – 60 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.2-Subtract-Tens-Using-a-Hundred-Chart-Independent-Practice-Question-6

Question 7.
30 – 30 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.2-Subtract-Tens-Using-a-Hundred-Chart-Independent-Practice-Question-7

Question 8.
90 – 30 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.2-Subtract-Tens-Using-a-Hundred-Chart-Independent-Practice-Question-8

Question 9.
70 – 20 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.2-Subtract-Tens-Using-a-Hundred-Chart-Independent-Practice-Question-9

Question 10.
20 – 10 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.2-Subtract-Tens-Using-a-Hundred-Chart-Independent-Practice-Question-10

Question 11.
60 – 30 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.2-Subtract-Tens-Using-a-Hundred-Chart-Independent-Practice-Question-11

Question 12.
90 – 50 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.2-Subtract-Tens-Using-a-Hundred-Chart-Independent-Practice-Question-12

Question 13.
90 – 40 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.2-Subtract-Tens-Using-a-Hundred-Chart-Independent-Practice-Question-13

Question 14.
80 – 40 = ___
Answer :
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.2-Subtract-Tens-Using-a-Hundred-Chart-Independent-Practice-Question-14

Algebra Find the missing numbers.

Question 15.
30 – ___ = 20
Answer:
30 – ___ = 20
30 – 20 = x
x = 10 .

Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 10.1

Question 16.
___ – 30 = 10
Answer:
40
Explanation :
___ – 30 = 10
x – 30 = 10
x = 30 + 10
x = 40 .

Question 17.
___ – 50 = 20
Answer:
70
Explanation :
___ – 50 = 20
x – 50 = 20
x = 50 + 20
x = 70 .

Question 18.
20 – ___ = 0
Answer :
20
Explanation :
20 – ___ = 0
20 – x = 0
x = 20 .

Question 19.
___ – 20 = 30
Answer:
50
Explanation :
___ – 20 = 30
x – 20 = 30
x = 30 + 20
x = 50 .

Question 20.
70 – __ = 30
Answer:
40
Explanation :
70 – __ = 30
70 – x = 30
x = 70 -30
x = 40 .

Problem Solving

Use the chart to solve each problem. Show your work.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 11.1

Question 21.
Use Tools Colvin throws a dart at a target 70 times. 10 times, he misses the target. How many times did he hit the target?
__ – ___ = ___
___ times
Answer:
Number of times he threw the dart = 70 times.
Number of times he misses the target = 10 times .
Number of times he targets = 70 – 10 = 60 times .
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.2-Subtract-Tens-Using-a-Hundred-Chart-Independent-Practice-Question-21

Question 22.
Use Tools Mal’s basketball team scores 40 points. They score 10 more points than the other team. How many points did the other team score?
__ – ___ = ___
___ points
Answer:
Score of Mal’s basketball team = 40 points .
Score of other team = 10 more points than the other team = 40 – 10 = 30 points .

Question 23.
Higher Order Thinking Circle any number in the last row of the partial hundred chart above. Subtract 30. Write your equation.
Answer:
Any number of last row of the partial hundred chart above = 70 .
70 – 30 = 40

Question 24.
Assessment Practice Leo makes 50 muffins for his class bake sale. He sells 10 muffins. How many muffins are left?
A. 10
B. 20
C. 30
D. 40
Answer:
Number of muffins baked = 50
Number of muffins for sold = 10
Number of muffins left = 50 – 10 = 40 . muffins .
Therefore, Number of muffins left = 40 muffins .

Lesson 11.3 Subtract Tens Using an Open Number Line

Solve & Share

Solve 50 – 20 by showing it on this open number line. Be ready to explain your work.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.1
Answer :
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.3-Subtract-Tens-Using-an-Open-Number-Line-Solve-&-Share

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.2

Convince Me!
How can you use an open number line to subtract tens?
Answer :
We can use open number line for subtraction by counting back .

Guided Practice

Use the open number line to subtract. Be ready to explain your work.

Question 1.
30 – 20 = ___
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.3

Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.3-Subtract-Tens-Using-an-Open-Number-Line--Guided-Practice-Question-1
30 – 20 = 10 .
Explanation :
Start at 30 . Use place value take 20 as 2 groups of 10 .
count back 2 10’s from 30 .
we land on 10 which is the difference .

Question 2.
90 – 50 = ___
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.33
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.3-Subtract-Tens-Using-an-Open-Number-Line--Guided-Practice-Question-2
Explanation :
Start at 90 . Use place value take 50 as 5 groups of 10 .
count back 5 10’s from 90 .
we land on 40 which is the difference .

Independent Practice

Use the open number lines to subtract. Be ready to explain your work.

Question 3.
70 – 20 = ___
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.4
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.3-Subtract-Tens-Using-an-Open-Number-Line--Independent-Practice-Question-3
Explanation :
Start at 70 . Use place value take 20 as 2 groups of 10 .
count back 2 10’s from 70 .
we land on 50 which is the difference .

Question 4.
60 – 10 = __
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.5
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.3-Subtract-Tens-Using-an-Open-Number-Line--Independent-Practice-Question-4
Explanation :
Start at 60 . Use place value take 10 as 1 group of 10 .
count back 1 10’s from 60 .
we land on 50 which is the difference .

Question 5.
80 – 30 = __
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.6
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.3-Subtract-Tens-Using-an-Open-Number-Line--Independent-Practice-Question-5
Explanation :
Start at 80 . Use place value take 30 as 3 groups of 10 .
count back 3 10’s from 80 .
we land on 50 which is the difference .

Question 6.
40 – 40 = ___
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.7
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.3-Subtract-Tens-Using-an-Open-Number-Line--Independent-Practice-Question-6
Explanation :
Start at 40 . Use place value take 40 as 4 groups of 10 .
count back 4 10’s from 40 .
we land on 0 which is the difference .

Problem Solving

Use open number lines to solve the problems.

Question 7.
Model Dexter has 40 toothpicks. He uses 20 of them. How many toothpicks does he have left to use? Show your work.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.8
___ – ___ = ___ Dexter has ___ toothpicks left.
Answer:
Total Number of tooth picks = 40
Number of tooth picks used = 20 .
Number of tooth picks left = 40 – 20 = 20  tooth picks .
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.3-Subtract-Tens-Using-an-Open-Number-Line-Problem-Solving-Question-7

Question 8.
Higher Order Thinking Write an equation for what this number line shows.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.9
Answer:
50 – 30 = 20 .
Explanation :
started at 50 .
each jump represent – 10 .
3 jumps are made from 50 that is -30 .
lands on 20 which is the difference .

Question 9.
Assessment Practice Find 80 – 20. Explain your work.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.10
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.3-Subtract-Tens-Using-an-Open-Number-Line-Problem-Solving-Question-9
Explanation :
Start at 80 . Use place value take 20 as 2 groups of 10 .
count back 2 10’s from 80 .
we land on 60 which is the difference .

Lesson 1.4 Use Addition to Subtract Tens

Solve & Share

Mia has 70 stickers. Jack has 30 stickers. How many more stickers does Mia have than Jack has?

Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.11
Answer :
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-1.4-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Tens-Solve-Share

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.12

Convince Me!
How can using addition help you solve subtraction problems?
Answer :
With addition, the parts are known, but not the total; with subtraction, the total and one of the parts are known, but not the other part. Because of this relationship between the two operations, using addition is the most effective thinking strategy for helping students learn the basic subtraction facts .

Guided Practice
Use addition to solve each subtraction problem. Show how to find the missing addend on the open number line.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.13
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-1.4-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Tens-Guided-Practice-Question-1
Explanation :
Each jump represent + 10, 4 jumps are made 40 is added .
Start at 40 and make 4 jumps . You land on 80 , which is the sum .
From 80 , if we Subtract 40,we get 40 as difference.

Question 2.
30 + ___ = 90 so 90 – 30 = __
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.14
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-1.4-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Tens-Guided-Practice-Question-2
Explanation :
Each jump represent + 10, 6 jumps are made 60 is added .
Start at 30 and make 6 jumps . You land on 90 , which is the sum .
From 90 , if we Subtract 30, we get 60 as difference .

Independent Practice

Use addition to solve each subtraction problem. Show how to find the missing addend on the open number line.

Question 3.
20+ ___ = 60, so 60 – 20 = ___
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.15
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-1.4-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Tens-Independent-Practice-Question-3
Explanation :
Each jump represent + 10, 4 jumps are made 40 is added .
Start at 20 and make 4 jumps . You land on 60 , which is the sum .
From 60 , if we Subtract 20, we get 40 as difference .

Question 4.
30 + ___ = 80, so 80 – 30 = ___
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.16
Answer :
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-1.4-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Tens-Independent-Practice-Question-4
Explanation :
Each jump represent + 10, 5 jumps are made 50 is added .
Start at 30 and make 5 jumps . You land on 80 , which is the sum .
From 80 , if we subtract 30, we get 50 as difference .

Use addition to solve each subtraction problem. Draw a picture to show your thinking.

Question 5.
30 + ___ = 50, so 50 – 30 = ___

Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.17
Answer :
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-1.4-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Tens-Independent-Practice-Question-5
Explanation :
Each jump represent + 10, 2 jumps are made 20 is added .
Start at 30 and make 2 jumps . You land on 50 , which is the sum .
From 50 , if we subtract 30, we get 20 as difference .

Question 6.
60 + __ = 80, so 80 – 60 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-1.4-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Tens-Independent-Practice-Question-6
Explanation :
Each jump represent + 10, 2 jumps are made 20 is added .
Start at 60 and make 2 jumps . You land on 80 , which is the sum .
From 80 , if we subtract 60, we get 20 as difference .

Problem Solving

Write an equation and solve the problems below.

Question 7.
Reasoning Mr. Andrews collects 90 papers from his students. He has already graded 40 papers. How many papers does Mr. Andrews have left to grade?
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.18
__ papers
Answer:
Number of papers collected by Mr. Andrew = 90 papers
Number of papers graded = 40 papers .
Number of papers left to grade = 90 – 40 = 50 papers .
Therefore, Number of papers left to grade = 50 papers  .

Question 8.
Reasoning Stacy drives 40 miles to work. She has already driven some miles. Stacy has 20 miles left to drive. How many miles has Stacy already driven?
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.19
___ miles
Answer:
Number of miles Stacy drives = 40 miles .
Number of miles left to drive = 20 miles.
Number of miles driven by Stacy = 40 – 20 = 20 miles .
Therefore, Number of miles driven by Stacy = 20 miles .

Question 9.
Higher Order Thinking Sam has 4 cases of juice boxes. There are 10 juice boxes in each case. He brings 3 cases to share with his class.
Write and solve an equation to show how many juice boxes Sam has left.
__ – __ = ___
___ juice boxes
Answer:
Number of cases of juice boxes = 4
Number of juice boxes in each case = 10 .
Number of cases of juice boxes Sam took to share = 3
Number of cases of juice boxes left = 4 – 3 = 1 case .
Number of juice boxes in 1 case = 10 .juice boxes .
Therefore, Number of juice boxes left = 10 juice boxes .

Question 10.
Assessment Practice Dr. Tess had 20 patients to see today. She has already seen 10 of them. How many patients does Dr. Tess have left to see?
A 40
B 30
C 20
D 10
Answer:
Option D – 10 .
Explanation :
Number of patients = 20 .
Number of patients already seen by Dr . = 10 .
Number of patients left to see = 20 – 10 = 10 patients .

Lesson 11.5 Mental Math: Ten Less Than a Number

Solve & Share

Suppose you have 89 trading cards. How many cards would 10 more cards be? How many cards would 10 less cards be?

Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 11.33
Answer :
89 + 10 = 99
tens digit value is increased by 1, 8tens + 1 tens = 9 tens
ones digit value remains same . 9 ones .
89 – 10 = 79
tens digit value is decreased by 1, 8tens – 1 tens = 7 tens
ones digit value remains same . 9 ones .
Explanation :
Adding 10 increases the the digit in the tens place by 1 (as long as it is not 9).
Subtracting 1 decreases the the digit in the tens place by 1 (as long as it is not 0).

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 11.34

Convince Me!
Explain why only the tens digit changes when you subtract 10 from 76.
Answer :
Subtracting 10 from the 76 decreases one from the tens digit value
that is 7 – 1 = 6
and ones digit 6 remains the same as any number subtracted from 0 gives number itself .
so, no change takes place to the one’s digit value .
so, 76 – 10 = 66 .

Guided Practice
Use mental math to subtract. Use ten-frames if needed.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 11.35
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.5-Mental-Math-Ten-Less-Than-a-Number-Guided-Practice-Question-1
Explanation :
26 is represented in ten frame .
to subtract 10 from 26 complete 1 ten frame is removed
then difference = 16 .

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 11.36
32 – 10 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.5-Mental-Math-Ten-Less-Than-a-Number-Guided-Practice-Question-2
Explanation :
32 is represented in ten frame .
to subtract 10 from 32 complete 1 ten frame is removed
then difference = 22 .

Question 3.
98 – 10 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.5-Mental-Math-Ten-Less-Than-a-Number-Guided-Practice-Question-3
Explanation :
98 is represented in ten frame .
to subtract 10 from 98 complete 1 ten frame is removed
then difference = 88 .

Question 4.
44 – 10 = __
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.5-Mental-Math-Ten-Less-Than-a-Number-Guided-Practice-Question-4
Explanation :
44 is represented in ten frame .
to subtract 10 from 44 complete 1 ten frame is removed
then difference = 34 .

Independent Practice

Use mental math to solve.

Question 5.
53 – 10 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.5-Mental-Math-Ten-Less-Than-a-Number-Independent-Practice-Question-5
Explanation :
53 is represented in ten frame .
to subtract 10 from 53 complete 1 ten frame is removed
then difference = 43 .

Question 6.
20 – 10 = __
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.5-Mental-Math-Ten-Less-Than-a-Number-Independent-Practice-Question-6
Explanation :
20 is represented in ten frame .
to subtract 10 from 20 complete 1 ten frame is removed
then difference = 10 .

Question 7.
32 – 10 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.5-Mental-Math-Ten-Less-Than-a-Number-Independent-Practice-Question-7
Explanation :
32 is represented in ten frame .
to subtract 10 from 32 complete 1 ten frame is removed
then difference = 22 .

Question 8.
80 – 10 = __
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.5-Mental-Math-Ten-Less-Than-a-Number-Independent-Practice-Question-8
Explanation :
80 is represented in ten frame .
to subtract 10 from 80 complete 1 ten frame is removed
then difference = 70 .

Question 9.
17 – 10 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.5-Mental-Math-Ten-Less-Than-a-Number-Independent-Practice-Question-9
Explanation :
17 is represented in ten frame .
to subtract 10 from 17 complete 1 ten frame is removed
then difference = 7 .

Question 10.
60 – 10 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.5-Mental-Math-Ten-Less-Than-a-Number-Independent-Practice-Question-10
Explanation :
60 is represented in ten frame .
to subtract 10 from 60 complete 1 ten frame is removed
then difference = 50 .

Question 11.
47 – 10 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.5-Mental-Math-Ten-Less-Than-a-Number-Independent-Practice-Question-11
Explanation :
47 is represented in ten frame .
to subtract 10 from 47 complete 1 ten frame is removed
then difference = 37 .

Question 12.
85 – 10 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.5-Mental-Math-Ten-Less-Than-a-Number-Independent-Practice-Question-12
Explanation :
85 is represented in ten frame .
to subtract 10 from 85 complete 1 ten frame is removed
then difference = 75 .

Question 13.
11 – 10 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.5-Mental-Math-Ten-Less-Than-a-Number-Independent-Practice-Question-13
Explanation :
11 is represented in ten frame .
to subtract 10 from 11 complete 1 ten frame is removed
then difference = 34 .

Question 14.
Number Sense Subtract using ten-frames and mental math. Complete the related addition equation.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.40
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.5-Mental-Math-Ten-Less-Than-a-Number-Independent-Practice-Question-14
Explanation :
39 is represented in ten frame .
to subtract 10 from 39 complete 1 ten frame is removed
then difference = 29.

Problem Solving

Use mental math to solve the problems below.

Question 15.
Reasoning Jamal has 43 stamps on his desk. He puts 10 stamps in a notebook. How many stamps are left?
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 12.41
__ stamps
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.5-Mental-Math-Ten-Less-Than-a-Number-Problem-Solving-Question-15
Explanation :
Number of stamps on desk = 43 stamps.
Number of stamps kept in book = 10 stamps.
Number of stamps left over = 43 – 10 stamps = 33 stamps.

Question 16.
Vocabulary Ed brings 27 oranges home. His family eats 10 of them. How many oranges does Ed have left? Find the difference.
27 – 10 = ___
___ oranges
Answer:
Number of Oranges brought = 27
Number of Oranges family ate = 10
Number of oranges left = 27 – 10 = 17
Therefore, Number of oranges left = 17 oranges .

Question 17.
Higher Order Thinking Write a subtraction story about 56 – 10. Then solve your story.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 13.1
Answer:
Addy have 56 mangos to sell . he sold 10 mangos, How many mangos did Addy left with ?
Answer :
Total Number of Mangoes = 56
Number of Mangoes sold = 10 .
Number of mangoes left = 56 – 10 = 46 mangoes .

Question 18.
Assessment Practice Use mental math to find 44 – 10.
A 54
B 45
C 43
D 34
Answer:
Option D – 34.
Explanation :
Subtracting 10 from the 44 decreases one from the tens digit value
that is 4 – 1 = 3
and ones digit 4 remains the same as any number subtracted from 0 gives number itself .
so, no change takes place to the one’s digit value .
so, 44 – 10 = 34 .

Lesson 11.6 Use Strategies to Practice Subtraction

Solve & Share

Make up a story about 60 – 40. Then solve the subtraction problem. Use the strategy you think works best.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 14.1
Answer :
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.6-Use-Strategies-to-Practice-Subtraction-Solve-&-Share

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 14.2

Convince Me!
Which strategy would you use to solve 50 – 40? Explain why.
Answer :
Number line.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.6-Use-Strategies-to-Practice-Subtraction-Convince-me
Explanation :
Each jump represent -10 .
Start at 50 and make 4 jumps that is – 40 .
it lands on 10 which is the difference .

Guided Practice
Use the partial hundred chart or another strategy to solve each subtraction problem.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 14.3

Question 1.
70 – 10 = 60
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.6-Use-Strategies-to-Practice-Subtraction-Guided-Practice-Question-1

Question 2.
60 – 20 = __
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.6-Use-Strategies-to-Practice-Subtraction-Guided-Practice-Question-2

Question 3.
43 – 10 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.6-Use-Strategies-to-Practice-Subtraction-Guided-Practice-Question-3

Question 4.
70 – 30 = __
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.6-Use-Strategies-to-Practice-Subtraction-Guided-Practice-Question-4

Independent Practice

Use the strategy you think works best to solve each subtraction problem. Explain your reasoning.

Question 5.
90 – 40 = ___
Answer :
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.6-Use-Strategies-to-Practice-Subtraction-Independent-Practice-Question-5
Explanation :
Hundred chart is the best for subtraction problems for tens . it just move up 1 row for every 10 we subtract .

Question 6.
40 – 20 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.6-Use-Strategies-to-Practice-Subtraction-Independent-Practice-Question-6
Explanation :
Hundred chart is the best for subtraction problems for tens . it just move up 1 row for every 10 we subtract .

Question 7.
80 – 60 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.6-Use-Strategies-to-Practice-Subtraction-Independent-Practice-Question-7
Explanation :
Hundred chart is the best for subtraction problems for tens . it just move up 1 row for every 10 we subtract .

Question 8.
50 – 20 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.6-Use-Strategies-to-Practice-Subtraction-Independent-Practice-Question-8
Explanation :
Hundred chart is the best for subtraction problems for tens . it just move up 1 row for every 10 we subtract .

Question 9.
74 – 10 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.6-Use-Strategies-to-Practice-Subtraction-Independent-Practice-Question-9
Explanation :
Hundred chart is the best for subtraction problems for tens . it just move up 1 row for every 10 we subtract .

Question 10.
80 – 40 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.6-Use-Strategies-to-Practice-Subtraction-Independent-Practice-Question-10
Explanation :
Hundred chart is the best for subtraction problems for tens . it just move up 1 row for every 10 we subtract .

Question 11.
enVision® STEM Students at a school plant flowers in a garden. They plant 50 flowers in a part that gets a lot of sunshine. They plant 30 flowers in a part that is shaded from the sun. How many fewer flowers did they plant in a shaded spot than in a sunny spot? Write an equation to show your work.
___ – ___ = ___ ___ fewer flowers
Answer :
Number of flower plants planted in sunshine = 50 flowers .
Number of flower plants planted in sunny spot = 30 flowers .
Number of fewer flower plants planted in shaded spot than in a sunny spot = 50 – 30 = 20 fewer flowers .
Therefore, 20 fewer flower plants are planted in shaded spot than in a sunny spot .

Problem Solving

Choose one of the strategies you learned to solve each subtraction problem.

Question 12.
Use Tools Charlie puts baseball cards into an album. He already put 10 cards in the album. He has 83 cards in all.
How many baseball cards does Charlie have left to put in the album?
__ cards
Answer:
Total Number of cards = 83 cards .
Number of cards kept in album = 10 cards .
Total number of cards left to put in album = 83 – 10 = 73 cards .
Explanation :
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.6-Use-Strategies-to-Practice-Subtraction-Problem-Solving-Question-12

Question 13.
Use Tools Pearl’s basketball team scores 50 points in one game. They score some points in the first half. They score 20 points in the second half.
How many points did Pearl’s team score in the first half?
___ points
Answer:
Number of points scored by pearl’s team = 50 points .
Number of points in second half = 20
Number of points scored in first half = 50 – 20 = 30 points .
Explanation :
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.6-Use-Strategies-to-Practice-Subtraction-Problem-Solving-Question-13

Question 14.
Higher Order Thinking Write a subtraction problem for which you would think addition to subtract. Explain why this would be a good strategy to use to solve this problem.
Answer:
Andy walks 80 miles from his house to school to park . he  walks 60 miles from school to park . How many miles did he walk from house to school?
Solution :
Number of miles andy walk = 80 miles.
Number of miles he walked from School to park = 60 miles.
Number of miles he walked from house to school = 80 – 60 = 20 .
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.6-Use-Strategies-to-Practice-Subtraction-Problem-Solving-Question-14
Explanation :
Each jump represent + 10, 2 jumps are made 20 is added .
Start at 60 and make 2 jumps . You land on 80 , which is the sum .
From 80 , if we subtract 60, we get 20 as difference .

Question 15.
Assessment Practice Explain how you would use a hundred chart to solve 60 – 20.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.6-Use-Strategies-to-Practice-Subtraction-Problem-Solving-Question-15

Lesson 11.7 Model with Math

Solve & Share

Val picks 40 strawberries. She shares 20 of them with her brother. How many strawberries did Val keep for herself?
How can modeling your thinking help you solve this problem?
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 16.1
Answer :
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.7-Model-with-Math-Solve-&-Share

Thinking Habits
Can I use a drawing, diagram, graph, or table to model this problem? How can I make my model better if it doesn’t work?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 16.2

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 16.3

Convince Me!
In the example above, how do the boxes of 10 help model the problem?
Answer :
The sum is given in the multiples of ten so, each box represent 10 and 70 is represented as 7 boxes to subtract 40 we need to cancel 4 boxes .
it made calculation part easier and simple .

Guided Practice
Use drawings, models, or equations to solve.

Question 1.
A store has 60 muffins. It sells 30 of the muffins. How many muffins does the store have now?
30 muffins
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 18.1
Answer:
Number of muffins at store = 60 muffins .
Number of muffins sold = 30 muffins .
Number of muffins left out = 60 – 30 = 30 muffins .
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.7-Model-with-Math-Guided-Practice-Question-1
Therefore, Number of muffins left out = 30 muffins .

Question 2.
Andy has 84 baseball cards. He has 10 more cards than Tia has. How many cards does Tia have?
___ cards
Answer:
Number of base ball cards with Andy = 84 .
Andy has 10 more cards than Tia that means Tia have 10 less cards than Andy
Number of base ball cards with Tia = 84 – 10 = 74 cards .

Independent Practice

Use drawings, models, or equations to solve. Explain your work.

Question 3.
Viola has 80 stickers. Dean has 60 stickers. How many more stickers does Viola have than Dean?
___ more stickers
Answer:
Number of Stickers with Viola = 80 stickers.
Number of stickers with Dean = 60 stickers .
Number of More stickers Viola have than Dean – 80 – 60 = 20 stickers .
Explanation :
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.7-Model-with-Math-Independent-Practice-Question-3

Question 4.
Carla reads some pages in a book. She reads 20 pages less than Mary reads. Mary reads 50 pages. How many pages did Carla read?
__ pages
Answer:
Number of pages Read by Mary = 50 pages .
Carla reads 20 pages less than Mary reads
Number of pages read by Carla = 50 – 20 = 30 pages .
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.7-Model-with-Math-Independent-Practice-Question-4

Question 5.
A store has 72 toy cars. It sells 10 cars. How many cars does the store have left?
___ cars
Answer:
Number of car toys = 72 .
Number of car toys sold = 10 .
Number of car toys left = 72 – 10 = 62 toys .
Therefore, Number of car toys left = 62 toys .

Problem Solving

Performance Task

Dog Walking James, Emily, and Simon walk dogs after school.
On Monday, they have 40 dogs to walk. James and Emily take 20 of the dogs for a walk. How many dogs are left for Simon to walk?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 40.1
Answer:
Total Number of dogs = 40 dogs
Number of dogs James and Emily took for walking = 20 dogs .
Number of dogs left to take for walking by Simon = 40 – 20 = 20 dogs .
Therefore, Simon takes 20 dogs for walk .

Question 6.
Make Sense What problem do you need to solve?
Answer:
Number of dogs left to take for walking by Simon .

Question 7.

Use Tools What tool or tools can you use to solve this problem?
Answer:
Subtraction
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Lesson-11.7-Model-with-Math-Problem-Solving-Performance-Task-Question-7

Question 8.
Model Write an equation to show the problem. Then use pictures, words, or symbols to solve.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 40.3
___ dogs
Answer:
Number of dogs left to take for walking by Simon = 40 – 20 = 20 dogs .

Topic 11 Fluency Practice Activity

Point & Tally

Find a partner. Get paper and a pencil. Each partner chooses a different color: light blue or dark blue.
Partner I and Partner 2 each point to a black number at the same time. Subtract Partner 2’s number from Partner 1’s number.
If the answer is on your color, you get a tally mark. Work until one partner gets twelve tally marks.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 40.4

Topic Vocabulary Review

Understand Vocabulary

Question 1.
Subtract the tens shown by the model.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 50.1
__ tens – __ tens = ___ tens
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Fluency-Practice-Activity-Understand-Vocabulary-Question-1
Explanation :
60 – 30 is like subtracting 1 ten from groups of 10 .
6 tens – 3 tens = 3 tens .

Question 2.
Subtract the tens shown by the model.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 50.2
__ tens – __ tens = ___ tens
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Fluency-Practice-Activity-Understand-Vocabulary-Question-2
Explanation :
80 – 60 is like subtracting 1 ten from groups of 10 .
8 tens – 6 tens = 2 tens .

Question 3.
Circle the addition problem that could help you solve 50 – 30.
10 + 40 = 50
25 + 25 = 50
30 + 20 = 50
40 + 10 = 50
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Fluency-Practice-Activity-Understand-Vocabulary-Question-3
Explanation :
50 – 30 = 20
20 + 30 = 50 .

Question 4.
Solve 40 – 20 using a partial hundred chart. Circle the difference.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 60.1
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Fluency-Practice-Activity-Understand-Vocabulary-Question-4

Question 5.
Use mental math to solve 70 – 10. Circle the difference.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 60.2
Answer:
70 – 10 = 60
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Fluency-Practice-Activity-Understand-Vocabulary-Question-5
Explanation :
70 is represented in ten frame .
to subtract 10 from 70 complete 1 ten frame is removed
then difference = 60 .

Use Vocabulary in Writing

Question 6.
Solve 80 – 50 using an open number line. Explain how you solved it using terms from the Word List.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 60.3
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Fluency-Practice-Activity-Use-Vocabulary-in-Writing-Question-6
Explanation :
Each jump represent – 10, 5 jumps are made that is -50 . .
Start at 80 and make 5 jumps . You land on 30 , which is the difference count back .

Topic 11 Reteaching

Set A

You can subtract tens.
40 – 30 = ?
You need to subtract 30, which is 3 tens.
Cross out that many tens.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 60.4
Count the tens and ones that are left.
40 – 30 = 10

Cross out the tens. Write the difference.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 60.5
60 – 40 = ___
Answer:

Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Reteaching-Set-A-Question-1
Explanation :
You need to subtract 40, which is 4 tens.
Cross out 4 tens.
Count the tens and ones that are left are 20 which is the difference .
60 – 40 = 20

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 60.6
50 – 20 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Reteaching-Set-A-Question-2
Explanation :
You need to subtract 20, which is 2 tens.
Cross out 2 tens.
Count the tens and ones that are left are 30 which is the difference .
50 – 20 = 30

Set B

You can use a hundred chart to subtract tens.
80 – 20 = ?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 60.9

Use this partial hundred chart to subtract tens.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 60.10

Question 3.
70 – 20 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Reteaching-Set-B-Question-3
Explanation :
Start at 70 .
For every 10 you subtract , move up 1 row .
20 , is 2 tens . so, move up 2 rows .
lands on 50 which is the difference .

Question 4.
60 – 10 = ___
Answer:
60 – 10 = 50 .
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Reteaching-Set-B-Question-4
Explanation :
Start at 60 .
For every 10 you subtract , move up 1 row .
10 , is 1 tens . so, move up 1 rows .
lands on 50 which is the difference .

Set C

You can use mental math to subtract tens. Find 46 – 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 70.1

Subtract. Use mental math.

Question 5.
62 – 10 = ___
Answer:
62 – 10 = 52 .
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Reteaching-Set-C-Question-5
Explanation :
You need to subtract 10, which is 1 tens.
Cross out 1 tens.
6 tens – 1 tens = 5 tens .
so, 62 – 10 = 52 .

Question 6.
89 – 10 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Reteaching-Set-C-Question-6
Explanation :
You need to subtract 10, which is 1 tens.
Cross out 1 tens.
8 tens – 1 tens = 7 tens .
so, 89 – 10 = 79 .

Question 7.
27 – 10 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Reteaching-Set-C-Question-7
Explanation :
You need to subtract 10, which is 1 tens.
Cross out 1 tens.
2 tens – 1 tens = 1 tens .
so, 27 – 10 = 17 .

Set D

Thinking Habits
Model with Math

Can I use a drawing, diagram, table, or graph to model the problem? How can I make my model better if it doesn’t work?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 90.1

Write an equation to solve. Use drawings or models to show your work.

Question 8.
A store has 50 toy boats. They sell 10 boats. How many toy boats does the store have now?
___ toy boats
Answer:
Number of toy boats = 50 .
Number of toy boats sold = 10 .
Number of toy boats left = 50 – 10 = 40 .
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Reteaching-Set-D-Question-8

Topic 11 Assessment Practice

Question 1.
Use the partial hundred chart to subtract tens.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 90.3
A 70
B 60
C 50
D 40
Answer:
Option C .
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Assessment-Practice-Question-1
Explanation :
Start at 70 .
For every 20 you subtract , move up 2 rows .
20 , is 2 tens . so, move up 2 rows .
lands on 50 which is the difference .

Question 2.
Use the place-value blocks. Find the difference.
A 10Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 90.5
B 20
C 30
D 40
Answer:
Option A
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Assessment-Practice-Question-2
Explanation :
You need to subtract 30, which is 3 tens.
Cross out 3 tens.
4 tens – 3 tens = 1 tens .
so, 40 – 30 = 10 .

Question 3.
Use the open number line to solve. Show your work. Explain how you used the number line to find the answer. 60 – 20 = ____
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 90.6
Answer :
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Assessment-Practice-Question-3
Explanation :
Start at 60 . Use place value take 20 as 2 groups of 10 .
count back 2 10’s from 60 .
we land on 40 which is the difference .

Question 4.
Solve the problem. Use any strategy. Explain why you picked the strategy. Write an addition equation to check your answer.
70 – 60 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Assessment-Practice-Question-4
Explanation :
Start at 70 . Use place value take 60 as 6 groups of 10 .
count back 6 10’s from 70 .
we land on 10 which is the difference .

Use mental math to solve. Then write an addition equation to check your answer.

Question 5.
23 – 10 =
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Assessment-Practice-Question-5
Explanation :
23 is represented in ten frame .
to subtract 10 from 23 complete 1 ten frame is removed
then difference = 13 .

Question 6.
94 – 10 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Assessment-Practice-Question-6
Explanation :
94 is represented in ten frame .
to subtract 10 from 94 complete 1 ten frame is removed
then difference = 84 .

Question 7.
51 – 10 = ___
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Assessment-Practice-Question-7
Explanation :
23 is represented in ten frame .
to subtract 10 from 23 complete 1 ten frame is removed
then difference = 13 .

Use addition to solve each subtraction problem.

Question 8.
50 + ___ = 80, so 80 – 50 = ___.
Answer:
50 + 30 = 80,
so 80 – 50 = 30 .

Question 9.
20 + __ = 60, so 60 – 20 = ___.
Answer:
20 + 40  = 60,
so 60 – 20 = 40.

Question 10.
A store has 90 sleds. It sells 30 sleds. How many sleds does the store have left?
Write an equation and solve. Use drawings or models to show your work.
___ sleds
Answer:
Number of sleds = 90 .
Number of sleds sold = 30
Remaining Number of sleds = 90 – 30 = 60 .
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Assessment-Practice-Question-10

Topic 11 Performance Task

Fred’s Farm
Fred sells different vegetables at his farm. He puts them in packages of 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 90.20

Question 1.
Fred sells 3 packages of green peppers. How many green peppers does he have left to sell? Use the open number line to solve.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 90.21
____ green Peppers
Answer:
Number of peppers in each bag contains = 10 peppers
Total number of green peppers = 7 bags .
Number of peppers bags sold = 3 bags .
Number of peppers bags left = 7 – 3 = 4 bags .
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Performance-Task-Fred-farm-Question-1

Question 2.
Fred feeds 10 carrots to his horse. How many carrots does he have left?
___ carrots
Answer:
Number of carrots = 6 bags
each bag contains 10 carrots .
Number of carrots = 6 × 10 = 60 carrots
Number of carrots feeds to Horse = 10
Number of carrots left = 60 – 10 = 50 carrots .

Question 3.
Fred sells 30 potatoes on Monday. He sells the rest on Tuesday. How many potatoes were sold on Tuesday?
Use the partial hundred chart to solve the problem. Write the missing numbers in the equation.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 90.30
___ potatoes
Answer:
Total Number of potatoes = 60
Number of potatoes sold on Monday = 30 .
Number of potatoes sold on Tuesday = ? = 60 – 30 = 30 potatoes .
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Performance-Task-Fred-farm-Question-1
Explanation :
Hundred chart is the best for subtraction problems for tens . it just move up 1 row for every 10 we subtract .
30 is 3 tens move up 3 rows .
we get 30 as the difference .

Question 4.
Debbie buys 4 packages of carrots at the farm. She uses 10 carrots to make soup. How many carrots does she have left? Solve the problem. Use one of the strategies you learned. Show how you solved the problem.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 90.31
___ carrots
Answer:
Number of carrots in each package = 10
Number of packages = 4
Number of carrots in 4 packages = 10 + 10 + 10 +10 = 40 carrots .
Number of carrots used for soup = 10
Number of carrots left = 40 -10 = 30 carrots .
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Performance-Task-Fred-farm-Question-4
Hundred chart is used to solve the above problem .

Question 5.
Ty buys 36 vegetables. Lee buys 10 fewer vegetables than Ty. How many vegetables does Lee buy?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 90.500
Part A
What strategy could you use to solve the problem?
Answer :
Hundred chart strategy .
Part B
Write an equation and solve the problem. Show how you solved it.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answers Topic 11 Use Models and Strategies to Subtract Tens 90.55
___ vegetables
Answer :
Number of vegetables ty bought = 36
Number of vegetables lee buys = 10 fewer vegetables than Ty. = 36 – 10 = 26 .
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-11-Use-Models-and-Strategies-to-Subtract-Tens-Topic-11-Performance-Task-Fred-farm-Question-5
26 vegetables .

enVision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions

Go through the enVision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions regularly and improve your accuracy in solving questions.

enVision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions

Essential Questions:
How do you add and subtract fractions and mixed numbers with like denominators?
How can fractions be added and subtracted on a number line?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 1
Answer:
Adding and subtracting like denominators is simple as denominators
are same we add numerators or subtract numerators.
In mixed numbers with like denominators we convert
first mixed numbers into fractions then as denominators
are same we add or subtract numerators,

Explanation:
Adding and subtracting like denominators is simple as denominators
are same we add numerators or subtract numerators example
let’s take fractions as 5/6 and 4/6  with like denominator 6 so
first in addition we add numerators as 5 and 4 and denominator is
same 6 so result is (5 + 4)/6 = 9/6,
In subtraction we subtract numerators and denominator being same as
(5 – 4)/6 = 1/6, Now in mixed fractions 5(3/4) and 2(1/4) first we convert
mixed fractions into fractions as (5 X 4 + 3)/ 4 = 23/4 and (2 X 4 + 1)/4 = 9/4,
now we add numerators and denominator being same as (23 + 9 )/4 = 32/4,
In subtraction we subtract numerators and denominator being same as
(23 – 9)/4 = 14/4.

Any fractional number can be represented on a number line which is
known as fractions on the number line. Here we will see how to represent
fraction on a number line. We will also see how to add or subtract with the
help of a fraction number line.
Follow the examples step-by-step how to add or subtract
using a fraction number line.
Calculating the sum of 3/10 + 4/10 on the fraction number line as shown below

Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions-1

= 3/10 + 4/10 (as denominators are same we add numerators),
= (3 + 4)/10,
= 7/10,
The difference of 9/10 and 7/10,
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions-2

9/10 – 7/10 (as denominators are same we subtract numerators),
= 2/10 or 2/10 ÷ 2/2,
= 1/5 as shown above.

Envision STEM Project: Fractions and Information Transfer
Do Research Morse code uses patterns to transfer information.
Any word can be written using Morse code. Use the Internet or
other sources to find how to write fourth, grade, and school using Morse code.
Journal: Write a Report Include what you found. Also in your report:

  • Write three in Morse code. Write a fraction that tells what part of
    the code for three is dots.
  • Write and solve an equation to find how much greater the fraction for
    dots is than the fraction for dashes in the word three.

Review What You Know

Vocabulary

  • benchmark fractions
  • equivalent fractions
  • denominator
  • numerator

Choose the best term from the box. Write it on the blank.
Question 1.
In \(\frac{2}{3}\), 2 is the _numerator_ of the fraction and
3 is the __denominator_______ of the fraction.
Answer:
2 is the numerator and 3 is the denominator,

Explanation:
Given In \(\frac{2}{3}\) as first, a fraction is made up
of two integers one on the top, and one on the bottom.
The top one is called the numerator, the bottom one is called
the denominator, and these two numbers are separated by a line.
So here 2 is the numerator of the fraction and 3 is the denominator of the fraction.

Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 2

Question 2.
Fractions that name the same region or part of a segment are
called _equivalent fractions_.
Answer:
Equivalent fractions,

Explanation:
Equivalent fractions can be defined as fractions that may have different
numerators and denominators but they represent the same value.
For example, 9/12 and 6/8 are equivalent fractions because both are equal to 3/4.

Equivalent Fraction

Write the missing values to show pairs of equivalent fractions.
Question 3.
\(\frac{2}{3}=\frac{ }{6}\)
Answer:
4,
\(\frac{2}{3}=\frac{4}{6}\),

Explanation:
As denominator is 3 and other side is 6 means if we divide 6 by 3 we get 2,
means both numerator and denominator are multiplied by 2,
So, 2 should be multiplied to 2 then we get missing numerator as 4,
therefore \(\frac{2}{3}=\frac{4}{6}\).

Question 4.
\(\frac{ }{4}=\frac{3}{12}\),
Answer:
1,
\(\frac{1}{4}=\frac{3}{12}\),

Explanation:
As denominator is 12 and other side is 4 means if we divide 12 by 4 we get 3,
means to get missing numerator we divide 3 by 3 we get 1,
therefore \(\frac{1}{4}=\frac{3}{12}\).

Question 5.
\(\frac{6}{5}=\frac{ }{10}\)
Answer:
12,
\(\frac{6}{5}=\frac{12}{10}\),

Explanation:
As denominator is 5 and other side is 10 means if we divide 10 by 5 we get 2,
means both numerator and denominator are multiplied by 2,
So, 6 should be multiplied to 2 then we get missing numerator as 12,
therefore \(\frac{6}{5}=\frac{12}{10}\).

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{2}=\frac{50}{}\)
Answer:
100,
\(\frac{1}{2}=\frac{50}{100}\),

Explanation:
As numerator is 50 and other side is 1 means if we divide 50 by 1 we get 50,
means both numerator and denominator are multiplied by 50,
So, 2 should be multiplied to 50 then we get missing denominator as 100,
therefore \(\frac{1}{2}=\frac{50}{100}\).

Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 4

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{5}=\frac{ }{10}\)
Answer:
2,
\(\frac{1}{5}=\frac{2}{10}\),

Explanation:
As denominator is 5 and other side is 10 means if we divide 10 by 5 we get 2,
means both numerator and denominator are multiplied by 2,
So, 1 should be multiplied to 2 then we get missing numerator as 2,
therefore \(\frac{1}{5}=\frac{2}{10}\).

Question 8.
\(\frac{3}{}=\frac{30}{100}\)
Answer:
10,
\(\frac{3}{10}=\frac{30}{100}\),

Explanation:
As numerator is 3 and other side is 30 means if we divide 30 by 3 we get 10,
So, 100 should be divided by 10 then we get missing denominator as 10,
therefore \(\frac{3}{10}=\frac{30}{100}\).

Benchmark Fractions

Use the number line to find a benchmark fraction or whole number for each given fraction.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 2
Question 9.
\(\frac{11}{2}\) is close to __5\(\frac{1}{2}\)_____.
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions-1

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{11}{2}\) as numerator is greater than denominator,
11 can be written as 5 X 2 + 1, so we write in mixed fraction
as 5\(\frac{1}{2}\) as shown above on the number line.

Question 10.
\(\frac{8}{12}\) is close to _\(\frac{2}{3}\)_________
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions-2

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{8}{12}\) as both numerator and denominators goes in 4,
we divide both by 4 as 8/4 = 2 and 12/4 = 3 so we get \(\frac{2}{3}\)
as shown above on the number line.

Question 11.
\(\frac{2}{6}\) is close to ___\(\frac{1}{3}\) ______
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions-3

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{2}{6}\) as both numerator and denominators goes in 2,
we divide both by 2 as 2/2 = 1 and 6/2 = 3, so we get \(\frac{1}{3}\)
as shown above on the number line.

Problem Solving

Question 12.
Adult admission to the dog show is $16. Children’s admission is $9.
How much would it cost 3 adults and 2 children to enter the dog show?
Answer:
It cost $66 for 3 adults and 2 children to enter the dog show,

Explanation:
Given Adult admission to the dog show is $16 and
Children’s admission is $9 so for $16
for 3 Adults and 2 Children it will be 3 X $16 + 2 X $9 =
$48 + $18 = $66, So the total cost will be $66 to enter
the dog show.

Question 13.
Meg saved coins she found for a year. She found a total of
95 pennies, 13 nickels, 41 dimes, and 11 quarters.
She would like to evenly divide the coins into 4 piggy banks.
How many coins will go in each piggy bank?
Answer:
40 coins will go in each piggy bank,

Explanation:
Given Meg saved coins she found for a year. She found a total of
95 pennies, 13 nickels, 41 dimes, and 11 quarters.
She would like to evenly divide the coins into 4 piggy banks.
So first total number of coins Meg have are 95 + 13 + 41 + 11 = 160 coins,
As coins are evenly divide the coins into 4 piggy banks, each piggy bank will
have 160/4 = 40 coins respectively.

Pick a Project

PROJECT 9A
How do you follow a recipe?
Project: Exploring Recipes
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 3
Answer:
Follow a recipe

  1. Read the recipe. Take a good look at the recipe,
  2. Know the assumptions,
  3. Figure out the timing,
  4. Plan ahead,
  5. Bone up on new techniques,
  6. Lay out our tools, too,
  7. Make notes or highlight,

Exploring Cookie Recipe:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions-7

PROJECT 9B
Would you like to be a code breaker?
Project: Create a Fraction Code
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 4

PROJECT 9C
What is a farmers’ market?
Project: Write and Perform a Skit
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 5

A farmers’ market is a physical retail market place intended to sell foods directly by
farmers to consumers. Farmers’ markets may be indoors or outdoors and typically
consist of booths, tables or stands where farmers sell their produce, live animals and
plants, and sometimes prepared foods and beverages. Farmers’ markets exist in many
countries worldwide and reflect the local culture and economy. The size of the market
may be just a few stalls or it may be as large as several city blocks. Due to their nature,
they tend to be less rigidly regulated than retail produce shops.
They are distinguished from public markets which are generally housed in
permanent structures, open year-round, and offer a variety of non-farmer/non-producer vendors, packaged foods and non-food products.

3-ACT MATH PREVIEW

Math Modeling
Just Add Water
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 6
I can … model with math to solve a problem that involves estimating,
adding fractions and mixed numbers, and comparing quantities.

Lesson 9.1 Model Addition of Fractions

Solve & Share
Kyle and Jillian are working on a sports banner. They painted \(\frac{3}{8}\)
of the banner green and \(\frac{4}{8}\) purple. How much of the banner
have they painted? Solve this problem any way you choose.
I can … use tools such as fraction strips or area models to add fractions.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 7

Look Back! Use Appropriate Tools Kyle says \(\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}=\frac{3}{8}\).
Jillian says \(\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}=\frac{3}{24}\).
Use a tool to decide who is correct and explain.
Answer:
Kyle and Jillian painted \(\frac{7}{8}\)  banner,
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions-8
Kyle is correct,

Explanation:
Given Kyle and Jillian are working on a sports banner. They painted \(\frac{3}{8}\)
of the banner green and \(\frac{4}{8}\) purple. Therefore the banner
have they painted is \(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\) used
area model to add fractions as shown above.
Given Kyle says \(\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}=\frac{3}{8}\).
Jillian says \(\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}=\frac{3}{24}\) but Kyle
is correct as \(\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8} is \frac{3}{8}\) not
Jillian says \(\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8} ≠ \frac{3}{24}\) as
\(\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8} is \frac{3}{8}\)  because as denominators
are same we add numerators only so Jillian is incorrect.

Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 1

Essential Question
How Can You Use Tools to Add Fractions?
We can use tools such as fraction strips to add two or more fractions,

Explanation:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions-9

Visual Learning Bridge
Ten canoeing teams are racing downriver. Five teams have silver canoes and
two teams have brown canoes. What fraction of the canoes are either silver or brown?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 8
You can use tools such as fraction strips to add two or more fractions.

Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 9

Convince Me! Make Sense and Persevere What two fractions would you add to
find the fraction of the canoes that are either green or brown?
What is the sum? How do you know your sum is correct?

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
In the problem on the previous page, would you get the same answer if you
used an area model instead of fraction strips or a number line? Explain.
Answer:

Question 2.
What two fractions are being added below? What is the sum?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 10
Answer:
The two fractions are \(\frac{2}{8}\) and \(\frac{3}{8}\),
The sum is \(\frac{5}{8}\),

Explanation:
Given two fractions are \(\frac{2}{8}\) and \(\frac{3}{8}\),
as denominators are same 8 we add numerators 2 and 3 we get 5,
therefore sum is \(\frac{5}{8}\).

Do You Know How?
For 3-4, find each sum.
Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 11
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}\),

Explanation :
As \(\frac{2}{5}\) and \(\frac{1}{5}\)
are like fraction as denominators are same ,
we can add numerators 2 and 1 = 3,
therefore \(\frac{2}{5}\)+ \(\frac{1}{5}\) =\(\frac{3}{5}\).

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 12
Answer:
\(\frac{2}{6}\),
Simplest form : \(\frac{1}{3}\),

Explanation :
As \(\frac{1}{6}\) and \(\frac{1}{6}\)
are like fraction, we can add numerators 1 and 1 so
\(\frac{2}{6}\) as it can be further simplified
2 and 6 goes in 3 table so answer in simplest form \(\frac{1}{3}\).

Independent Practice

Leveled Practice For 5-16, find each sum. Use a tool as needed.
Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 13
Answer:
\(\frac{7}{12}\),

Explanation:
As \(\frac{3}{12}\) and \(\frac{4}{12}\)
are like fraction as denominators are same ,
we can add numerators 3 and 4 as 7,
therefore \(\frac{3}{12}\) + \(\frac{4}{12}\) =\(\frac{7}{12}\).

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 14
Answer:
\(\frac{5}{10}\),
Simplest form = \(\frac{1}{2}\),

Explanation:
As \(\frac{4}{10}\) and \(\frac{1}{10}\)
are like fraction as denominators are same,
we can add numerators 4 and 1 as 5,
therefore \(\frac{4}{10}\)+ \(\frac{1}{10}\) =\(\frac{5}{10}\).
As \(\frac{5}{10}\) can be further simplified because
5 and 10 goes in 5 table so answer in the simplest form is \(\frac{1}{2}\).

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 15
Answer:
\(\frac{6}{12}\),
Simplest form = \(\frac{1}{2}\),

Explanation:
As \(\frac{2}{12}\) and \(\frac{4}{12}\)
are like fraction as denominators are same,
we can add numerators 2 and 4 = 6,
therefore \(\frac{2}{12}\)+ \(\frac{4}{12}\) =\(\frac{6}{12}\).
As \(\frac{6}{12}\) can be further simplified because
6 and 12 goes in 6 table so answer in the simplest form is \(\frac{1}{2}\).

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 16
Answer:
\(\frac{6}{6}\),
Simplest form = \(\frac{1}{1}\) = 1,

Explanation:
As \(\frac{1}{2}\), \(\frac{2}{6}\) and \(\frac{3}{6}\)
are like fraction as denominators are same ,
we can add numerators 1, 2 and 3 = 6,
therefore \(\frac{1}{2}\)+ \(\frac{2}{6}\) + \(\frac{3}{6}\) =\(\frac{6}{6}\).
As \(\frac{6}{6}\) can be further simplified because
6 and 6 can be cancelled so answer in the simplest form is \(\frac{1}{1}\) = 1.

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 17
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\),

Explanation:
As \(\frac{1}{4}\) and \(\frac{2}{4}\)
are like fraction as denominators are same ,
we can add numerators 1 and 2 =3,
therefore \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\).

Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 18
Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\),

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{1}{3}\) and \(\frac{1}{3}\)
are like fraction as denominators are same ,
we can add numerators 1 and 1 = 2,
therefore \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\).

Question 11.
\(\frac{5}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{6}{8}\) or \(\frac{3}{4}\),

Explanation:
As \(\frac{5}{8}\) and \(\frac{1}{8}\)
are like fraction as denominators are same,
we can add numerators 5 and 1 = 6,
therefore \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{6}{8}\),
As \(\frac{6}{8}\) can be further simplified because
6 and 8 can be cancelled by 2, we get 3 X 2 =6 and 4 X 2 = 8,
so answer in the simplest form is \(\frac{3}{4}\).

Question 12.
\(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{4}{4}\) or 1,

Explanation:
As \(\frac{1}{4}\) and \(\frac{3}{4}\)
are like fraction as denominators are same,
we can add numerators 1 and 3 = 4,
therefore \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{4}{4}\),
As \(\frac{4}{4}\) can be further simplified because
4 and 4 can be cancelled by 4, so answer in the simplest form is 1.

Question 13.
\(\frac{7}{12}+\frac{2}{12}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{9}{12}\) or \(\frac{3}{4}\),

Explanation:
As \(\frac{7}{12}\) and \(\frac{2}{12}\)
are like fraction as denominators are same,
we can add numerators 7 and 2 = 9,
therefore \(\frac{7}{12}\) + \(\frac{2}{12}\) = \(\frac{9}{12}\),
As \(\frac{9}{12}\) can be further simplified because
9 and 12 can be cancelled by 3, 3 X 3 = 9 and 4 X 3 = 12,
we get (3,4) so answer in the simplest form is \(\frac{3}{4}\).

Question 14.
\(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{2}{4}\) or \(\frac{1}{2}\),

Explanation:
As \(\frac{1}{4}\) and \(\frac{1}{4}\)
are like fraction as denominators are same,
we can add numerators 1 and 1 = 2,
therefore \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{2}{4}\),
As \(\frac{2}{4}\) can be further simplified because
2 and 4 can be cancelled by 2, 1 X 2 = 2 and 2 X 2 = 4,
we get (1,2) so answer in the simplest form is \(\frac{1}{2}\).

Question 15.
\(\frac{2}{5}+\frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{4}{5}\),

Explanation:
As \(\frac{2}{5}\) and \(\frac{2}{5}\)
are like fraction as denominators are same,
we can add numerators 2 and 2 = 4,
therefore \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\).

Question 16.
\(\frac{1}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{1}{10}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{4}{10}\) or \(\frac{2}{5}\),

Explanation:
As \(\frac{1}{10}\), \(\frac{2}{10}\) and \(\frac{1}{10}\)
are like fraction as denominators are same,
we can add numerators 1,2 and 1 = 4,
therefore \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) = \(\frac{4}{10}\),
As \(\frac{4}{10}\) can be further simplified because
4 and 10 can be cancelled by 2, 2 X 2 = 4 and 2 X 5 = 10,
we get (2,5) so answer in the simplest form is \(\frac{2}{5}\).

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Number Sense Using three different numerators, write an equation in
which three fractions, when added, have a sum of 1.
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{6}\), \(\frac{2}{6}\) and \(\frac{3}{6}\),
As \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{2}{6}\) + \(\frac{3}{6}\) =
\(\frac{6}{6}\),
Simplest form = \(\frac{1}{1}\) = 1,

Explanation:
As \(\frac{1}{6}\), \(\frac{2}{6}\) and \(\frac{1}{6}\)
are like fraction as denominators are same ,
we can add numerators 1, 2 and 3 = 6,
therefore \(\frac{1}{6}\)+ \(\frac{2}{6}\) + \(\frac{3}{6}\) =
\(\frac{6}{6}\).
As \(\frac{6}{6}\) can be further simplified because
6 and 6 can be cancelled so answer in the simplest form is \(\frac{1}{1}\) = 1.

Question 18.
Use Appropriate Tools Diane added \(\frac{3}{8}\) to \(\frac{1}{8}\).
Draw a picture to show \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\).
Answer:
\(\frac{4}{8}\)= \(\frac{1}{2}\),

Explanation :
\(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\)
further it can be simplified as \(\frac{1}{2}\) as 4 and 8 goes in 4 table.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions-9

Question 19.
A bakery sells about 9 dozen bagels per day. About how many bagels
does the bakery sell in a typical week? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 19
Answer:
756 bagels,

Explanation:
1 dozen = 12,
so 9 dozen = 9 times 12 = 108,
so the bakery sells 108 bagels per day.
now to calculate for a typical week one week = 7 days,
so bagels sold in a week = 108 times 7 = 756 bagels.
Therefore the bakery sells in a typical week about 756 bagels.

Question 20.
During a field trip to a baseball game, \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the students
are wearing red caps and \(\frac{3}{8}\) are wearing blue caps.
Write and solve an equation to find the number of students, s,
who are wearing red or blue caps.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 20
Answer:
Equation:
\(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)  + (Number of red + Number of blues) = s,
Number of red and Number of blues wearing caps are
\(\frac{2}{8}\) or \(\frac{1}{4}\),

Explanation:
Given during a field trip to a baseball game, \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the students
are wearing red caps and \(\frac{3}{8}\) are wearing blue caps.
Equation to find the number of students, s, who are wearing red or blue caps is
\(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)  + (Number of red + Number of blues) = s,
as s = 1, Substituting above we get
\(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)  + (Number of red + Number of blues) = 1,
solving above (Number of red + Number of blues) =
1 – (\(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)),
(Number of red + Number of blues) = 1 – \(\frac{6}{8}\),
(Number of red + Number of blues) = \(\frac{8-6}{8}\),
(Number of red + Number of blues) = \(\frac{2}{8}\) or \(\frac{1}{4}\).

Question 21.
Higher Order Thinking Terry ran \(\frac{1}{10}\) of the distance from
school to home. He walked more \(\frac{3}{10}\) of the distance and
then skipped \(\frac{2}{10}\) more of the distance.
What fraction of the distance home does Terry still have to go?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 21
Answer:
The fraction of the distance home does Terry still have to go is
\(\frac{8}{10}\) or \(\frac{4}{5}\),

Explanation:
Given Terry ran \(\frac{1}{10}\) of the distance from
school to home. He walked more \(\frac{3}{10}\) of the distance and
then skipped \(\frac{2}{10}\) more of the distance.
So let x be fraction of the distance home does Terry still have to go therefore
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\) – \(\frac{2}{10}\) + x = 1,
\(\frac{4}{10}\) – \(\frac{2}{10}\) + x = 1,
\(\frac{4-2}{10}\) + x = 1,
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + x = 1,
x = 1- \(\frac{2}{10}\),
x = \(\frac{10 – 2}{10}\),
x = \(\frac{8}{10}\) or \(\frac{4}{5}\).

Assessment Practice

Question 22.
Which is the sum of \(\frac{3}{12}\) + \(\frac{7}{12}\)?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 22
Answer:
B,
\(\frac{10}{12}\),

Explanation:
As \(\frac{3}{12}\) and \(\frac{7}{12}\)
are like fraction as denominators are same,
we can add numerators 3 and 7
so answer is 3 + 7 = 10,
therefore \(\frac{3}{12}\)+ \(\frac{7}{12}\) =\(\frac{10}{12}\).

Question 23.
Lindsay had \(\frac{5}{10}\) cup of flour in the mixing bowl.
She added \(\frac{2}{10}\) cup of cocoa powder and
\(\frac{3}{10}\) cup of sugar. What is the total amount of dry ingredients in the mixing bowl?
A. 1 cup
B. \(\frac{7}{10}\)
C. \(\frac{5}{10}\)
D. \(\frac{1}{10}\)
Answer:
A,
1 cup,

Explanation:
As \(\frac{5}{10}\), \(\frac{2}{10}\) and \(\frac{3}{10}\)
are like fraction as denominators are same ,
we can add numerators 5, 2 and 3
so answer is 5 + 2 + 3 = 10,
therefore \(\frac{5}{10}\)+ \(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\) =\(\frac{10}{10}\).
\(\frac{10}{10}\) as it can be further simplified
10 and 10 can be cancelled so answer in the simplest form is \(\frac{1}{1}\) = 1.

Lesson 9.2 Decompose Fractions

Solve & Share
Karyn has 1 pounds of chili to put into three bowls. The amount of chili in each bowl does not have to be the same. How much chili could Karyn put into each bowl? Solve this problem any way you choose.
| can…use number lines, area models, or drawings to decompose fractions.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 23

Look Back! Use a drawing or fraction strips to help write equivalent fractions
for the amount of chili in one of the bowls.

Essential Question
How Can You Represent a Fraction in a Variety of Ways?
Answer:
In 5 ways we can represent fractions,

Explanation:
1. Sales: If you get reduction of 20%, 20% is a fraction: 20/100,
2. Comparisons: Ship A is half as big as Ship B. Half is a fraction: 1/2,
3. Taking a part of something: You eat two slices of pizza.
Two out of eight is a fraction: 2/8,
4. Division of integers: If the quotient is not an integer,
it will necessarily be a fraction,
5. Ratios: One of the definitions of π is that it is the ratio of the
Circumference to the Diameter. It is a fraction, although it can’t be
expressed with both terms of it being integers.

Visual Learning Bridge
Charlene wants to leave \(\frac{1}{6}\) of her garden empty.
What are some different ways Charlene can plant the rest of her garden?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 24
Decompose means to break into parts. Compose means to combine parts. The fraction of the garden that Charlene will plant can be decomposed in more than one way.

One Way
Charlene could plant four \(\frac{1}{6}\) sections with blue flowers and one \(\frac{1}{6}\) section with red peppers.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 25

Another Way
Charlene could plant one \(\frac{1}{6}\) section with green beans, one \(\frac{1}{6}\) section with yellow squash, one \(\frac{1}{6}\) section with red peppers, and two \(\frac{1}{6}\) sections with blue flowers.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 26

Convince Me! Use Appropriate Tools Draw pictures or use fraction strips to show why these equations are true.
\(\frac{5}{6}=\frac{3}{6}+\frac{2}{6} \quad \frac{5}{6}=\frac{1}{6}+\frac{2}{6}+\frac{2}{6}\)

Another Example!
What is one way you can decompose 3\(\frac{1}{8}\)?
A mixed number has a whole number part and a fraction part.
3 \(\frac{1}{8}\) is 1 whole + 1 whole + 1 whole + \(\frac{1}{8}\).
Each whole can also be shown as eight equal parts.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 27

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
What is another way to decompose 3\(\frac{1}{8}\)?
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions-10

Question 2.
Look at the area model above. What fraction with a greater numerator than
denominator is equivalent to 3\(\frac{1}{8}\)? Explain.
Answer:
\(\frac{25}{8}\),

Explanation:
Given the area model of 3\(\frac{1}{8}\) which is
equivalent to \(\frac{25}{8}\) because we convert mixed
fraction into fraction as (3 X 8 + 1) by 8 = \(\frac{25}{8}\),
where numerator is greater than denominator.

Do You Know How?
For 3-4, decompose each fraction or mixed number in two different ways.
Use a tool if needed.
Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 28
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions-111,

Explanation:
Given to find \(\frac{3}{5}\) equivalent to
\(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) and
\(\frac{3}{5}\) equivalent to
\(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\).

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 29
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions-112,

Explanation:
Given to find 1\(\frac{3}{4}\) equivalent to as
1\(\frac{3}{4}\)= (1 X 4 + 3) by 4 = \(\frac{7}{4}\)
which is equivalent to 1 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) and
\(\frac{2}{4}\) + \(\frac{5}{4}\).

Independent Practice

Leveled Practice For 5-10, decompose each fraction or
mixed number in two different ways. Use a tool if needed.
Question 5.
\(\frac{4}{6}\) =
Answer:
\(\frac{4}{6}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\),

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{4}{6}\) to decompose each fraction or mixed number
so as 4 and 6 can be divided by 2,

we get 2 and 3, so \(\frac{4}{6}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\).

Question 6.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) =
Answer:
\(\frac{7}{8}\) =\(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\),

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{7}{8}\) to decompose each fraction or mixed number,
so
\(\frac{7}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\).

Question 7.
1\(\frac{3}{5}\) =
Answer:
1\(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{8}{5}\) or \(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{3}{5}\),

Explanation:
Given 1\(\frac{3}{5}\) to decompose each fraction or mixed number,
so 1\(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{1 X 5 + 3}{5}\) = \(\frac{8}{5}\) or
1\(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{3}{5}\).

Question 8.
2\(\frac{1}{2}\) =
Answer:
2\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{5}{2}\) or \(\frac{4}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\),

Explanation:
Given 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) to decompose each fraction or mixed number,
so 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{2 X 2 + 1}{5}\) = \(\frac{5}{2}\) or
2\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{4}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\).

Question 9.
\(\frac{9}{12}\) =
Answer:
\(\frac{9}{12}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\),

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{9}{12}\) to decompose each fraction or mixed number,
as \(\frac{9}{12}\) can be divided by 3,
we get 3 and 4, so \(\frac{3}{4}\) therefore \(\frac{9}{12}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\).

Question 10.
1\(\frac{1}{3}\) =
Answer:
1\(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{4}{3}\) or \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Given 1\(\frac{1}{3}\) to decompose each fraction or mixed number,
so 1\(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{1 X  3 + 1}{3}\) = \(\frac{4}{3}\) or
1\(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\).

 Problem Solving

Question 11.
Jackie ate \(\frac{1}{5}\) of a bag of popcorn. She shared the rest with Enrique.
List three ways they could have shared the remaining popcorn.

Answer:
The list of three ways they shared the remaining popcorn is
1.

\(\frac{1}{5}\) and \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{1+3}{5}\)= \(\frac{4}{5}\),
2. \(\frac{2}{5}\) and \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{2+2}{5}\)= \(\frac{4}{5}\),
3. \(\frac{3}{5}\) and \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{3+1}{5}\)= \(\frac{4}{5}\),

Explanation:
Given Jackie ate \(\frac{1}{5}\) of a bag of popcorn.
She shared the rest with Enrique, So the rest bag of popcorn is
1 – \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{1 X 5 – 1}{5}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\),
The list of three ways they shared the remaining popcorn is
1.  \(\frac{1}{5}\) and \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{1+3}{5}\)= \(\frac{4}{5}\),
2. \(\frac{2}{5}\) and \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{2+2}{5}\)= \(\frac{4}{5}\),
3. \(\frac{3}{5}\) and \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{3+1}{5}\)= \(\frac{4}{5}\).

Question 12.
Use Appropriate Tools Draw an area model to show
\(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{3}{10}+\frac{2}{10}=\frac{9}{10}\)

Answer:

 

Question 13.
In a class of 12 students, 8 students are boys. Write two equivalent fractions
that tell which part of the class is boys.

Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 30
Answer:

Question 14.
Use Appropriate Tools Find three different ways to decompose 1\(\frac{5}{6}\).
Use number lines to justify your answer.

Answer:

Question 15.
Higher Order Thinking Jason wrote 1\(\frac{1}{3}\) as the sum of three fractions.
None of the fractions had a denominator of 3. What fractions might Jason have used?

Answer:

Assessment Practice

Question 16.
A teacher distributes a stack of paper to 3 groups. Each group receives a different amount of paper.
Select all the ways the teacher can distribute the paper by decomposing 1\(\frac{2}{3}\) inches.
Use a fraction model if needed.

Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 31
Answer:

Lesson 9.3 Add Fractions with Like Denominators

Solve & Share
Jonas is making nachos and tacos for a family party.
He uses \(\frac{2}{5}\) bag of shredded cheese for the nachos and \(\frac{1}{5}\) bag for the tacos. How much of the bag of shredded cheese does Jonas use?
Solve this problem any way you choose.

I can … use my understanding of addition as joining parts of the same whole to add fractions with like denominators.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 32

Look Back! Look for Relationships What do you notice about the denominators in your equation?
Answer:
Denominators in the equation are same.
\(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\)
Total \(\frac{3}{5}\) bag of shredded cheese used for the nachos and tacos.
Explanation:

Essential Question
How Can You Add Fractions with Like Denominators?
Answer:
Build each fraction (if needed) so that both denominators are equal.
Add the numerators of the fractions.
The new denominator will be the denominator of the built-up fractions.
Reduce or simplify the answer, if needed.
Explanation:

Visual Learning Bridge
The table shows the results of a fourth-grade Pets Club survey. What fraction of the
club members chose a hamster or a dog as their favorite pet?

Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 33

Find \(\frac{2}{12}+\frac{4}{12}\) using a model.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 34

Find \(\frac{2}{12}+\frac{4}{12}\) by joining parts.
Add the numerators. Write the sum over the like denominator.
\(\frac{2}{12}+\frac{4}{12}=\frac{2+4}{12}=\frac{6}{12}\)
\(\frac{6}{12}\) is equivalent to \(\frac{1}{2}\) One half of the club members chose a hamster or a dog as
their favorite pet.

Convince Me! Critique Reasoning Frank solved the problem above and found \(\frac{2}{12}+\frac{4}{12}=\frac{6}{24}\). What error did Frank make? Explain.
Answer:
After solving the problem Frank wrote 24 in denominator, which is not correct.
Explanation:
A it was discussed above in addition when the given fraction with same denominators then only numerators to be added.
But Frank added denominators also, which is wrong.
\(\frac{2}{12}+\frac{4}{12}=\frac{2+4}{12}=\frac{6}{24}\)

Another Example!
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 35

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Using the survey on the previous page, what fraction of the club members chose either a bird or a cat?
Answer:
\(\frac{5}{12}+\frac{1}{12}=\frac{6}{12}\)
Explanation:

Question 2.
Greg found \(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{2}{3}=\frac{3}{6}\). What error did Greg make?
Answer:
Adding of denominators is the error did by Greg.
Explanation:
Greg added both the numerator and denominators
For adding fractions Numerators should be added and the denominators should be same.
\(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{2}{3}=\frac{3}{3}\) = 1

Do You Know How?
For 3-6, find each sum. Use drawings or fraction strips as needed.
Question 3.
\(\frac{2}{4}+\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\)
Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{4}+\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{3}\)
Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{3}\)


Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{12}+\frac{11}{12}\)
Answer:
1\(\frac{1}{12}\)
Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{12}+\frac{11}{12}\) = \(\frac{13}{12}\) = 1\(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{10}+\frac{4}{10}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{5}{10}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{10}+\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{5}{10}\)

Independent Practice

For 7-18, find each sum. Use drawings or fraction strips as needed.
Question 7.
\(\frac{2}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{8}\)
Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{3}{6}+\frac{2}{6}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{5}{6}\)
Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{6}+\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{8}+\frac{4}{8}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{5}{8}\)
Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{8}+\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{2}{10}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{5}{10}\)
Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{5}{10}\)

Question 11.
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{5}{10}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{8}{10}\)
Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{5}{12}+\frac{4}{12}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{9}{12}\)
Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{12}+\frac{4}{12}\) = \(\frac{9}{12}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{4}{5}+\frac{3}{5}+\frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:
1\(\frac{4}{5}\)
Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{5}+\frac{3}{5}+\frac{2}{5}\) =1\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 14.
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{6}{10}\)
Answer:
1\(\frac{1}{10}\)
Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{10}{10}\)+\(\frac{1}{10}\)=1\(\frac{1}{10}\)

Question 15.
\(\frac{2}{6}+\frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{7}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{6}+\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{6}{6}+\frac{1}{6}\) = 1\(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 16.
\(\frac{3}{6}+\frac{9}{6}\)
Answer: 2
\(\frac{12}{6}\) = \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) =  2
Explanation:

\(\frac{3}{6}+\frac{9}{6}\) = \(\frac{6}{6}+\frac{6}{6}\) = 1+1 = 2

Question 17.
\(\frac{11}{10}+\frac{11}{10}\)
Answer:
2\(\frac{2}{10}\)
Explanation:
\(\frac{11}{10}+\frac{11}{10}\)

\(\frac{10}{10}\)+ \(\frac{10}{10}\)+\(\frac{2}{10}\)

2\(\frac{2}{10}\)

Question 18.
\(\frac{7}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\)
Answer: 1
\(\frac{8}{8}\)
Explanation:

\(\frac{7}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{8}{8}\) = 1

Problem Solving

For 19-21, use the table at the right.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 36
Question 19.
What fraction of the set is either triangles or rectangles?
Answer:
Triangles are \(\frac{2}{10}\)
Rectangles are \(\frac{4}{10}\)
Explanation:

Question 20.
Model with Math Write and solve an equation to find what fraction, f, of the set is either circles or rectangles.
Answer: f = 1 – \(\frac{x}{10}\)

Rectangles = \(\frac{4}{10}\)
Circles = \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 21.
Which two shapes make up half of the set? Find two possible answers.
Answer:
Circles and Triangles
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Rectangle and Hexogon
\(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{1}{10}\) = \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 22.
There are 64 crayons in each box. A school bought 25 boxes of crayons for the art classes. If the crayons are shared equally among 5 classes, how many crayons will each class receive? Explain.
Answer:
Each class receives 320 crayons

Explanation:
64 crayons X 25 boxes = 1600 crayons

1600 crayons / 5 classes = 320 crayons for each class

Question 23.
Higher Order Thinking Three-tenths of Ken’s buttons are blue, \(\frac{4}{10}\) are green, and the rest are black. What fraction of Ken’s buttons are black?
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{10}\)
Explanation

f=1 – (\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{4}{10}\)),
= 1 – (\(\frac{3 + 4 }{10}\)),
= 1 – (\(\frac{7}{10}\)),
=(\(\frac{1}{1}\) – \(\frac{7}{10}\)),
=\(\frac{3}{10}\).

Assessment Practice

Question 24.
Match each expression with its sum.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 37
Answer:

Question 25.
Jayla did some chores in the morning. She did \(\frac{3}{12}\) of her chores in the evening. By the end of the day, she had completed \(\frac{7}{12}\) of her chores. What fraction of the chores c, did Jayla do in the morning?
A. c = \(\frac{1}{12}\)
B. c = \(\frac{2}{12}\)
C. c = \(\frac{3}{12}\)
D. c = \(\frac{4}{12}\)
Answer: D.
\(\frac{4}{12}\)

Explanation:

Lesson 9.4 Model Subtraction of Fractions

Solve & Share
Mr. Yetkin uses \(\frac{4}{6}\) of a sheet of plywood to board up a window. How much of the plywood is left? Solve this problem any way you choose.
I can … use tools such as fraction strips or area models to subtract fractions with like denominators.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 38

Look Back! Be Precise Explain why \(\frac{4}{6}\) is subtracted from \(\frac{6}{6}\) to find how much of the plywood is left.
Answer
\(\frac{2}{6}\)

Explanation

\(\frac{6}{6}\) – \(\frac{4}{6}\) = \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Essential Question
How Can You Use Tools to Subtract Fractions?
Answer:
To subtract fractions with like denominators, subtract the numerator and write the difference over the denominator.
We can use tools such as Fraction Strips or Number line.
For example,

Number line.

Fraction Strip

Visual Learning Bridge
A flower garden is divided into eighths. If \(\frac{2}{8}\) of the garden is used to grow yellow roses, what fraction is left to grow other flowers?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 39
You can use tools such as fraction strips to represent subtraction.

Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 40

Convince Me! Use Appropriate Tools In the problem above, suppose six sections of the garden are used for yellow roses and two other sections are used for petunias. How much more of the garden is used for yellow roses than is used for petunias? Use fraction strips or another tool to help. Write your answer as a fraction.

f = \(\frac{6}{8}\) + \(\frac{2}{8}\) =\(\frac{6 + 2}{8}\) = \(\frac{8}{8}\) = 1

Another Example!
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 41

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
In the problem at the top of the previous page, suppose one other section was used to grow peonies. What fraction of the garden is now available for flowers?
Answer:
f = \(\frac{8}{8}\) – ( \(\frac{2}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\)) 

  = \(\frac{8}{8}\) – \(\frac{2 + 1}{8}\)

  = \(\frac{8}{8}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\)

=\(\frac{5}{8}\)

Do You Know How?
For 2-5, use fraction strips or other tools to subtract.
Question 2.
\(\frac{1}{3}-\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer: 0
Explanation:
By using fraction strip \(\frac{1}{3}-\frac{1}{3}\) = 0

Question 3.
\(\frac{5}{5}-\frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}\)
Explanation:

Question 4.
\(\frac{7}{12}-\frac{3}{12}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{4}{12}\)

Explanation:

Question 5.
\(\frac{7}{8}-\frac{1}{8}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{6}{8}\)
Explanation:

Independent Practice

Leveled Practice For 6-14, find each difference. Use fraction strips or other tools as needed.
Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 42
Answer:
\(\frac{6}{12}\)

\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 43
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 44
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{4}{5}-\frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{2}{5}\)
Explanation:

Question 10.
\(\frac{17}{10}-\frac{3}{10}\)
Answer:
1\(\frac{4}{10}\)
Explanation:

Question 11.
\(\frac{8}{6}-\frac{2}{6}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{8}{6}-\frac{2}{6}\) =1
Explanation:

Question 12.
\(\frac{9}{6}-\frac{1}{6}\)
Answer:
1\(\frac{2}{6}\) = 1\(\frac{1}{3}\)
Explanation:

Question 13.
\(\frac{21}{10}-\frac{1}{10}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{20}{10}\) = 2
Explanation:

Question 14.
\(\frac{1}{5}-\frac{1}{5}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{5}-\frac{1}{5}\) = 0
Explanation:

Problem Solving

Question 15.
Model with Math Leesa has \(\frac{7}{8}\) gallon of juice. She shares \(\frac{3}{8}\) gallon. Write and solve an equation to find j, how much juice Leesa has left.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 45
Answer:
\(\frac{4}{8}\)
Explanation:
\(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 16.
Higher Order Thinking Using only odd numbers for numerators, write two different subtraction problems that have a difference of \(\frac{1}{2}\). Remember, you can find equivalent fractions for \(\frac{1}{2}\).
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{9}{8}\) – \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 17.
In Kayla’s class, some of the students are wearing blue shirts. \(\frac{6}{8}\) of the students are NOT wearing blue shirts. What fraction of the students are wearing blue shirts? Show your work.
Answer:
\(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
f= 1- \(\frac{6}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{1}\) – \(\frac{6}{8}\) = \(\frac{2}{8}\) =
\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 18.
In Exercise 17, what number represents the whole class? How do you
know what fraction to use to represent this number?
Answer:
1 number represents the whole class
\(\frac{1}{1}\)
Explanation:

Question 19.
Rick shared his bag of grapes with friends. He gave \(\frac{2}{10}\) of the bag to Melissa and \(\frac{4}{10}\) of the bag to Ryan. What fraction of the bag of grapes does Rick have left? Show your work.
Answer:
\(\frac{4}{10}\)
Explanation:

f=1-{\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{2}{10}\)}=\(\frac{1}{1}\) – \(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Question 20.
Teresa gave away 8 baseball cards and has 4 baseball cards left. Write a subtraction problem to show the fraction of the baseball cards Teresa has left.
Answer:
\(\frac{12}{12}\) – \(\frac{8}{12}\) = \(\frac{4}{12}\)
Explanation:

Assessment Practice

Question 21.
Which subtraction problem has a difference of \(\frac{1}{3}\)?
A. \(\frac{2}{2}-\frac{1}{2}\)
B. \(\frac{5}{3}-\frac{3}{3}\)
C. \(\frac{4}{3}-\frac{3}{3}\)
D. \(\frac{5}{3}-\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:
Option C
\(\frac{4}{3}-\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 22.
Which subtraction problem has a difference of \(\frac{10}{8}\)?
A. \(\frac{20}{8}-\frac{10}{8}\)
B. \(\frac{8}{10}+\frac{2}{10}\)
C. \(\frac{10}{8}-\frac{4}{8}\)
D. \(\frac{6}{8}-\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:
Option A,
\(\frac{20}{8}-\frac{10}{8}\) = \(\frac{10}{8}\)

Lesson 9.5 Subtract Fractions with Like Denominators

Solve & Share
Leah and Josh live the same direction from school and on the same side of Forest Road. Leah’s house is \(\frac{8}{10}\) mile from school. Josh’s house is \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile from school. How much farther does Leah have to walk home when she reaches Josh’s house? Solve this problem any way you choose.
I can … use my understanding of subtraction as separating parts of the same whole to subtract fractions with like denominators.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 46

Look Back! Model with Math How could you represent the problem above with a bar diagram and an equation? Tell what your variable means.

Answer
\(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation

Leah’s house is \(\frac{8}{10}\) mile and
Josh’s house is \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile from school.

\(\frac{8}{10}\) – \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Essential Question
How Can You Subtract Fractions with Like Denominators?
Answer:
To subtract fractions with like denominators, just subtract the numerators and write the difference over the denominator.
Always reduce your final answer to its lowest term.

Adding and Subtracting Fractions with Same or Like Denominator - ChiliMath
Explanation:
For Example,
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Visual Learning Bridge
Tania is squeezing lemons to make lemonade. The recipe calls for \(\frac{5}{8}\) cup of lemon juice. The amount Tania has squeezed is shown at the right. What fraction of a cup of lemon juice does Tania still need to squeeze?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 47
Subtract the fractions to find the difference.

Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 48

Convince Me! Reasoning in the problem above, suppose Tania decided to double the amount of lemonade she wants to make. Then how much more lemon juice would Tania need to squeeze?

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Jesse has a bottle that contains \(\frac{7}{10}\) liter of water. He drinks \(\frac{2}{10}\) liter. Jesse says he has \(\frac{1}{2}\) liter left. Is he correct? Explain.
Answer:
YES, JESSE IS CORRECT
Explanation:

Question 2.
What addition sentence can you use to subtract \(\frac{4}{10}\) from \(\frac{9}{10}\)?
Answer:
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\)= \(\frac{9}{10}\)
\(\frac{9}{10}\) – \(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{5}{10}\)
Explanation:

Do You Know How?
For 3-10, subtract the fractions.
Question 3.
\(\frac{2}{3}-\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}\)
Explanation:

Question 4.
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{2}{4}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\)
Explanation:

Question 5.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{2}{6}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{6}\)
Explanation:

Question 6.
\(\frac{9}{12}-\frac{3}{12}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{6}{12}\)
Explanation:

Question 7.
\(\frac{9}{8}-\frac{3}{8}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{6}{8}\)
Explanation:

Question 8.
\(\frac{17}{10}-\frac{9}{10}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{8}{10}\)
Explanation:

Question 9.
\(\frac{4}{8}-\frac{1}{8}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{8}\)
Explanation:

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
0

Independent Practice

Leveled Practice For 11-18, subtract the fractions.
Question 11.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 49
Answer:
n = \(\frac{4}{6}\)
Explanation:

Question 12.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 50
Answer:
n = \(\frac{5}{100}\)
= \(\frac{1}{20}\)
Explanation:

Question 13.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 51
Answer:
n = \(\frac{2}{4}\)
Explanation:

Question 14.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 52
Answer:
n = \(\frac{2}{8}\)
Explanation:

Question 15.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{4}{6}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{6}\)
Explanation:

Question 16.
\(\frac{40}{10}-\frac{20}{10}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{20}{10}\) = 2
Explanation:

Question 17.
\(\frac{80}{100}-\frac{40}{100}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{40}{100}\)
Explanation:

Question 18.
\(\frac{19}{10}-\frac{8}{10}\)
Answer:
1\(\frac{1}{10}\)
Explanation:

Problem Solving

Question 19.
Joey ran \(\frac{1}{4}\) mile in the morning and \(\frac{1}{4}\) mile farther than in the morning in the afternoon. If he wants to run a full mile, how much more does Joey have to run? Write equations to explain.
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:

Question 20.
Reasoning Explain how subtracting \(\frac{4}{5}-\frac{3}{5}\) involves subtracting 4 – 3.
Answer:
n = \(\frac{1}{5}\)

n = \(\frac{4}{5}\) –  \(\frac{3}{5}\)

n = \(\frac{4 – 3}{5}\)

n = \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 21.
Higher Order Thinking The flags of all 5 Nordic countries are displayed. What fraction describes how many more of the flags displayed are 2-color flags than are 3-color flags?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 53
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{5}\)
Explanation:

Assessment Practice

Question 22.
Brian had a piece of chalk \(\frac{9}{10}\) centimeter long. A piece cracked off as he was drawing on the sidewalk. Then Brian’s chalk was only \(\frac{6}{10}\) centimeter long. How long was the piece of chalk that cracked off?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 54
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
n = \(\frac{9}{10}\) – \(\frac{6}{10}\)

n = \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 23.
Marietta baked a chicken pot pie. She serves \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the pie at dinner. How much of the pie remains?
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}\)
Explanation:

Lesson 9.6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Like Denominators

Solve & Share
The dirt bike track shown is \(\frac{7}{8}\) of a mile long from start to finish. The track is divided into four sections. What is the length of the longest section? Solve this problem any way you choose.
I can … use a number line to add and subtract fractions when the fractions refer to the same whole.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 55

Answer:

\(\frac{2}{8}\)
Explanation:

Number line

Look Back! How did you decide which section of the track was the longest?
Answer:
The length of the longest section = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Essential Question
How Do You Add and Subtract Fractions on a Number Line?
Answer:
In math, a number line is a straight line with numbers placed at equal intervals or segments along its length.
A number line can be extended infinitely in any direction, and we usually represent it horizontally.
The numbers on the number line in addition increase as we move from left to right and in subtraction decrease moving from right to left.
Explanation:
For Example,

Visual Learning Bridge
Mary rides her bike \(\frac{2}{10}\) mile to pick up her friend Marcy for soccer practice. Together, they ride \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile to the soccer field. What is the distance from Mary’s house to the soccer field?
You can use jumps on the number line to add or subtract fractions.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 56

Use a number line to show \(\frac{2}{10}+\frac{5}{10}\).
Draw a number line for tenths. Locate \(\frac{2}{10}\) on the number line.
To add, move \(\frac{5}{10}\) to the right.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 57
When you add, you move to the right on the number line.

Write the addition equation.
Add the numerators. Write the sum over the like denominator.
\(\frac{2}{10}+\frac{5}{10}=\frac{2+5}{10}=\frac{7}{10}\)
The distance from Mary’s house to the soccer field is \(\frac{7}{10}\) mile.

Convince Me! Use Appropriate Tools Use the number line below to find \(\frac{5}{8}+\frac{2}{8}\). Can you also use the number line to find \(\frac{5}{8}-\frac{2}{8}\)? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 58
Answer:
\(\frac{5}{8}+\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

\(\frac{5}{8}-\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:

Another Example!
Find \(\frac{6}{8}-\frac{4}{8}\)
Start at \(\frac{6}{8}\). To subtract, move \(\frac{4}{8}\) to the left.
The ending point is \(\frac{2}{8}\)
So, \(\frac{6}{8}-\frac{4}{8}=\frac{2}{8}\)
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 59

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
In the example above, how is the denominator illustrated on the number line?
Answer:
The denominator illustrates the number of parts of the whole,
In the above example 8 is the denominator, that is 8 parts.
\(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 2.
Draw a number line to represent \(\frac{3}{12}+\frac{5}{12}\).
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{12}+\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{8}{12}\)
Explanation:

Do You Know How?
For 3-4, write the equation shown by each number line.
Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 60
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}\)

\(\frac{1}{5}+\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 61
Answer:
\(\frac{2}{6}\)

\(\frac{5}{6} – \frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Independent Practice

For 5-8, write the equation shown by each number line.
Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 62
Answer:

\(\frac{6}{10}\)

\(\frac{2}{10} + \frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 63
Answer:

\(\frac{1}{5}\)

\(\frac{4}{5} – \frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 64
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\)

\(\frac{2}{4} + \frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 65
Answer:
\(\frac{2}{6}\)

\(\frac{4}{6} – \frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Problem Solving

Question 9.
Number Sense How do you know the quotient 639 ÷ 6 is greater than 100 before you actually divide?
Answer:
106 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
Explanation:
= \(\frac{600}{6}\)  + \(\frac{36}{6}\) + \(\frac{3}{6}\)
= 100 + 6 + \(\frac{3}{6}\)
=106 \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Question 10.
On average, a largemouth bass weighs about 12 pounds. Two fishermen weighed the largemouth bass they both caught and found their catch weighed 82 pounds. What is the greatest number of largemouth bass caught that are average weight?
Answer:
22 pounds
1 \(\frac{10}{12}\)

Explanation:

= \(\frac{82}{12}\)

= \(\frac{60}{12}\) + \(\frac{22}{12}\)

= 5 + 1\(\frac{10}{12}\)

Question 11.
Isaac started his bike ride at the trailhead. He reached the picnic area and continued to the lookout tower. If Isaac rode his bike for a total of \(\frac{10}{4}\) miles, how much farther did he ride beyond the lookout tower?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 66
Answer:
\(\frac{5}{4}\)

Explanation:

n = \(\frac{10}{4}\) – [\(\frac{2}{4}\)+ \(\frac{3}{4}\)]

n = \(\frac{10}{4}\) – \(\frac{5}{4}\)

n = \(\frac{5}{4}\)

n = 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 12.
Model with Math Ricky completely filled a bucket to wash his car. After he finished washing the car, \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the water remained in the bucket. Write and solve an equation to find n, the fraction of the water Ricky used.
Answer:
n = \(\frac{3}{8}\) water used by Ricky.
Explanation:
n = \(\frac{1}{1}\) – \(\frac{5}{8}\)
n = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 13.
Higher Order Thinking Sarah and Jenny are running an hour-long endurance race. Sarah ran \(\frac{2}{6}\) hour before passing the baton to Jenny. Jenny ran \(\frac{3}{6}\) hour, then passed the baton back to Sarah. What fraction of the hour does Sarah still need to run to complete the race?
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{6}\) to complete the race.
Explanation:

n = 1 – \(\frac{2}{6}\) + \(\frac{3}{6}\)

n = 1 – \(\frac{2 + 3}{6}\)

n = 1 – \(\frac{5}{6}\)

n = \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Assessment Practice

Question 14.
Choose numbers from the box to fill in the missing numbers in each equation. Use each number once.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 67
Answer:

Question 15.
Choose numbers from the box to fill in the missing numbers in each equation. Use each number once.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 68
Answer:

Lesson 9.7 Model Addition and Subtraction of Mixed Numbers

Solve & Share
Tory is cutting loaves of bread into fourths. She needs to wrap 3\(\frac{3}{4}\) loaves to take to a luncheon and 1\(\frac{2}{4}\) loaves for a bake sale. How many loaves does Tory need to wrap for the luncheon and the bake sale? Solve this problem any way you choose.
I can ….. use models and equivalent fractions to help add and subtract mixed numbers.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 69

Look Back! Reasoning How can you estimate the sum above?

3\(\frac{3}{4}\) + 1\(\frac{2}{4}\)

= (3 + 1)(\(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{2}{4}\))

= (3 + 1)(\(\frac{3 + 2}{4}\))

= (4)(\(\frac{3 + 2}{4}\))

= 4(\(\frac{5}{4}\))

= (4 + 1)(\(\frac{1}{4}\))

= \(5\frac{1}{4}\)

Essential Question
How Can You Add or Subtract Mixed Numbers?
Answer:
To add or subtract mixed numbers, firstly convert the mixed numbers to improper fractions and find the least common denominator, then add or subtract the whole numbers. Finally write the lowest terms.
For example,

3\(\frac{3}{4}\) + 1\(\frac{2}{4}\)

= \(\frac{15}{4}\) + \(\frac{6}{4}\)

= \(\frac{15 + 6}{4}\)

= \(\frac{21}{4}\)

= \(5\frac{1}{4}\)

Visual Learning Bridge
Bill has 2 boards to use to make picture frames. What is the total length of the two boards? How much longer is one board than the other?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 70
You can use addition to find the total length of the two boards.
You can use subtraction to find how much longer one board is than the other.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 71

Convince Me! Use Appropriate Tools Suppose Bill’s boards were 2\(\frac{11}{12}\) feet and 1\(\frac{5}{12}\) feet. What would be the total length of the two boards? How much longer is one board than the other? Use fraction strips or draw number lines to show your work.

Answer

4\(\frac{4}{12}\)

Explanation

Another Example!
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 72

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
In the problem on the previous page, why does \(\frac{16}{12}\) = 1\(\frac{4}{12}\)? Use decomposing to explain.
Answer:
\(\frac{16}{12}\) = 1\(\frac{4}{12}\)
Explanation:

Do You Know How?
For 2-3, use a tool to find each sum or difference.
Question 2.
1\(\frac{2}{5}\) + 2\(\frac{4}{5}\)
Answer:
4\(\frac{1}{5}\)
Explanation:

Question 3.
1\(\frac{1}{4}\) + 2\(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:  4
Explanation:

Independent Practice

For 4-11, use a tool to find the sum or difference.
Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 73
Answer:
\(\frac{2}{4}\)

\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 74
Answer:
4 \(\frac{13}{3}\)
Explanation:

1\(\frac{2}{3}\) + 2\(\frac{2}{3}\)

\(\frac{5}{3}\) + \(\frac{8}{3}\)

\(\frac{13}{3}\)

4 \(\frac{13}{3}\)

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 75
Answer:
1
Explanation:

2\(\frac{3}{4}\) – 1\(\frac{3}{4}\)

\(\frac{11}{4}\) – \(\frac{7}{4}\)

\(\frac{4}{4}\)  =  1

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 76
Answer:
3,

Explanation:
1\(\frac{3}{6}\) + 1\(\frac{3}{6}\),
\(\frac{9}{6}\) + \(\frac{9}{6}\),
\(\frac{18}{6}\), 3

Question 8.
\(2 \frac{3}{5}+1 \frac{3}{5}\)
Answer:
4 \(\frac{1}{5}\),

Explanation:

Question 9.
\(4 \frac{5}{12}+1 \frac{7}{12}\)
Answer:
6

Explanation:

Question 10.
\(4 \frac{9}{10}+3 \frac{7}{10}\)
Answer:
8 \( \frac{2}{10}\)
Explanation:

Question 11.
\(5 \frac{3}{4}+2 \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:
8 \( \frac{2}{4}\),

Explanation:

Problem Solving

Question 12.
Use Appropriate Tools Kit said, “On summer vacation, I spent 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) weeks with my grandma and one week more with my aunt than with my grandma.” How many weeks did she spend visiting family? Use a tool to find the sum.
Answer:
2\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Explanation:

1\(\frac{1}{2}\) + 1  week

\(\frac{3}{2}\) + 1 = \(\frac{3 + 2}{2}\)

=   \(\frac{5}{2}\)

=   \(\frac{4}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)

=   2\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 13.
Use Appropriate Tools If Kit spent 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) weeks in swimming lessons, how much more time did Kit spend visiting family than in swimming lessons? Use a tool to find the difference.
Answer:
6 weeks
Explanation:
1\(\frac{1}{2}\) + 1  week + 3\(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{3}{2}\) + 1 + \(\frac{7}{2}\) = \(\frac{3 + 2 + 7}{2}\)
=   \(\frac{12}{2}\)
=  6

Question 14.
Hannah used 1\(\frac{5}{8}\) gallons of paint for theceiling. Hannah used 6 gallons of paint for the walls and ceiling combined. How much paint did Hannah use for the walls?
Answer:
4\(\frac{3}{8}\) gallons of Paint Hannah use for the walls
Explanation:
Total paint (Wall + Ceiling) = Paint for Ceiling + Paint for Wall
6 gallons = 1\(\frac{5}{8}\) + Paint for Wall
Paint for Wall = 6 – 1\(\frac{5}{8}\) = 6 – \(\frac{13}{8}\)= \(\frac{35}{8}\)
Paint for Wall = 4\(\frac{3}{8}\)
Paint for Wall = Total paint (Wall + Ceiling) – Total paint Ceiling

Question 15.
A furlong is a unit of length still used today in racing and agriculture. A race that is 8 furlongs is 1 mile. A mile is 5,280 feet. How many feet are in a furlong?
Answer:
660 feet is one furlong
Explanation:
8 furlongs is 1 mile.
A mile is 5,280 feet
one furlong \(\frac{5280}{8}\) = 660 feet

Question 16.
Higher Order Thinking A recipe calls for 1\(\frac{2}{3}\) cups of brown sugar for the granola bars and 1\(\frac{1}{3}\) cups of brown sugar for the topping. Dara has 3\(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of brown sugar. Does she have enough brown sugar to make the granola bars and the topping? Explain.

You can use fraction strips or a number line to compare amounts.
Answer: YES
Dara has enough sugar
She need 3 cups of brown sugar, she has 3\(\frac{1}{4}\) cups

1\(\frac{2}{3}\) + 1\(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{5 + 4}{3}\)=\(\frac{9}{3}\) = 3

3\(\frac{1}{4}\) >3

Assessment Practice

Question 18.
Megan finishes the scarf. It is 5\(\frac{6}{12}\) feet in length. She finds a mistake in her knitting and unravels 2\(\frac{4}{12}\) feet to correct the mistake. How long is the scarf now?
A. s = \(2 \frac{7}{12}+2 \frac{11}{12}\)
B. s = \(2 \frac{5}{12}+2 \frac{7}{12}\)
C. s = \(2 \frac{11}{12}-2 \frac{7}{12}\)
D. s = \(4 \frac{11}{12}-2 \frac{7}{12}\)
Answer:
\(3 \frac{4}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(5 \frac{6}{12} – 2 \frac{4}{12}\)

\( \frac{66}{12} –  \frac{28}{12}\)

= 3\( \frac{4}{12}\)

D. s = \(4 \frac{11}{12}-1\frac{9}{12}\) {some correction may required in option D}

Question 17.
Megan is knitting a scarf. She has knitted 2\(\frac{7}{12}\) feet so far. She needs to knit another 2\(\frac{11}{12}\) feet. Which of the following equations can Megan use to find s, the length of the completed scarf?
A. 8 \(\frac{10}{12}\) feet
B. 5 \(\frac{4}{12}\) feet
C. 3 \(\frac{2}{12}\) feet
D. 1 \(\frac{4}{12}\) feet
Answer:
Option B.
5 \(\frac{6}{12}\) feet {some correction may required in option B}
Explanation:
s = \(2 \frac{7}{12} + 2 \frac{11}{12}\)

s = \( \frac{31}{12} +  \frac{35}{12}\) =  \( \frac{66}{12}\)

s = 5\( \frac{6}{12}\)

Lesson 9.8 Add Mixed Numbers

Solve & Share
Joaquin used 1\(\frac{3}{6}\) cups of apple juice and 1\(\frac{4}{6}\) cups of orange juice in a recipe for punch. How much juice did Joaquin use? Solve this problem any way you choose.
I can… use equivalent fractions and properties of operations to add mixed numbers with like denominators.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 77
Generalize. You can use what you know about adding fractions to solve this problem.

Look Back! Could you find the sum of \(1 \frac{3}{6}+1 \frac{4}{6}\) by adding (1 + 1) + \(\left(\frac{3}{6}+\frac{4}{6}\right)\)? Explain..

Answer

3\( \frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation

Essential Question
How Can You Add Mixed Numbers?
Answer:
As you may recall, a mixed number consists of an integer and a proper fraction. Any mixed number can also be written as an improper fraction, in which the numerator is larger than the denominator.
For example,
3\(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{25}{8}\)
The whole numbers, 3 and 1 sum to 4.
The fractions\(\frac{2}{5}\) and \(\frac{3}{5}\) add upto

\(\frac{5}{5}\) or 1.
Add the 1 to 4 to get the answer which is 5.

Visual Learning Bridge
Brenda mixes sand with 2\(\frac{7}{8}\) cups of potting mixture to prepare soil for her plant. After mixing them together, how many cups of soil does Brenda have?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 78
You can use properties of operations to add mixed numbers. When you break apart a mixed number to add, you are using the Commutative and the Associative Properties.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 79

Convince Me! Reasoning How is adding mixed numbers like adding fractions and whole numbers?

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
How do the Commutative and Associative Properties allow you to add the fraction parts, add the whole number parts, and then add them together? Use \(2 \frac{5}{10}+1 \frac{9}{10}=\left(2+\frac{5}{10}\right)+\left(1+\frac{9}{10}\right)\) as an example.
Answer:
\(4 \frac{4}{10}\)
Explanation:

Question 2.
How can you use equivalent fractions to find \(4 \frac{2}{8}+1 \frac{1}{8}\)?
Answer:
\(5 \frac{3}{8}\)
Explanation:

 

Do You Know How?
For 3-8, find each sum.
Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 80
Answer:
\(3 \frac{1}{8}\)
Explanation:

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 81
Answer:
\(7 \frac{9}{10}\)
Explanation:

Question 5.
\(4 \frac{2}{3}+1 \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:
\(6 \frac{1}{3}\)
Explanation:

Question 6.
\(6 \frac{5}{12}+4 \frac{11}{12}\)
Answer:
\(11 \frac{4}{12}\)
Explanation:

Question 7.
\(2 \frac{1}{3}+2 \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

\(4 \frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:

Question 8.
\(1 \frac{9}{12}+2 \frac{5}{12}\)
Answer:
\(4 \frac{2}{12}\)
Explanation:

Independent Practice

Leveled Practice For 9-22, find each sum by adding mixed numbers or by adding equivalent fractions.
Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 82
Answer:
\(4 \frac{1}{6}\)
Explanation:

Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 83
Answer:
\(5 \frac{3}{4}\)
Explanation:

Question 11.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 84
Answer:
\(8 \frac{3}{6}\)
Explanation:

Question 12.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 85
Answer:
\(4 \frac{6}{10}\)
Explanation:

Question 13.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 86
Answer:
\(5 \frac{4}{8}\)
Explanation:

Question 14.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 87
Answer:
\(15 \frac{2}{8}\)
Explanation:

Question 15.
\(4 \frac{1}{10}+6 \frac{5}{10}\)
Answer:
\(10 \frac{6}{10}\)
Explanation:

Question 16.
\(1 \frac{7}{12}+4 \frac{9}{12}\)
Answer:
\(6 \frac{4}{12}\)
Explanation:

Question 17.
\(5+3 \frac{1}{8}\)
Answer:
\(8 \frac{1}{8}\)
Explanation:

Question 18.
\(3 \frac{3}{4}+2 \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:
\(6 \frac{2}{4}\)
Explanation:

Question 19.
\(2 \frac{4}{5}+2 \frac{3}{5}\)
Answer:
\(5 \frac{2}{5}\)
Explanation:

Question 20.
\(3 \frac{2}{6}+2 \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:
\(6 \frac{1}{6}\)
Explanation:

Question 21.
\(1 \frac{7}{12}+2 \frac{10}{12}\)
Answer:
\(4 \frac{5}{12}\)
Explanation:

Question 22.
\(3 \frac{6}{8}+1 \frac{3}{8}\)
Answer:
\(5 \frac{1}{8}\)
Explanation:

Problem Solving

For 23, use the map at the right.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 88
Question 23.
a. Find the distance from the start of the trail to the end of the trail.
Answer:
6 \(\frac{6}{8}\)
Explanation:

b. Linda walked from the start of the trail to the bird lookout and back. Did Linda walk more or less than if she had walked from the start of the trail to the end?
Answer:
Linda neither walked more nor less, when it comes to start of the trail to the end.
Explanation:
Linda walked from the start of the trail to the bird lookout and back
is  1+1 = 2
she had walked from the start of the trail to the end is one way.
its only 1.

Question 24.
Joe biked 1\(\frac{9}{12}\) miles from home to the lake, then went some miles around the lake, and then back home. Joe biked a total of 4\(\frac{9}{12}\) miles. How many miles did Joe bike around the lake?
Answer:
3 miles – Joe bike around the lake
Explanation:
Let f is miles around the lake
4\(\frac{9}{12}\) miles = 1\(\frac{9}{12}\) miles + f
f = 4\(\frac{9}{12}\) – 1\(\frac{9}{12}\)
f = \(\frac{57}{12}\) – \(\frac{21}{12}\)
f = \(\frac{57 – 21}{12}\)
f = \(\frac{36}{12}\)
f = 3 miles

Question 25.
Reasoning The bus took 4\(\frac{3}{5}\) hours to get from Jim’s home station to Portland and 3\(\frac{4}{5}\) hours to get from Portland to Seattle. How long did the bus take to get from Jim’s home station to Seattle?
Answer:
8\(\frac{2}{5}\) hours
Explanation:
f = 4\(\frac{3}{5}\) + 3\(\frac{4}{5}\)
f = \(\frac{23}{5}\) + \(\frac{19}{5}\)
f = \(\frac{23 + 19}{5}\)
f = \(\frac{42}{5}\)
f = 8\(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 26.
Higher Order Thinking A male Parson’s chameleon is 23\(\frac{3}{4}\) inches long. It can extend its tongue up to 35\(\frac{1}{4}\) inches. What are 3 possible lengths for the chameleon when its tongue is extended?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 89
Answer:
3 possible lengths for the chameleon when its tongue is extended are ass follows,
i) 23\(\frac{3}{4}\) + 35\(\frac{1}{4}\) inches

ii) \(\frac{95}{4}\) + \(\frac{141}{4}\)

iii)  23 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 35 + \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Assessment Practice

Question 27.
Julie attaches an extension cord that is 2\(\frac{6}{8}\) yards long to a cord that is 2\(\frac{3}{8}\) yards long. How long are the two cords together? Select all the correct ways to find the sum.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 90
Answer:

Question 28.
Select all the correct sums.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 91
Answer:

Lesson 9.9 Subtract Mixed Numbers

Solve & Share
Evan is walking 2 miles to his aunt’s house. He has already walked mile. How much farther does Evan have to go? Solve this problem any way you choose.
Generalize. You can use what you know about subtracting fractions to solve this problem.
I can … use equivalent fractions, properties of operations, and the relationship between addition and subtraction to subtract mixed numbers with like denominators.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 92

Look Back! You found 2\(\frac{1}{8}\) – \(\frac{6}{8}\) = m. Write a related addition equation.

Essential Question
How Can You Subtract Mixed Numbers?
Change the mixed number (with 1 as the whole number) into an improper fraction. Subtract the whole number of the smaller mixed number from the whole number of the new larger mixed number. If the proper fractions have similar denominators, subtract the numerators directly and remain the denominator as it is.
For example,

Visual Learning Bridge
A golf ball measures about 1\(\frac{4}{6}\) inches across the center. What is the difference between the distances across the centers of a tennis ball and a golf ball?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 93
You can use properties of operations and the relationship between addition and subtraction to help subtract mixed numbers.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 94

Convince Me! Reasoning Explain why you rename 4\(\frac{1}{4}\) to find 4\(\frac{1}{4}\) – \(\frac{3}{4}\).

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
A hole at the golf course is 3\(\frac{3}{6}\) inches wide. How much wider is the hole than the golf ball?
Answer:
1\(\frac{5}{6}\)
Explanation:

Question 2.
How could you use the relationship between addition and subtraction with counting up to find 3\(\frac{1}{4}\) – 1\(\frac{3}{4}\)?
Answer:
3\(\frac{1}{4}\) – 1\(\frac{3}{4}\) = 1 \(\frac{2}{4}\)

3\(\frac{1}{4}\) = 1\(\frac{3}{4}\) + 1 \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Explanation:
3\(\frac{1}{4}\) – 1\(\frac{3}{4}\)

= \(\frac{13}{4}\) – \(\frac{7}{4}\)

= \(\frac{13 – 7}{4}\)

= \(\frac{6}{4}\)

= 1 \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Do You Know How?
For 3-8, find each difference.
Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 95
Answer:
5 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Explanation:

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 96
Answer:
\( 2 \frac{1}{4}\)
Explanation:

Question 5.
\(6 \frac{3}{10}-1 \frac{8}{10}\)
Answer:
\(4 \frac{5}{10}\)
Explanation:

Question 6.
\(9 \frac{4}{12}-4 \frac{9}{12}\)
Answer:
\(4 \frac{7}{12}\)
Explanation:

Question 7.
\(4 \frac{5}{6}-2 \frac{1}{6}\)
Answer:
\( 2\frac{4}{6}\)
Explanation:

Question 8.
\(1 \frac{9}{12}-\frac{10}{12}\)
Answer:
\( \frac{11}{12}\)
Explanation:

Independent Practice

For 9-24, find each difference.
Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 97
Answer:
\(6 \frac{3}{8}\)
Explanation:
\(8 \frac{7}{8}-2\frac{4}{8}\)
= \( \frac{71}{8}-\frac{20}{8}\)
= \( \frac{71 – 20}{8}\)
= \( \frac{51}{8}\)
= \(6 \frac{3}{8}\)

Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 98
Answer:
\(2 \frac{6}{10}\)

Explanation:

\(4 \frac{5}{10}-1\frac{9}{10}\)

= \( \frac{45}{10}-\frac{19}{10}\)

= \( \frac{45 – 19}{10}\)

= \( \frac{26}{10}\)

= \(2 \frac{6}{10}\)

Question 11.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 99
Answer:

\(2 \frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:

\(4 \frac{1}{8}-1\frac{4}{8}\)

= \( \frac{33}{8}-\frac{12}{8}\)

= \( \frac{33 – 12}{8}\)

= \( \frac{21}{8}\)

= \(2 \frac{5}{8}\)

Question 12.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 100
Answer:

\(3 \frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:

6 – \(2\frac{4}{5}\)

= \( \frac{6}{1}-2\frac{4}{5}\)

= \( \frac{6}{1}-\frac{14}{5}\)

= \( \frac{30 – 14}{5}\)

= \( \frac{16}{5}\)

= \(3 \frac{1}{5}\)

Question 13.
\(6 \frac{1}{3}-5 \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

\( \frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:

\(6 \frac{1}{3}-5 \frac{2}{3}\)

= \( \frac{19}{3}-\frac{17}{3}\)

= \( \frac{19 – 17}{3}\)

= \( \frac{2}{3}\)

Question 14.
\(9 \frac{2}{4}-6 \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

\( 2\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:

\(9 \frac{2}{4}-6 \frac{3}{4}\)

= \( \frac{38}{4}-\frac{27}{4}\)

= \( \frac{38 – 27}{4}\)

= \( \frac{11}{4}\)

= \(2 \frac{3}{4}\)

Question 15.
\(8 \frac{3}{8}-3 \frac{5}{8}\)
Answer:

\( 4\frac{6}{8}\)

Explanation:

\(8 \frac{3}{8}-3 \frac{5}{8}\)

= \( \frac{67}{8}-\frac{29}{8}\)

= \( \frac{67 – 29}{8}\)

= \( \frac{38}{8}\)

= \(4 \frac{6}{8}\)

Question 16.
\(7-3 \frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

\(3 \frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:

7 – \(3\frac{1}{2}\)

= \( \frac{7}{1}-3\frac{1}{2}\)

= \( \frac{7}{1}-\frac{7}{2}\)

= \( \frac{14 – 7}{2}\)

= \( \frac{7}{2}\)

= \(3 \frac{1}{2}\)

Question 17.
\(6 \frac{1}{6}-4 \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

\( 1\frac{2}{6}\)

Explanation:

\(6 \frac{1}{6}-4 \frac{5}{6}\)

= \( \frac{37}{6}-\frac{29}{6}\)

= \( \frac{37 – 29}{6}\)

= \( \frac{8}{6}\)

= \(1 \frac{2}{6}\)

Question 18.
\(3 \frac{1}{12}-1 \frac{3}{12}\)
Answer:

\( 1\frac{10}{12}\)

Explanation:

\(3 \frac{1}{12}-1 \frac{3}{12}\)

= \( \frac{37}{12}-\frac{15}{12}\)

= \( \frac{37 – 15}{12}\)

= \( \frac{22}{12}\)

= \(1 \frac{10}{12}\)

Question 19.
\(6 \frac{2}{5}-2 \frac{3}{5}\)
Answer:

\( 3\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:

\(6 \frac{2}{5}-2 \frac{3}{5}\)

= \( \frac{32}{5}-\frac{13}{5}\)

= \( \frac{32 – 13}{5}\)

= \( \frac{19}{5}\)

= \(3 \frac{4}{5}\)

Question 20.
\(4 \frac{5}{10}-1 \frac{7}{10}\)
Answer:

\( 2\frac{8}{10}\)

Explanation:

\(4 \frac{5}{10}-1 \frac{7}{10}\)

= \( \frac{45}{10}-\frac{17}{10}\)

= \( \frac{45 – 17}{10}\)

= \( \frac{28}{10}\)

= \(2 \frac{8}{10}\)

Question 21.
\(12 \frac{9}{12}-10 \frac{7}{12}\)
Answer:

\( 2\frac{2}{12}\)

Explanation:

\(12 \frac{9}{12}-10 \frac{7}{12}\)

= \( \frac{153}{12}-\frac{127}{12}\)

= \( \frac{153 – 127}{12}\)

= \( \frac{26}{12}\)

= \(2 \frac{2}{12}\)

Question 22.
\(25 \frac{1}{4}-20\)
Answer:
= \(5 \frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:

\(25\frac{1}{4} – 20\)

= \(25 \frac{1}{4}-\frac{20}{1}\)

= \( \frac{101}{4}-\frac{20}{1}\)

= \( \frac{101 – 80}{4}\)

= \( \frac{21}{4}\)

= \(5 \frac{1}{4}\)

Question 23.
\(7-2 \frac{1}{8}\)
Answer:
= \(4 \frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:

7 – \(2\frac{1}{8}\)

= \( \frac{7}{1}-2\frac{1}{8}\)

= \( \frac{7}{1}-\frac{17}{8}\)

= \( \frac{56 – 17}{8}\)

= \( \frac{39}{8}\)

= \(4 \frac{7}{8}\)

Question 24.
\(6 \frac{3}{5}-3 \frac{4}{5}\)
Answer:

\( 2\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:

\(6 \frac{3}{5}-3 \frac{4}{5}\)

= \( \frac{33}{5}-\frac{19}{5}\)

= \( \frac{33 – 19}{5}\)

= \( \frac{14}{5}\)

= \(2 \frac{4}{5}\)

Problem Solving

Question 25.
The average weight of a basketball is 21\(\frac{1}{8}\) ounces. The average weight of a baseball is 5\(\frac{2}{8}\) ounces. How many more ounces does the basketball weigh?
Answer:

15\(\frac{7}{8}\) ounces

Explanation

21\(\frac{1}{8}\) – 5\(\frac{2}{8}\)

= \(\frac{169}{8}\) – \(\frac{42}{8}\)

= \(\frac{169 – 42}{8}\)

= \(\frac{127}{8}\)

= 15\(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 26.
What is the value of the 4 in 284,612?
Answer:
place value : 4000
face value   : 4
Explanation :
the value of 4 in 284612 is 4000, as its in thousands place
and value of four is 4

Question 27.
Two of the smallest mammals on Earth are the bumblebee bat and the Etruscan pygmy shrew. How much shorter is the bat than the shrew?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 101
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{5}\) inches

Explanation:

1\(\frac{2}{5}\) – 1\(\frac{1}{5}\)

= \(\frac{7}{5}\) – \(\frac{6}{5}\)

= \(\frac{7 – 6}{5}\)

= \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 28.
Make Sense and Persevere The average length of an adult female hand is about 6 \(\frac{3}{5}\) inches. About how much longer is the hand than the lengths of the bat and shrew combined?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 102
Answer:
4 inches
Explanation:
6 \(\frac{3}{5}\) – (1\(\frac{2}{5}\) + 1\(\frac{1}{5}\))

= 6 \(\frac{3}{5}\)-(\(\frac{7}{5}\) + \(\frac{6}{5}\))

= \(\frac{33}{5}\)-(\(\frac{7 + 6}{5}\))

= \(\frac{33}{5}\)–\(\frac{13}{5}\)

= \(\frac{33 – 13}{5}\)

= \(\frac{20}{5}\)

= 4

Question 29.
Jack made 5\(\frac{1}{4}\) dozen cookies for the bake sale, and his sister made 3\(\frac{3}{4}\) dozen cookies. How many more dozen cookies did Jack make than his sister?
Answer:
1\(\frac{2}{4}\)
Explanation:

5\(\frac{1}{4}\) – 3\(\frac{3}{4}\)

= \(\frac{21}{4}\) – \(\frac{15}{4}\)

= \(\frac{21 – 15}{4}\)

= \(\frac{6}{4}\)

= 1\(\frac{2}{4}\)

Question 30.
Higher Order Thinking Jenna has a spool that contains 5\(\frac{3}{4}\) meters of ribbon. She uses 3\(\frac{2}{4}\) meters for a school project and 1\(\frac{1}{4}\) meters for a bow. How much ribbon remains on the spool?
Answer:
1 meter
Explanation:

5\(\frac{3}{4}\) – (3\(\frac{2}{4}\) + 1\(\frac{1}{4}\))

= \(\frac{23}{4}\) – (\(\frac{14}{4}\) + \(\frac{5}{4}\))

= \(\frac{23}{4}\) – (\(\frac{14 + 5}{4}\))

= \(\frac{23}{4}\) – \(\frac{19}{4}\)

= \(\frac{23 – 19}{4}\)

= \(\frac{4}{4}\)

=1

Assessment Practice

Question 31.
Last week, the office used 5\(\frac{1}{12}\) boxes of paper. This week, they used 1\(\frac{5}{12}\) boxes of paper. How many more boxes did they use last week than this week?
A. 10 \(\frac{6}{12}\) boxes
B. 4 \(\frac{8}{12}\) boxes
C. 4 \(\frac{4}{12}\) boxes
D. 3 \(\frac{8}{12}\) boxes
Answer:
Option D.
3 \(\frac{8}{12}\) boxes

Explanation:

5\(\frac{1}{12}\) – 1\(\frac{5}{12}\)

= 5\(\frac{1}{12}\) – 1\(\frac{5}{12}\)

= \(\frac{61}{12}\) – \(\frac{17}{12}\)

= \(\frac{61 – 17}{12}\)

= \(\frac{44}{12}\)

= 3\(\frac{8}{12}\)

Question 32.
A store sold 6\(\frac{1}{5}\) cases of juice on Friday and 4\(\frac{4}{5}\) cases of juice on Saturday. How many more cases of juice did the store sell on Friday than on Saturday?
A. 11 cases
B. 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\) cases
C. 2 \(\frac{2}{5}\) cases
D. 1 \(\frac{2}{5}\) cases
Answer:

D. 1 \(\frac{2}{5}\) cases

Explanation:

6\(\frac{1}{5}\) – 4\(\frac{4}{5}\)

=6\(\frac{1}{5}\) – 4\(\frac{4}{5}\)

=\(\frac{31}{5}\) – \(\frac{24}{5}\)

=\(\frac{31 – 24}{5}\)

=\(\frac{7}{5}\)

=1\(\frac{2}{5}\)

Lesson 9.10 Problem Solving

Model with Math
Solve & Share
The table shows how long Jamie studied for a math test over 3 days. How much more time did Jamie spend studying on Tuesday and Wednesday than on Thursday?
I can … use math I know to represent and solve problems.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 103

Answer:

=\(\frac{2}{4}\)

Explanation:

(1\(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)) – (\(\frac{2}{4}\))

=(1\(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)) – (\(\frac{2}{4}\))

=(\(\frac{7}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)) – (\(\frac{2}{4}\))

=(\(\frac{7 – 3}{4}\) – \(\frac{2}{4}\))

=(\(\frac{4}{4}\) – \(\frac{2}{4}\))

=\(\frac{4-2}{4}\)

=\(\frac{2}{4}\)

Thinking Habits
Be a good thinker! These questions can help you.

  • How can I use math I know to help solve this problem?
  • How can I use pictures, objects, or an equation to represent the problem?
  • How can I use numbers, words, and symbols to solve the problem?

Look Back! Model with Math What representations can you use to help solve this problem?

Essential Question
How Can You Use Math to Model Problems?

Visual Learning Bridge
Brad and his father hiked the Gadsen Trail and the Rosebriar Trail on Saturday. They hiked the Eureka Trail on Sunday. How much farther did they hike on Saturday than on Sunday?

What do you need to find?
I need to find how far Brad and his father hiked on Saturday and how much farther they hiked on Saturday than on Sunday.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 104

How can I model with math?
I can

  • use previously learned concepts and skills.
  • use bar diagrams and equations to represent and solve this problem.
  • decide if my results make sense.

Here’s my thinking.

Find 2\(\frac{4}{10}\) – \(\frac{6}{10}\).
Use a bar diagram and write an equation to solve.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 105
Brad and his father hiked 1\(\frac{8}{10}\) miles farther on Saturday than on Sunday.

Convince Me! Model with Math How do the bar diagrams help you decide if your answer makes sense?

Answer :

Bar diagram is the pictorial representation of  math model
as per the above picture on Saturday, Brad and his father hiked
1\(\frac{9}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = 2\(\frac{4}{10}\)

and on Sunday \(\frac{6}{10}\)
the difference is denoted by d and is calculated as below
d = 2\(\frac{4}{10}\) – \(\frac{6}{10}\) = 1\(\frac{8}{10}\)

Guided Practice

Model with Math
Alisa hiked a trail that was \(\frac{9}{10}\) mile and Joseph hiked a trail that was \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile. How much farther, d, did Alisa hike than Joseph?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 106
Question 1.
Draw a bar diagram to represent the problem and show the relationships among the quantities.
Answer:

Question 2.
What equation can you write to represent the problem?
Answer:
d = \(\frac{9}{10}\) – \(\frac{5}{10}\)

Explanation:

d = \(\frac{9}{10}\) – \(\frac{5}{10}\)
d = \(\frac{9 – 5}{10}\)

d = \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Question 3.
How much farther did Alisa hike than Joseph?
Answer:
\(\frac{4}{10}\)
Explanation:

d = \(\frac{9}{10}\) – \(\frac{5}{10}\)
d = \(\frac{9 – 5}{10}\)

d = \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Independent Practice

Model with Math

The smallest female spider measures about \(\frac{3}{5}\) millimeter in length. The smallest male spider measures about \(\frac{1}{5}\) millimeter in length. How much longer, n, is the smallest female spider than the smallest male spider? Use Exercises 4-6 to answer the question.
Question 4.
Draw a picture and write an equation to represent the problem.
Answer:

Question 5.
What previously learned math can you use to solve the problem?
Answer: YES
Explanation:
n = \(\frac{3}{5}\) – \(\frac{1}{5}\)

n = \(\frac{3 – 1}{5}\)

n = \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 6.
How much longer is the smallest female spider than the smallest male spider?
Answer:

\(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:

n = \(\frac{3}{5}\) – \(\frac{1}{5}\)

n = \(\frac{3 – 1}{5}\)

n = \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Problem Solving

Performance Task
On Safari
Sandra and Ron traveled in a safari car while they were in Tanzania. The diagram shows the distances in miles they traveled from start to finish. How far did Sandra and Ron travel from the leopards to the elephants?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 107

Question 7.
Reasoning What quantities are given in the problem and what do they mean?
Answer:
Sandra and Ron traveled in a safari car in Tanzania
Quantities are given in the problem
from starting point
\(\frac{3}{8}\) mile to see zebras
2\(\frac{4}{8}\) miles to see Leopards
1\(\frac{5}{8}\) miles to see Elephants
1\(\frac{7}{8}\) miles to Finish

Question 8.
Make Sense and Persevere What is a good plan for solving the problem?.
Answer:
First add the distances from start point to zebra and Leopards fractions

\(\frac{3}{8}\)+\(\frac{4}{8}\)  = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

then subtract the above fraction from distance from start to Elephant

1\(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\) = \(\frac{13 – 7}{8}\) = \(\frac{6}{8}\)

Question 9.
Model with Math Draw pictures and write and solve equations to find how far Sandra and Ron travel from the leopards to the elephants.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 108
Answer:

Sandra and Ron travel from the leopards to the elephants
n = 1\(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\)
n = \(\frac{13}{8}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\)
n = \(\frac{13 – 7}{8}\)
n = \(\frac{6}{8}\)

Topic 9 Fluency Practice Activity

Find a Match
Work with a partner. Point to a clue. Read the clue.
Look below the clues to find a match. Write the clue letter in the box next to the match.
Find a match for every clue.
I can … add and subtract multi-digit whole numbers.

Clues
A. The sum is exactly 1,000.
B. The sum is exactly 1,001.
C. The difference is exactly 371.
D. The difference is between 40 and 45.
E. The difference is exactly 437.
F. The difference is between 150 and 160.
G. The sum is between 995 and 1,000.
H. The sum is exactly 1,899.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 109

Answer:

Topic 9 Vocabulary Review

Understand Vocabulary
Word List

  • decompose
  • denominator
  • equivalent fractions
  • fraction
  • like denominators
  • mixed number
  • numerator
  • whole number

Question 1.
Circle the label that best describes \(\frac{1}{2}\).
fraction
mixed number
whole number
Answer:

Question 2.
Circle the label that best describes 1\(\frac{1}{3}\).
fraction
mixed number
whole number
Answer:

Question 3.
Circle the label that best describes 4.
fraction
mixed number
whole number
Answer:

Question 4.
Draw a line from each term to its example.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 110
Answer:

Use Vocabulary in Writing
Question 5.
Find 1\(\frac{1}{3}\) + 2\(\frac{2}{3}\). Use at least 3 terms from the Word List to describe how to find the sum.
Answer:
To add mixed numbers, firstly convert the mixed numbers to improper fractions and find the least common denominator, then add or subtract the whole numbers. Finally write the lowest terms.

Sum = 1\(\frac{1}{3}\) + 2\(\frac{2}{3}\) = 4

Topic 9 Reteaching

Set A pages 333-336, 341-344

Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 111

Remember you can use tools or add the numerators and write the sum over the like denoninator.
Question 1.
\(\frac{2}{5}+\frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:

\(\frac{2}{5}+\frac{2}{5}\)

=\(\frac{2 + 2}{5}\)

=\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{2}{4}+\frac{1}{4}+\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{4}{4}\) = 1

Explanation:

\(\frac{2}{4}+\frac{1}{4}+\frac{1}{4}\)

= \(\frac{2 + 1 + 1}{4}\)

= \(\frac{4}{4}\) = 1

Question 3.
\(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{4}{8}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:

\(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{4}{8}\)

= \(\frac{3 + 4}{8}\)

= \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{9}{10}\)

Explanation:

\(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\)

= \(\frac{4 + 2 + 3}{10}\)

= \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Question 5.
\(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{7}{10}\)

Explanation:

\(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\)

= \(\frac{4 + 3}{10}\)

= \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{7}{12}+\frac{2}{12}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{9}{12}\)

Explanation:

\(\frac{7}{12}+\frac{2}{12}\)

= \(\frac{7 + 2}{12}\)

= \(\frac{9}{12}\)

Set B pages 337-340

Decompose 1\(\frac{5}{6}\) two different ways.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 112

Remember you can decompose fractions in more than one way.

Decompose each fraction or mixed number in two different ways.
Question 1.
\(\frac{3}{5}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\)

\(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:

Question 2.
\(\frac{9}{12}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{6}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{12}\)

\(\frac{3}{12}\) +\(\frac{3}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{12}\)

Explanation:

Question 3.
1\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{1}{2}\) + 1\(\frac{2}{2}\)

\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:

Question 4.
2\(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) +\(\frac{2}{3}\)

\(\frac{2}{3}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\) +\(\frac{2}{3}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:

Set C pages 345-352

Find \(\frac{5}{8}-\frac{2}{8}\)
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 113
\(\frac{5}{8}-\frac{2}{8}=\frac{3}{8}\)
Subtract the numerators. Keep the like denominator.

Remember you can use different tools to show how to subtract fractions.

Question 1.
\(\frac{3}{3}-\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:

\(\frac{3}{3}-\frac{1}{3}\)

=\(\frac{3 – 1}{3}\)

=\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{2}{6}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{3}{6}\) =\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:

\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{2}{6}\)

=\(\frac{5 – 2}{6}\)

=\(\frac{3}{6}\) =\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{6}{8}-\frac{3}{8}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:

\(\frac{6}{8}-\frac{3}{8}\)

=\(\frac{6 – 3}{8}\)

=\(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{4}{10}-\frac{3}{10}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:

\(\frac{4}{10}-\frac{3}{10}\)

=\(\frac{4 – 3}{10}\)

=\(\frac{1}{10}\)

Question 5.
\(\frac{5}{5}-\frac{3}{5}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:

\(\frac{5}{5}-\frac{3}{5}\)

=\(\frac{5 – 3}{5}\)

=\(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{4}{6}-\frac{2}{6}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{6}-\frac{2}{6}\)

=\(\frac{4-2}{6}\)

=\(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Set D pages 353-356

Find the sum or difference shown on each number line.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 114

Remember you can show adding or subtracting fractions on a number line.

Write each equation shown.
Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 115
Answer:

\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:

\(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 116
Answer:

\(\frac{4}{6}\)

Explanation:

\(\frac{5}{6}+\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{4}{6}\)

 

Set E pages 357-368

Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 117

Remember you can use different tools to add and subtract mixed numbers.

Question 1.
\(5 \frac{4}{8}+2 \frac{1}{8}\)
Answer:

7\(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:

Question 2.
\(3 \frac{3}{6}+1 \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

5\( \frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:

Question 3.
\(5 \frac{7}{10}+4 \frac{4}{10}\)
Answer:

10\(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:

Question 4.
\(9-3 \frac{3}{8}\)
Answer:

5\( \frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:

Set F pages 369-372

Think about these questions to help you model with math.
Thinking Habits

  • How can I use math I know to help solve this problem?
  • How can I use pictures, objects, or an equation to represent the problem?
  • How can I use numbers, words, and symbols to solve the problem?

Remember to draw a bar diagram and write an equation to help solve a problem.

Bonnie ran \(\frac{1}{4}\) mile, Olga ran \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile, Gracie ran \(\frac{5}{4}\) miles, and Maria ran \(\frac{2}{4}\) mile. How much farther, f, did Gracie run than Bonnie and Maria combined, c?
Answer:

\(\frac{2}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{4}\) – ( \(\frac{2}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\))

= \(\frac{5}{4}\) – \(\frac{2+1}{4}\)

= \(\frac{5 }{4}\) – \(\frac{3}{4}\)

= \(\frac{5 – 3 }{4}\)

= \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Topic 9 Assessment Practice

Question 1.
Match each expression on the left to an equivalent expression.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 118

Answer:

Question 2.
On Monday, \(\frac{3}{12}\) of the students went on a field trip. What fraction of the students did NOT go on the field trip? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 119
Answer:

\(\frac{9}{12}\)

Explanation:

1 – \(\frac{3}{12}\)

= \(\frac{12}{12}\) – \(\frac{3}{12}\) =\(\frac{9}{12}\)

Question 3.
Riley planted flowers in some of her garden. Then, she planted vegetables in \(\frac{2}{8}\) of her garden. Now, \(\frac{7}{8}\) of Riley’s garden is planted. What fraction of Riley’s garden is planted with flowers? How much of her garden is not planted?
A. \(\frac{2}{8}\) of her garden; \(\frac{1}{8}\) of her garden is not planted
B. \(\frac{3}{8}\) of her garden; \(\frac{2}{8}\) of her garden is not planted
C. \(\frac{4}{8}\) of her garden; \(\frac{5}{8}\) of her garden is not planted
D. \(\frac{5}{8}\) of her garden; \(\frac{1}{8}\) of her garden is not planted
Answer:
Option (D)
 \(\frac{5}{8}\) of her garden; \(\frac{1}{8}\) of her garden is not planted

Explanation:

f + \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

f = \(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\)

f = \(\frac{7 – 2}{8}\)

f = \(\frac{5}{8}\) (flowers)

1- \(\frac{7}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{8}\) (garden is not planted)

Question 4.
Select all the expressions that show a way to decompose \(\frac{7}{8}\).
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 120
Answer:

Question 5.
Which equation is NOT true when \(\frac{4}{12}\)is the missing number?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 121
Answer:

Option(C) equation is NOT true

Explanation:

Question 6.
Zoe had 3\(\frac{1}{8}\) feet of orange ribbon. She used some ribbon to make a bow for a gift. Now she has 1\(\frac{1}{8}\) feet of ribbon left. How much orange ribbon did Zoe use? Use the model to write an equation, and solve.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 122
Answer:

1\(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:

3\(\frac{1}{8}\) – 2\(\frac{1}{8}\)

= 3\(\frac{1}{8}\) – 1

= \(\frac{25}{8}\) – 1

= \(\frac{25 – 8}{8}\)

= \(\frac{17}{8}\)

= 2\(\frac{1}{8}\)

2\(\frac{1}{8}\) – \(\frac{6}{8}\)

=\(\frac{17}{8}\) – \(\frac{6}{8}\)

=\(\frac{17 – 6}{8}\)

=\(\frac{11}{8}\)

=1\(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 7.
Roger and Sulee each decomposed 1\(\frac{1}{6}\). Roger wrote \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{2}{6}+\frac{3}{6}\). Sulee wrote \(\frac{3}{6}+\frac{4}{6}\) Who was correct? Explain.
Answer:
Both are correct, as no change is answer
Explanation:
1\(\frac{1}{6}\) =\(\frac{7}{6}\)

Roger    \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{2}{6}+\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{1+1+2+3}{6}\) = \(\frac{7}{6}\)

Sulee    \(\frac{3}{6}+\frac{4}{6}\) = \(\frac{3+4}{6}\) = \(\frac{7}{6}\)

Question 8.
The number line shows which of the following equations?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 123
Answer:
Option (B)

Explanation:

\(\frac{6}{10}\)+\(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{6+2}{10}\)= \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Question 9.
Ryan kayaks 1\(\frac{7}{8}\) miles before lunch and 2\(\frac{3}{8}\) miles after lunch. Select all of the equations you would use to find how far Ryan kayacked.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 124
Answer:

 

Question 10.
The Jacobys kept track of the time they spent driving on their trip.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 125

A. Find how many hours the Jacobys drove on Monday and Tuesday. Draw a bar diagram to represent the problem.
Answer:
10\(\frac{2}{4}\)

Explanation:

5\(\frac{3}{4}\)+4\(\frac{3}{4}\)

= \(\frac{23}{4}\)+\(\frac{19}{4}\)

= \(\frac{23 + 19}{4}\)

= \(\frac{42}{4}\)

= 10\(\frac{2}{4}\)

B. Find how many hours the Jacobys drove in all. Explain your work.
Answer:

19\(\frac{2}{4}\)

Explanation:

5\(\frac{3}{4}\)+4\(\frac{3}{4}\) +2\(\frac{1}{4}\)+6\(\frac{3}{4}\)

= \(\frac{23}{4}\)+\(\frac{19}{4}\) +\(\frac{9}{4}\)+\(\frac{27}{4}\)

= \(\frac{23 + 19 + 9 + 27}{4}\)

= \(\frac{23 + 19 + 9 + 27}{4}\)

= \(\frac{78}{4}\)

= 19\(\frac{2}{4}\)

Topic 9 Performance Task

Water Race
In one of the games at the class picnic, students balanced containers filled with water on their heads. The goal was to carry the most water to the finish line. The teams are listed in the Water Race Teams table. The amount of water each student carried is listed in the Water Race Results table.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 126
Question 1.
Mia will hand out the prize to the winning team.
Part A
Draw a bar diagram and write an equation to find c, the cups of water Team 1 carried.
Answer:

c = 1\(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:

c = \(\frac{6}{8}\) + \(\frac{7}{8}\)

c =\(\frac{6 + 7}{8}\)

c =1\(\frac{5}{8}\)

Part B
How many cups of water did Team 2 carry? Use fraction strips to show the sum.
Answer:

2\(\frac{4}{8}\)

Explanation:

n = \(\frac{5}{8}\) + 1\(\frac{7}{8}\)

n = \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{15}{8}\)

n =\(\frac{5 + 15}{8}\)

n =\(\frac{20}{8}\)

n =2\(\frac{4}{8}\)

Part C
How many cups of water did Team 3 carry? Use the number line to show the sum.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answers Topic 9 Understand Addition and Subtraction of Fractions 127
Answer:

2\(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:

f = 1\(\frac{6}{8}\) + \(\frac{5}{8}\)

f = \(\frac{14}{8}\) + \(\frac{5}{8}\)

f =\(\frac{14 + 5}{8}\)

f =\(\frac{19}{8}\)

f =2\(\frac{3}{8}\)

Part D
Which team carried the most water?
Answer:
Team 2
2\(\frac{4}{8}\)

Explanation:

n = \(\frac{5}{8}\) + 1\(\frac{7}{8}\)

n = \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{15}{8}\)

n =\(\frac{5 + 15}{8}\)

n =\(\frac{20}{8}\)

n =2\(\frac{4}{8}\)

Question 2.
Team 1 wanted to know how they did compared to Team 2.
Part A
Draw a bar diagram and write an equation that could be used to find m, how much more water Team 2 carried than Team 1.
Answer:
m = Team 2 – Team 1 = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:

 

Part B
How much more water did Team 2 carry than Team 1? Explain how to solve the problem using your equation from Part A. Show your work.
Answer:
\(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:

Team 2 = \(\frac{5}{8}\) + 1\(\frac{7}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{15}{8}\) = \(\frac{5 + 15}{8}\) =\(\frac{20}{8}\) =2\(\frac{4}{8}\)

Team 1 = \(\frac{6}{8}\) + \(\frac{7}{8}\) =\(\frac{6 + 7}{8}\) =1\(\frac{5}{8}\)

m = 2\(\frac{4}{8}\) – 1\(\frac{5}{8}\)

= \(\frac{20}{8}\) – \(\frac{13}{8}\)

= \(\frac{20 – 13}{8}\)

= \(\frac{7}{8}\)

enVision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements

enVision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements

Go through the enVision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements regularly and improve your accuracy in solving questions.

enVision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements

Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 1
enVision STEM Project: Grand Canyon
Do Research Use the Internet and other sources to learn about the Grand Canyon and the Colorado River. Where is the Grand Canyon? How was it formed? What do the different rock layers tell us? Predict how you think the canyon dimensions will change in a million years.
Journal: Write a Report Include what you found. Also in your report:
• Describe the canyon’s dimensions.
• Describe the Colorado River’s dimensions.
• Define erosion.
• Make up and solve problems involving measurement units and conversions.

Review What You Know

A-Z Vocabulary

Choose the best term from the box. Write it on the blank.

• customary
• multiplication
• subtraction
• exponent
• metric

Question 1.
A meter is a unit of length in the ___ system of measurement.
Answer:

A meter is a unit of length in the Metric system of measurement.

Question 2.
A foot is a unit of length in the ____ system of measurement.
Answer:

A foot is a unit of length in the British imperial and United States customary system of measurement.

Question 3.
The division has an inverse relationship with _____
Answer:

The division has an inverse relationship with Multiplication.

Convert Measurements 1

Question 4.
A(n) ____ shows the number of times a base is used as a factor.

Answer:

An Exponent shows the number of times a base is used as a factor.

Multiplication

Find each product.

Question 5.
60 × 6
Answer:

60 × 6 = 360

Question 6.
24 × 103
Answer:

24 × 103  

= 24000

Question 7
16 × 7
Answer:

16 × 7 = 112

Question 8.
102 × 1.6
Answer:

102 × 1.6 = 160

Question 9.
100 × 34
Answer:

100 x 34 = 3400

Question 10.
104 × 0.37
Answer:

104 × 0.37 = 3700

Question 11.
46.102 × 102
Answer:

46.102 × 102 = 

= 4702. 404

Question 12.
101 × 0.005
Answer:

0.05

Division
Find each quotient.

Question 13.
1,000 ÷ 100
Answer:

1,000 ÷ 100

Quotient = 10

Question 14.
176 ÷ 16
Answer:

176 ÷ 16

Quotient = 11

Question 15.
3,600 ÷ 60
Answer:

3,600 ÷ 60

Quotient = 60

Question 16.
120 ÷ 24
Answer:

120 ÷ 24

Quotient = 5

Measurement
Circle the more appropriate unit of measure for each item.

Question 17.
The capacity of a swimming pool: liters or milliliters
Answer: Liters

Question 18.

The length of an ear of corn: yards or inches
Answer: Yards

Convert Measurements 2

Question 19.
The mass of a gorilla: grams or kilograms
Answer: Kilograms

Question 20.
The weight of a tennis ball: ounces or pounds

Answer: Ounces

Question 21.

Would you use more centimeters or meters to measure the length of car? Explain.
Answer:

meters is more useful to measure the length of the car.

meters are used to measure the length of the car. Because centimeters are shorter than meters.

Pick a Project
PROJECT 12A
What makes a treehouse so cool?
Project: Build a Model of a Treehouse
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 1.1

PROJECT 12B
What would you weigh on Mars?
Project: Make a Mobile Display of the Solar System
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 12.2

PROJECT 12C
Have you ever heard of National Punch Day?
Project: Plan a Class Party
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 12.3

PROJECT 12D
What are the characteristics of Florida panthers?
Project: Design a Zoo Space for Florida Panther Cubs
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 12.4

Lesson 12.1 Convert Customary Units of Length

Activity

Solve & Share
William has a piece of wire that measures 1 yard long. He will use wire to fix several electrical outlets in his house. How many inches long is the wire? Solve this problem by using bar diagrams.

You can show the relationship between yards and inches in a bar diagram. Show your work!
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 12.5

Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 12.6

Look Back! Generalize How can you convert inches to yards? Would you multiply or divide when converting from a smaller unit to a larger unit? Explain.

Visual Learning Bridge

Essential Question How Do You Change from One Leon Unit of Length to Another?

A.
Some frogs can jump 11\(\frac{1}{4}\) feet. What are some other ways to describe the same distance?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 12.7

The table shows equivalent measures.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 12.8

B.
To change larger units to smaller units, multiply.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 12.9

You know 1 foot equals 12 inches.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 13
You know 3 feet is equal to 1 yard.

C.
To change smaller units to larger units, divide.
Ed’s frog jumped 11 feet. How many yards is this?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 13.1
11 ÷ 3 = 3 R2 So, 11 feet = 3 yards, 2 feet.

Convince Me! Generalize In the example above, explain how you could use a mixed number to write 11 feet as an equivalent measure in yards.

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
If you want to convert yards to feet, what operation would you use?
Answer:

To convert a yard measurement to a foot measurement, multiply the length by the conversion ratio. The length in feet is equal to the yards multiplied by 3.

Convert Measurements 3

Question 2.
If you want to convert feet to miles, what operation would you use?
Answer:

To convert a foot measurement to a mile measurement, divide the length by the conversion ratio.

Question 3.
What are some tools you could select to measure length? Explain when you would use them.
Answer:

The most common way to measure length is by using the scale on some sort of hand-held tool or implement, but you can also measure length — or distance — with radar, sonar, and laser beams.

Do You Know How?

In 4-8, convert each unit of length.

Question 4.
9 ft = ___ yd
Answer: 3

Question 5.
8 ft 7 in. = ___ in.
Answer:

103 inches

Question 6.
5\(\frac{1}{2}\) ft = __in.
Answer: 66 inches

Question 7.
288 in. = __ yd
Answer:

8 yards

Question 8.
219 in. = ___ ft ___ in. or. ___ ft
Answer:

18 feet 3 inches

18.25 ft

Independent Practice

In 9 and 10, complete the table to show equivalent measures.

Will the number in your answer be greater than or less than the number in the given measurement?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 15.1

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 15.2
Answer:

1 feet = 12 inches

2 feet = 24 inches

3 feet = 36 inches

4 feet = 48 inches

Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 15.3
Answer:

1 yard = 3 feet

2 yard = 6 feet

3 yard = 9 feet

4 yard = 12 feet

In 11-16, convert each unit of length.

Question 11.
3 yd = ___ in.
Answer:

3 yd = 108 inches

Question 12.
324 ft =__ yd
Answer:

324 ft = 108 yd

Question 13.
2\(\frac{2}{3}\) mi = ___ ft
Answer:

2 2/3 miles = 14080 feet

Question 14.
56 ft = ___ yd ___ ft
Answer:

56 ft = 18 yd 2 ft

Question 15.
12\(\frac{1}{2}\)  = ___ in.
Answer:

12 1/2 feet = 150 inches

Question 16.
6 in. = ___ ft
Answer:

6 in = 0.5 feet

In 17-19, compare lengths. Write >,<, or = for each Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 16

Convert Measurements 4

Question 17.
100 ft Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 16 3 yd
Answer:

100 ft >3 yd

Question 18.
74 in. Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 16 2 yds 2 in.
Answer:

74 in = 2 yd 2 in

Question 19.
5,200 ft 145 in. Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 16 1 mi 40 in.
Answer:

5200 ft 145 in > 1 mi 40 in.

Problem Solving

Question 20.
Number Sense Which number would be greater, the height of a tree in feet or the height of the same tree in yards?
Answer:

1 feet = 30.48 centimeters

1 yard = 91.44 centimeters.

Question 21.
Reasoning The dimensions of the nation’s smallest post office are 8 feet 4 inches by 7 feet 3 inches. Why would you use the measurement 8 feet 4 inches instead of 7 feet 16 inches?

Answer:

16 inches = 1 foot 4 inches

1 foot is added to 7 inches

Therefore,

The measurement 8 feet 4 inches instead of 7 feet 16 inches

Question 22.
Roger earns $24 a week mowing lawns. He spends \(\frac{1}{6}\) of his earnings on lunch and \(\frac{2}{3}\) of his earnings on music. He saves the rest. How many dollars does Roger save? Tell me how you found the answer.
Answer:

Given that, Roger earns $24 a week

The amount he spends on his lunch = 1/6 of his earnings

Which means, 1/6 x 24 = 4

Also given, he spends 2/3 of his earnings on music

This means, 2/3 x 24 = 16

Total amount he spend = 16 + 4 = 20

Remaining amount = 24 – 20

= $4

Therefore, Roger saves 4 dollars.

Question 23.
Ariana has 144 peaches. She has to pack 9 boxes with an equal number of peaches. How many peaches should she pack in each box?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 16.1
Answer:

Total number of peaches = 144

The number of boxes she has to pack  = 9

Now,

144/9 = 16

Therefore, Ariana has to pack 15 peaches in each box.

Question 24.
Higher-Order Thinking How do you convert 108 inches to yards?
Answer:

108 inches = 3 yards

1 inch = 0.02 yards

108 inches =

= 108 x 0.02

= 3 yards.

Question 25.
A-Z Vocabulary What is an appropriate customary unit to use when measuring the length of a driveway? Justify your answer.
Answer:

The most appropriate units are either feet, yards, or meters.

Assessment Practice

Question 26.
Select all of the measurements greater than 7 feet.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 17 2 yards
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 17 2 yards 2 inches
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 17 2 yards 2 feet
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 17 3 yards
Answer:

c. 2 yards 2 feet

d. 3 yards.

Question 27.
Select all of the measurements less than 435 inches.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 17 37 feet
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 17 36 feet 2 inches
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 17 12 yards 3 inches
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 17 12 feet 3 inches
Answer:

36 feet 2 inches

12 feet 3 inches

Lesson 12.2 Convert Customary Units of Capacity

Activity

Solve&Share

A recipe makes 16 cups of soup. How many quarts does the recipe make? Remember, there are 2 cups in a pint and 2 pints in a quart. Solve this problem any way you choose!

Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 17.1

Given,

There are 16 cups of soup

4 cup =  1 quart

16 cups = 4 pints.

You can use reasoning to help you convert between different units.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 17.2

Look Back! Is the number of cups greater than or less than the number of quarts? Why do you think that is?

Visual Learning Bridge

Essential Question How Do You Convert Customary stion Units of Capacity?

A.
Sue is making punch. She needs 3\(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of orange juice and 5 pints of lemonade. How many fluid ounces of orange juice and how many quarts of lemonade does she need?

1 gallon (gal) = 4 quarts (qt)
1 quart = 2 pints (pt)
1 pint = 2 cups (c)
1 cup = 8 fluid Ounces (fl oz)

You can multiply or divide to convert one unit of capacity to a different one.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 17.3

B.
To change a larger unit to a smaller unit, multiply.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 17.4

C.
To change a smaller unit to a larger unit, divide.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 17.5
Find 5 ÷ 2.
5 ÷ 2 = \(\frac{5}{2}\) = 2\(\frac{1}{2}\)
So, 5 pints = 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) quarts.

Convince Me! Generalize When you convert from pints to quarts, why do you divide?

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
Why would you change 4 gallons 5 quarts to 5 gallons 1 quart?
Answer:

Given, 4 gallons 5 quarts

4 quarts = 1 gallon

So, 4 gallons 5 quarts can also be written as 5 gallons 1 quart.

Question 2.
Why is \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup equal to 1 fluid ounce?
Answer:

1 cup = 8 fluid ounces

1/8 cup = 2 tablespoon  = 1 fluid ounce

Do You Know How?

In 3-8, convert each unit of capacity.

Question 3.
32c = __ gal
Answer:

2 gal

Question 4.
\(\frac{1}{4}\)qt = __ gal
Answer:

64 gal

Question 5.
48 qt = __ pt
Answer:

96 pt

Question 6.
6\(\frac{1}{8}\) qt = __ c
Answer:

1 qt = 4 cups

6 qt = 24 cups

1/8 qt = 0.5 cups

6 1/8 qt = 24.5 cups

Question 7.
73 qt 1 pt = __ pt
Answer: 147 pints

1 qt = 2 pints

73 qt= 73 x 2

= 146

146 pt + 1 pt

= 147 pints.

Question 8.
9 pt = __ qt__ pt or ___ qt
Answer:

1 qt = 2 pt

9 pt =

4 qt 1 pt

or

4.5 qt.

Independent Practice

You may need to convert more than once.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 21.1

In 9-20, convert each unit of capacity.

Question 9.
10 pt = __ qt
Answer: 5 qt

Question 10.
48 fl oz = ___ c
Answer: 6 c

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)c = __ pt
Answer: 0.25 pt

1  cup = 0.5 pt

So, 1/2 cup = 0.25 pt

Question 12.
9\(\frac{1}{4}\) pt = ___ c
Answer:

1 pt = 2 cups

9 pt = 9 x 2 = 18 cups

1/4 = 0.5 or 1/2 cups

Total = 18+0.5

= 18.5 cups

Question 13.
36 pt = ___ qt
Answer: 18 qt

1 pt = 0.5 qt

36 pt =

36 x 0.5

= 18 qt.

Question 14.
30 qt = __ gal __ qt
Answer:

1 quart = 0.25 gal

30 qt = 7 gal 2 qt

Question 15.
1qt = ____ gal
Answer:

1 qt = 0.25 gal

Question 16.
5 gal = ___ c
Answer:

1 gal = 16 cups

So, 5 gal = 5 x 16 = 80 cups.

Question 17.
1 gal 1c = ___ fl oz
Answer:

136 fl oz

1 gal = 16 c

16 c + 1 c = 17 c

1 c = 8 fl oz

17 c = 17 x 8 = 136 fl oz

Question 18.
7c = __ fl oz
Answer:

1 cup = 8 fl oz

7 c = 7 x 8

= 56 fl oz

Question 19.
72 pt = ___ gal
Answer: 9 gal

Question 20.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) pt = ___ c
Answer:

1/3 pt = 0.66 c

Question 21.
Complete the table to show equivalent measures.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 25.1
Answer:

1 gallon = 4 quarts = 8 pints = 16 cups = 128 fl oz

2 gallon = 8 quarts = 16 pints = 36 cups = 256 fl oz.

Problem Solving

For 22-24, use the aquarium.

Question 22.
The class aquarium holds 2 gallons of water. How many cups is this? How many fluid ounces is this?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 25.2
Answer:

1 gallon = 16 cups

Which means, 2 gallon  = 2 x 16 = 32 cups

Therefore, there are 32 cups in 2 gallons

1 gallon = 128 fl oz

Which means, 2 gallons = 2 x 128 = 256 fl oz .

Therefore, 256 fl oz are there in 2 gallons.

Question 23.
Susan finds that 2 pints 1 cup of water have evaporated from the class aquarium. How many pints of water are left in the aquarium?
Answer:

The number of cups in aquarium = 32 cups

2 pints 1 cup = 5 cups

Now, 32 – 5 = 27 cups

1 cup = 0.5 pints

So, 27 cups = 13.5 pints

Therefore, 13.5 pints of water are left in the aquarium.

Question 24.
If all of the dimensions of the aquarium were doubled, what would be the volume of the new aquarium?
Answer:

Given,

the dimensions of the aquarium are doubles means

Volume = 20 in x 16 in x 18 in

= 4320 cubic inches.

Therefore, the volume of the new aquarium = 4320 cubic inches.

Question 25.
Carrie has 3 gallons of paint. Bryan has 10 quarts of paint. How many more pints of paint does Carrie have than Bryan?
Answer:

Given Carrie has 3 gallons of paint

3 gallons = 24 pints

Bryan has 10 quarts of paint

10 quarts = 20 pints

Now,

24 pints – 20 pints

= 4 pints

There are 4 more pints of paint Carrie has than Bryan.

Question 26.
Reasoning Lorelei filled her 5-gallon jug with water. How many times could she fill her 2-quart canteen with water from the jug? Explain.
Answer:

1 gallon = 4 quarts

5 gallons = 4 x 5 = 20 quarts

Now, 20/2 = 10

Therefore, she can fill the canteen by 10 times.

Question 27.
Higher-Order Thinking A recipe calls for 3 tablespoons of pineapple juice. A can of pineapple juice is 12 fluid ounces. How many teaspoons of juice are in the can?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 26.1
Answer:

Given, a can of pineapple juice = 12 fluid ounces

1 fl oz = 2 tablespoon

Now, 12 fl oz = 24 tablespoons

The amount of pineapple juice recipe contains = 3 tablespoon

Now, 3  x 24 tablespoons = 72 teaspoon

Therefore, there are 72 teaspoons of pineapple are there in the can.

Assessment Practice

Question 28.
Choose all the measurements that are greater than 4 cups.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 27 30 fluid ounces
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 27 2 pints
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 27 3 pints
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 27 1 quart
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 27 1 gallon
Answer:

1 gallon > 4 cups.

Question 29.
Choose all the statements that are true.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 27 15 pt < 2 gal
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 27 1 gal < 5 qt
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 27 12 fl oz > 2c
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 27 2 qt 1 cup > 10 cups
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 27 20 pints = 10 quarts
Answer:

20 pints = 10 quarts

Lesson 12.3 Convert Customary Units of Weight

Activity

Solve & Share
Maria adopted 4 dogs. All together they eat 1\(\frac{3}{4}\) pound of food each day. One pound is equal to 16 ounces. How many ounces of food will the dogs eat in 5 days? Solve this problem any way you choose.

Answer:

1 pound = 16 ounces

1 3/4 pounds = 28 ounces

Number of days = 5

Now, 28 x 5

= 140 ounces

Therefore, the dogs can eat 140 ounces of food in 5 days.

A model with Math You can use drawings or equations to solve the problem. Show your work!
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 27.1

Look Back! Which is the larger unit of weight, an ounce or a pound? How can you use this relationship to find the number of ounces in 5 pounds?

Answer:

1 pound = 16 ounces

5 pounds = 5 x 16 = 80 ounces

Visual Learning Bridge

Essential Question How Can You Convert Units of Weight?

A.
An adult African elephant weighs about 5 tons. A baby African elephant weighs about 250 pounds. How many pounds does the adult elephant weigh? How can you convert 250 pounds to tons?
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 27.2

To convert from one unit of weight to another, you can use multiplication or division.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 27.3

B.
To convert from larger units to smaller units, multiply.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 27.4
Find 5 × 2,000.
5 × 2,000 = 10,000
So, 5 tons = 10,000 pounds.

C.
To convert from smaller units to larger units, divide.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 27.5

Convince Me! Generalize When you convert 16 pounds to ounces, do you multiply or divide? Explain.

To convert pounds to ounces we have to multiply.

16 pounds = 256 ounces

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
Would it be best to measure the weight of an egg in tons, pounds, or ounces? Explain.
Answer:

Ounces are the best way to measure the weight of an egg.

Question 2.
What types of tools do people select to measure weight? Explain your example.
Answer:

A scale or a balance are the tools used to measure weight

A balance is used to determine an object’s mass.

A scale to measure ounces and pounds.

Do You Know How?

In 3-6, convert each unit of weight.

Question 3.
2,000 lb = __ T
Answer: 0.907 T

Question 4.
48 oz = ___ lb
Answer: 3 lb

Question 5.
6,500 lb = ___oz
Answer: 96000 oz

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) lb = __ oz
Answer: 8 oz

In 7 and 8, compare. Write >, <, or = for each Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 28.

Question 7.
2T Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 28 45,000 lb
Answer:

2T < 45,000 lb

Question 8.
4 lb Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 28 64 oz
Answer:

4 lb = 64 oz

Independent Practice

In 9-14, convert each unit of weight.

Will your answer be greater than or less than the number you started with?
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 29.1

Question 9.
240 oz = __ lb
Answer: 15 lb

Question 10.
7\(\frac{1}{10}\)T = ___ lb
Answer: 14200lb

Question 11.
8 lb = ___ oz
Answer: 128 oz

Question 12.
4 oz = ___ lb
Answer: 0.25 lb

Question 13.
250 lb = ___ T
Answer: 0.113 T

Question 14.
1 T = ___ oz
Answer: 32,000 oz

In 15-17, compare. Write >, <, or = for each Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 30.

Question 15.
5,000 lb Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 30 3 T
Answer:

5,000 lb > 3 T

Question 16.
24 lb Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 30 124 oz
Answer:

24 lb > 124 oz

Question 17.
64,000 oz Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 30 2 T
Answer:

64,000 oz < 2 T

In 18 and 19, complete each table to show equivalent measures.

Question 18.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 31.1
Answer:

1/2 lb = 8

2 lb = 32 oz

5 lb = 80 oz

Question 19.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 31.2
Answer:

1/2 t = 1000 pounds

2 pounds = 4000

6 tons = 12,000

Problem Solving

Question 20.
Be Precise The perimeter of the rectangular playground shown below is 160 feet. What is the area of the playground?
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 31.3
Answer:

Given, perimeter = 160 feet

We know that, perimeter = 2 (l + b )

160 = 2 ( 50 + b )

80 = 50 + b

b = 80 – 50

b = 30 feet

We know that area of rectangle = length x breadth

A = 80 x 30

= 2400 square feet

Therefore, Area = 2400 square feet.

Question 21.
enVision® STEM Humans exploring space have left behind bags of trash, bolts, gloves, and pieces of satellites. There are currently about 4,000,000 pounds of litter in orbit around Earth. Julia says that this amount using number names is four billion. Do you agree? Explain your thinking.
Answer:

No,  I do not agree because 4 billion > 4,000,000

In 22-25, use the table.

Question 22.
What would be the most appropriate unit to measure the combined weight of 4 horses?
Answer: Tons will be the most appropriate unit to measure the combined weight of 4 horses

Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 31.4

Question 23.
About how much would 4 horses weigh? Write the weight in two different ways.
Answer: The horses weigh 1500 pounds

1500 pounds = 0.75 tons

1500 pounds = 24000 ounces

Question 24.
How many more ounces do the sheep weigh than the ape?
Answer:

1600 ounces more the sheep weigh than the ape.

Question 25.
Higher-Order Thinking What is the difference in weight between the horse and the combined weight of the dolphin and the ape? Write your answer in tons.
Answer:

The  weight of 4 horses = 0.75 tons

The combined weight of dolphin and ape = 0.3 tons

Now, the difference between the weights =

= 0.75 – 0.3

= 0.45 tons

Therefore, the weight difference = 0.445 tons

Assessment Practice

Question 26.
Part A
The world’s heaviest lobster weighed 44 pounds 6 ounces. Write the lobster’s weight in ounces below.
44 lb 6 oz = ___ ounces

Answer:

44 lb 6 oz = 710 ounces
Part B
Describe the steps you took to find your answer.
Answer:

1 lb = 16 ounces

44 lb = 44 x 16

= 704 oz

704 oz + 6 oz

= 710 oz

Lesson 12.4 Convert Metric Units of Length

Activity

Solve & Share
Measure the length of your book in centimeters. Then measure it in millimeters. What do you notice about the two measurements?

Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 33.1

1 cm = 10 mm

length of book = 25 cm

length of book = 250 mm

You can select appropriate units and tools to measure the length of objects!
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 33.2

Look Back! Use Structure How many meters long is your textbook? How do you know?

Visual Learning Bridge

Essential Question How Do You Convert Metric question Units of Length?

A.
The most commonly used metric units of length are the kilometer (km), meter (m), centimeter (cm), and millimeter (mm).
1 km = 103 m = 1,000 m
1 m = 102 cm = 100 cm
1 m = 103 mm = 1,000 mm
1 cm = 10 mm
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 33.3

Every metric unit is 10 times as great as the next smaller unit.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 33.4

B.
The distance between two towns is 3 kilometers. How many meters apart are they?
3 km = __ m
To change from larger units to smaller units, multiply.
Find 3 × 103.
3 km = 3,000 m
So, the towns are 3,000 meters apart.

One kilometer equals 1,000 meters.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 40.1
To change from smaller units to larger units, divide.

C.
The distance between a kitchen and living room is 1,200 centimeters. How many meters apart are they?
1,200 cm = __ m
Find 1,200 ÷ 102
1,200 cm = 12 m
So, the kitchen and the living room are 12 meters apart.

Convince Me! Critique Reasoning Elena says that 25 cm is equal to 250 mm. Do you agree? Why or why not?

Answer:

Yes, I agree because,

1 cm = 10 mm

Now,

25 cm = 25 x 10 = 250 mm

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
To find the number of meters in six kilometers, why do you multiply 6 × 103?
Answer: 6000 meters = 6 kilometers

Because, 1 km = 1000 m

6 km = 6 x 1000 = 6000m

Question 2.
Convert 12.5 centimeters to millimeters. Explain.
Answer:

12.5 cm = 125 mm

Explanation:

1 cm = 10 mm

12 cm = 120mm

0.5 cm = 5 mm

Total : 120 + 5 = 125 mm

Do You Know How?

In 3-6, convert each unit of length.

Question 3.
103 cm = __ m
Answer: 1000 m

Question 4.
58 m = ___ mm
Answer: 58000 mm

Question 5.
1,000 mm = __ cm
Answer: 100 cm

Question 6.
3 km = ___ m
Answer: 3000 m

In 7 and 8, compare lengths. Write >,<, or = for each Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 41.

Question 7.
9,000 m Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 41 20 km
Answer:

9,000 m < 20 km

Question 8.
400 cm Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 41 4m
Answer:

400 cm = 4 m

Independent Practice

In 9-14, convert each unit of length.

Question 9.
7.5 cm = ___ mm
Answer: 75 mm

Question 10.
6m = __ сm
Answer: 600 cm

Question 11.
0.8 km = ___ cm
Answer: 80000 cm

Question 12.
17,000 m = ___ km
Answer: 17 km

Question 13.
48,000 mm = ___ m
Answer: 48 m

Question 14.
4 km = ___ m
Answer: 4000 m

In 15-20, compare lengths. Write >, <, or = for each Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 42.

Question 15.
25,365 cm Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 42 30 m
Answer:

25,365 cm > 30 m

Question 16.
3.6 km Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 42 3,600 m
Answer:

3.6 km = 3600

Question 17.
1,200 mm Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 42 12 m
Answer:

1200 mm< 12 m

Question 18.
52,800 cm Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 42 1 km
Answer:

52,800 cm <  1 km

Question 19.
7,500,000 m Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 42 750 km
Answer:

7,500,000 m > 750 km

Question 20.
800 m Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 42 799,999 mm
Answer:

800 m > 799,999 mm

In 21 and 22, complete each table.

Question 21.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 42.1
Answer:

1 km = 1000 m

0.5 km = 500 m

0.1 km = 100 m

Question 22.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 42.2
Answer:

50 m = 5,000 cm

5 m = 500 cm

0.5 m = 50 cm

Problem Solving

Question 23.
Number Sense Let x = the length of an object in meters and y = the length of the same object in millimeters. Which is a smaller number, x or y?
Answer: y

1 meter = 1000 mm

1 mm = 0.001 mm

Therefore, Y is smaller than x

Question 24.
Higher-Order Thinking How many millimeters are equal to one kilometer? Show your work.
Answer:

One kilometer is equal to 1000000 millimeters.

1 km = 1000000 mm

Question 25.
Reasoning Which fraction is greater: \(\frac{7}{8}\) or \(\frac{9}{12}\)? Explain how you know.
Answer:

7/8 >9/12

Explanation :

L.c.m of 8,12 = 24

Now,

7/8 x 3/3 = 21/24

9/12 x 2/2 = 18/24

21/24 > 18/24

Therefore,

7/8 >9/12

Question 26.
A week ago, Trudy bought the pencil shown. Now the pencil measures 12.7 centimeters.
How many centimeters of the pencil has been used?
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 50.1
Answer:

The original length of the pencil = 18 cm

The present length of pencil = 12.7 cm

Length difference = 18 – 12.7

= 5.3 cm

Therefore, the length of pencil used = 5.3 cm

How do you compare fractions?
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 50.2

Question 27.
enVision® STEM Mount St. Helens, located in Washington, erupted on May 18, 1980. Before the eruption, the volcano was 2.95 kilometers high. After the eruption, the volcano was 2.55 kilometers high. Use the bar diagram to find the difference in height of Mount St. Helens before and after the eruption. Convert the difference to meters.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 50.3
Answer:

The original height of the volcano = 2.95 km

After the eruption, the height of the volcano = 2.55 km

Difference = 2.95 – 2.55

= 0.4 km

0.4 km = 400 meters.

Therefore, the difference in height of the volcano = 400 meters.

Assessment Practice

Question 28.
Eileen plants a tree that is 2 meters tall in her yard. Which of the following is equivalent to 2 meters?
A. 200 mm
B. 20 cm
C. 200 km
D. 2,000 mm
Answer:

B. 2 meters = 20 cm

Question 29.
Which of these number sentences is NOT true?
A. 600 cm = 6 m
B. 1 m < 9,000 mm
C. 900 mm = 9 cm
D. 10 km > 5,000 m
Answer:

B. 1 m < 9,000 mm

Lesson 12.5 Convert Metric Units of Capacity

Solve & Share
A pitcher holds 4 liters of water. How many milliliters does the pitcher hold? Solve this problem any way you choose.

You can convert metric units of capacity using multiplication or division. Show your work!
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 50.20

Answer:

1 liter = 1000000 milliliters

4 liters = 4 x 1000000 mL

= 4000000 mL

Look Back! Look for Relationships Juanita shares a one-liter bottle of water equally with 3 friends. How much water does each person get? Give your answer in liters and milliliters.

Visual Learning Bridge

Essential Question How Do You Convert Metric Units of Capacity?

A.
The most commonly used units of capacity in the metric system are the liter (L) and the milliliter (mL).

Can you find a liter or milliliter in the real world?
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 50.30

B.
Susan has 1.875 liters of water. How many milliliters is this?
1.875 L = __ mL
To change a larger unit to a smaller unit, multiply.
Find 1.875 × 103.
1.875 × 103 = 1,875
1.875 L = 1,875 mL
So, Susan has 1,875 milliliters of water.

C.
Jorge has 3,500 milliliters of water. How many liters is this?
3,500 mL = __ L
To change a smaller unit to a larger unit, divide.
Find 3,500 ÷ 103.
3,500 ÷ 103 = 3.5
3,500 mL = 3.5 L
So, Jorge has 3.5 liters of water.

Convince Me! Reasoning Order these measurements from greatest to least. Explain how you decided.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 50.80

2,300 L >22L > 3000 mL > 2L > 500 mL

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
Explain how you can convert milliliters to liters.
Answer:

1 milliliters = 0.001 liters

To convert milliliters to liters, we divide by 1000.

Question 2.
What types of tools would you select to measure capacity? Give an example and explain how that tool could be used.
Answer:

The most popular tool used to measure capacity is the measuring cup.

And also There are five basic units for measuring capacity in the U.S. customary measurement system. These are the fluid ounce, cup, pint, quart, and gallon.

Do You Know How?

In 3-8, convert each unit of capacity.

Question 3.
2.75 L = ___ mL
Answer: 2750 ml

Question 4.
3,000 mL = ___L
Answer: 3 L

Question 5.
5L = ___ mL
Answer: 5000 mL

Question 6.
250 mL = __ L
Answer: 0.25 L

Question 7.
0.027 L = __ mL
Answer: 27 ml

Question 8.
400 mL = __ L

Answer : 0.4 L

Independent Practice

In 9-20, convert each unit of capacity.

Question 9.
5,000 mL = ___ L
Answer:

5 L

Question 10.
45,000 mL = __ L
Answer:

45

Question 11.
4.27 L = __ mL
Answer:

4270 ml

Question 12.
13 L = ___ mL
Answer:

13000

Question 13.
3,700 mL = __ L
Answer:

3.7 L

Question 14.
0.35 L = __ mL
Answer:

350 ml

Question 15.
2,640 mL = ___ L
Answer:

2.64 L

Question 16.
314 mL = ___ L
Answer:

0.314 L

Question 17.
0.06 L = __ mL
Answer:

60

Question 18.
2,109 mL = ___ L
Answer:

0.0021

Question 19.
85 mL = __ L
Answer:

0.085 L

Question 20.
9.05 L = ___ mL
Answer:

9050

In 21 and 22, complete each table to show equivalent measures.

Question 21.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 52.1
Answer:

0.1 L = 100 mL

1 L = 1000 mL

10 L = 10000 mL

Question 22.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 52.2
Answer:

500 mL = 0.5

5000 mL = 5

50,000 mL =50

Problem Solving

Question 23.
Reasoning Carla’s famous punch calls for 3 liters of mango juice. The only mango juice she can find is sold in 500-milliliter cartons. How many cartons of mango juice does Carla need to buy?
Answer:

Amount of Carla’s Famous punch = 3 liters

We know that 1 liter = 1000 milliliters

Also given, 500 mL = 1 Carton

Now, Number of cartons =

3000/ 500 = 6

Therefore, Carla needs to buy 6 cartons of mango juice.

Question 24.
Carla makes 6 liters of punch. She pours the punch into 800 ml bottles. How many bottles can she fill?
Answer:

6 liters of punch = 6000 milliliters

Now, 6000/800

=  7.5

Therefore, she can fill approximately 7.5 bottles.

Question 25.
Bobby filled the jug with water for soccer practice. If each player gets 250 milliliters of water, how many players will the water jug serve?
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 53.1
Answer:

The capacity of water jug =  5 liters

1 litre = 1000 millilitres

Now, 5 litres = 5000 millilitres

Now, 5000/ 250

= 20

Therefore, the water jug will serve 20 people.

Question 26.
Higher-Order Thinking One cubic centimeter will hold 1 milliliter of water. How many milliliters will the aquarium below hold? How many liters will it hold?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 53.2
Answer:

Volume of the aquarium =

length x width x height

V =  40 x 20 x 30

V = 24000 cubic centimeters

We know that, 1 L = 1000 mL

Therefore, The aquarium holds 24 L .

Question 27.
Terry is buying juice. He needs 3 liters. A half-liter of juice costs $2.39. A 250-milliliter container of juice costs $1.69. What should Terry buy so he gets 3 liters at the lowest price? Explain.
Answer:

He needs 3 L.

A half-liter of juice costs $2.39.
A 250 mL container of juice costs $1.69.
One liter of juice in half-liter packs costs,

$2.39 x 2 = $4.78.
One liter of juice in 250 mL packs costs,

$1.69 x 4 = $6.76.
So, Terry should buy 6 half-liter packs of juice and spend
$2.39 x 6 = $9.56 to get 3 liters at the lowest price.

What steps do you need to do to solve this problem?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 53.3

Assessment Practice

Question 28.
A birdbath holds 4 liters of water. How many milliliters of water does it hold?
A. 400 ml
B. 800 mL
C. 4,000 mL
D. 8,000 mL
Answer:

C. 4,000 mL

1 litre = 1000 milliliters

So, 4 litres = 4000 millilitres.

Question 29.
You are filling a 2-liter bottle with liquid from full 80-milliliter containers. How many containers will it take to fill the
A. 400
B. 250
C. 40
D. 25
Answer:

1 litre = 1000 millilitres

So, The number of  80 mL containers need are

2000/80

= 25

Therefore, 25 containers are required.

Lesson 12.6 Convert Metric Units of Mass

Activity

Solve & Share
In chemistry class, Rhonda measured 10 grams of a substance. How many milligrams is this? Solve this problem any way you choose.

Answer:

1 gram = 1000 mg

So,

10 grams = 10000 milligrams.

Look for Relationships You can use patterns to help you see a relationship between the units.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 53.4

Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 53.5

Look Back! How many kilograms did Rhonda measure? Write an equation to model your work.

Visual Learning Bridge

Essential Question How Do You Convert Metric Units of Mass?

A.
The three most commonly used units of mass are the milligram (mg), the gram (g), and the kilogram (kg).

Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 53.6

Converting metric (units of mass is like converting other metric units.

B.
A whistle has a mass of about 5 grams. How many milligrams is this?
To change from a larger unit to a smaller unit, multiply.
Find 5 × 103
5 × 103 = 5 × 1,000 = 5,000
So, 5 g = 5,000 mg
So, a whistle has a mass of about 5,000 milligrams.

C.
How many kilograms is the whistle?
To change from a smaller unit to a larger unit, divide.
Find 5 ÷ 103
5 ÷ 103 = 5 ÷ 1,000 = 0.005
So, 5 g = 0.005 kg.
So, a whistle has a mass of about 0.005 kilograms.

Convince Me! Use Structure in the picture above, what is the football player’s mass in grams and in milligrams? How can you tell?

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
A-Z Vocabulary How does the relationship between meters and millimeters help you understand the relationship between grams and milligrams?
Answer:

1 meter = 1000 millimeters.

1 Gram = 1000 milligrams.

Question 2.
Which has the greater mass: 1 kilogram or 137,000 milligrams? Explain how you made your comparison.
Answer:

137,000 is greater

Because, 1 kg = 1000000

Therefore, 137,000 is greater than 1 kg

Do You Know How?

In 3 and 4, convert each unit of mass.

Question 3.
9.25 g = ___ mg
Answer:

9250 mg

Question 4.
190 g = __ kg
Answer:

0.19 kg

In 5 and 6, compare. Write >,<, or = for each Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 60

Question 5.
7,000 mg Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 60 7,000 g
Answer:

7,000 mg < 7,000 g

Question 6.
102 kg Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 60 104 g
Answer:

102 kg > 104 g

Independent Practice

In 7-12, convert each unit of mass.

Question 7.
17,000 g = ___ kg
Answer:

17,000 = 17 kg

Question 8.
18 kg = ___ g
Answer:

18 kg = 18000 g

Question 9.
4,200 mg = ___ g
Answer: 4.2 g

Question 10.
0.276 g = ____ mg
Answer: 276 mg

Question 11.
4.08 kg = ___ g
Answer: 4080 g

Question 12.
43 mg = ___ g
Answer: 0.043 g

In 13-18, compare. Write >, <, or = for each Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 61

Question 13.
2,000 g Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 61 3 kg
Answer:

2000 g < 3 kg

Question 14.
4 kg Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 61 4,000 g
Answer:

4 kg = 4000 g

4 kg  = 4,000 g

Question 15.
104 mg Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 61 13 g
Answer:

104 mg < 13 g

Question 16.
7 kg Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 61 7,000 g
Answer:

7 kg < 7000 g

Question 17.
9,000 g Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 61 8 kg
Answer:

9000 g > 8 kg

Question 18.
8,000 g Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 61 5 kg
Answer:

8000 > 5 kg

In 19 and 20, complete each table.

Question 19.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 62
Answer:

1 grams = 1000 milligrams

10 grams = 10000 milligrams

100 grams = 100000 milligrams

Question 20.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 62.1
Answer:

500 grams = 0.5 kg

5000 grams = 5 kg

50000 grams = 50 kg

Problem Solving

Question 21.
Make Sense and Persevere Sheryl has a recipe for pasta with vegetables. The recipe calls for 130 grams of vegetables and twice as much pasta as vegetables. What is the total mass in grams of the recipe?
Answer:

Given,

The mass of vegetables = 130 grams

Also given, the mass of pasta is twice as vegetables

Which means, 130 x 2 = 260

Total mass = 260 + 130

= 390 grams

Therefore, the total mass of the recipe = 390 grams.

Question 22.
Terri is beginning a science experiment in the lab. The instructions call for 227 milligrams of potassium. Calculate the difference between this amount and 1 gram.
Answer:

We know that,

1 gram = 1000 milligrams

Given that, The weight of potassium = 227 milligrams

Now, The difference between the amount

= 1000 – 227

= 773 grams.

Therefore, the difference between the amount and 1 gram = 773 grams.

Question 23.
Number Sense One of the world’s heaviest hailstones weighed 2.2 pounds. Which is more appropriate to express its mass, 1 kilogram or 1 gram?
Answer:

2.2 pounds = 0.997 kg

2.2 pounds = 997. 9 grams

Therefore, 1 kilogram is more appropriate to express the mass.

Question 24.
Higher Order Thinking A cook has 6 onions that have a total mass of 900 grams and 8 apples that have a total mass of 1 kilogram. All onions are the same size, and all apples are the same size. Which has the greater mass, an onion or an apple? Explain.
Answer:

Given,

Number of onions = 6

Total mass = 900 grams

Weight of each onion = 900/6

= 150 grams.

Number of apples = 8

Total mass = 1 kg or 1000 grams

Weight of each apple = 1000/8

= 125 grams.

Therefore, Onion has a greater mass than apple.

In 25 and 26, use the given information and the picture.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 62.5

enVision® STEM If a man weighs 198 pounds on Earth, his mass on Earth is 90 kilograms.

Question 25.
What is this man’s weight on the Moon?
Answer:

Given,

The weight of the person on the moon is 1/6 weight on earth.

Also given, the mass on earth = 90 kgs

The weight of man’s weight on the moon =

90/6 =15 or 14.9 approx.

Question 26.
What is his mass in grams?
Answer:

1 kg = 1000 grams.

15 kg = 15000 grams

Assessment Practice

Question 27.
Write the following masses on the lines from least to greatest.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 62.9
Answer:

5000 mg > 500 g > 50 kg

Question 28.
If you convert grams to milligrams, what operation would you use?
A. Addition
B. Subtraction
C. Multiplication
D. Division
Answer:

Multiplication.

Lesson 12.7 Convert Units of Time

Activity

Solve&Share
Emily played softball all weekend. She was wondering the difference in time between the shortest game and the longest game. Can you help her figure it out?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 63.1

Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 63.2

Select a common unit of time to help compare game times.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 63.3

Look Back! Make Sense and Persevere Mateo saw a professional baseball game, which lasted 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) hours. How many minutes longer was the professional game than Emily’s Game 3? Explain.

Visual Learning Bridge

Essential Question How Do You Solve Problems that Involve Different Units of Time?

A.
Kendall’s family is driving to the theater to see a 2-hour movie. Kendall notices this sign at the parking lot closest to the theater. Do you think they should park there?

You can convert one of these times so you are comparing like units.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 63.4

B.
One Way:
Convert 2 hours to minutes. Then compare.
To change from larger units to smaller units, multiply.

Remember, 1 hour equals 60 minutes.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 63.5

2 × 60 minutes = 120 minutes
120 minutes > 90 minutes, so Kendall’s family should not park in that lot.

C.
Another Way:
Convert 90 minutes to hours. Then compare.
To change from smaller units to larger units, divide.
90 ÷ 60 = \(\frac{90}{60}\) = 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) hours
1\(\frac{1}{2}\) hours < 2 hours, so Kendall’s family should not park in that lot.

Convince Me! Make Sense and Persevere explain how to convert 4 hours, 15 minutes to minutes.

Another example!
There is often more than one way to show converted units of time. Find the missing numbers.
Divide. Write the quotient with a remainder.
210 ÷ 60 = 3 R 30
So, 210 seconds = 3 minutes, 30 seconds

Remember, 1 minute equals 60 seconds.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 65.1

210 seconds = ___ minutes
Divide. Write the quotient as a mixed number.
\(\frac{210}{60}\) = 3\(\frac{30}{60}\) = 3\(\frac{1}{2}\)
So, 210 seconds = 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) minutes

Guided Practices

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
Which is the longest time: 5 minutes, 25 seconds, or 315 seconds? Explain.
Answer:

5 hours 25 seconds

Explanation :

1 minute = 60 seconds

So, 5 minutes = 300 seconds

Now, 300 +25 = 325 seconds

Therefore, 325 seconds is longer than 315

Question 2.
How many minutes are in a quarter-hour? How do you know?
Answer:

Quarter hour = 15 minutes

We know that 15 minutes = quarter.

Do You Know How?

In 3-6, convert each time.

Question 3.
240 seconds = ___ minutes
Answer:

4 Minutes.

Question 4.
2 hours, 18 minutes = ___ minutes
Answer:

120 + 18

138 minutes

Question 5.
4\(\frac{1}{2}\) minutes ___ seconds
Answer:

4 minutes = 4 x 60 = 240 seconds

1/2 minute = 30 seconds

Now, 240 + 30 = 270 Seconds

Therefore, 4 1/2 Minute = 270 seconds.

Question 6.
80 minutes = ___ Seconds

Answer:

1 minute = 60 seconds

80 minutes = 80 x 60 = 480 seconds.

Independent Practice

In 7-10, convert each time.

Question 7.
6 hours = ___ minutes
Answer:

1 hour = 60 minutes

So, 6 hours = 6 x 60 =

= 360 minutes.

Question 8.
390 seconds = ___ minutes
Answer:

60 seconds = 1 minute

Now, 360 seconds = 6 minutes

30 seconds = 1/2 minute

390 seconds = 6 1/2 minutes.

Question 9.
208 minutes = ___hours, ___ minutes
Answer:

1 hour = 60 minutes

3 hours = 180 minutes And

208 – 180 = 28 minutes

Therefore, 208 minutes = 3 hours 28 minutes.

Question 10.
7 minutes, 12 seconds = ___ seconds

Answer:

1 minute = 60 seconds

7 minutes = 7 x 60 = 420 seconds

420 + 12 = 432 seconds .

Therefore, 7 minutes, 12 seconds = 432 seconds

In 11-12, compare. Write >, <, or = for each

Question 11.
330 minutes Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 66 7.5 hours
Answer:

330 minutes  < 7.5 hours

Question 12.
45 minutes Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 66 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour
Answer:

45 minutes  = 3/4  hour

Problem Solving

Question 13.
Brock spends 15 minutes walking to school and 15 minutes walking home each day. By the end of the school week (5 days) how many hours has Brock spent traveling between home and school?
Answer:

Given,

Brock spends 15 minutes walking to school

15 minutes walking home

Total = 15 + 15

= 30

Number of days = 5

Now, 5 x 30 = 150 minutes

1 hour = 60 minutes

150 minutes = 2.5 hours

Therefore, Brock spent 2.5 hours traveling between home and school

Question 14.
A television station shows commercials for 7\(\frac{1}{2}\) minutes each hour. How many 45-second commercials can it show per hour?
Answer:

1 minute  = 60 seconds

7 minutes = 60 x 7 = 420 seconds

420 + 30 = 450

450/45 = 10

Therefore, 10 45 second commercials it can show per hour.

Question 15.
Leslie is making these two recipes. Which takes longer to make, the strawberry bread or the spaghetti sauce? How many minutes longer?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 67.1
Answer:

The time is taken to prepare spaghetti sauce is 1 hour 40 minutes

Also, the time taken to prepare strawberry bread is 1 hour 15 minutes

Therefore spaghetti sauce takes longer

Now,

1 hour 40 minutes – 1 hour 15 minutes

= 25 minutes

spaghetti sauce takes 25 minutes longer than strawberry bread.

Question 16.
Critique Reasoning The school day is 6 hours, 15 minutes long. Jenna says that it’s 6\(\frac{1}{4}\) hours. Henry says it’s 6.25 hours. Can they both be correct? Explain.
Answer:

Jenna is correct.

Given, the time of the school day = 6 hours 15 minutes long

1 hour = 60 minutes

1/4 hour = 15 minutes and 6 hours

Total: 6 1/4 hour

6.25 hours means 25 minutes more

But the school day is only 15 minutes long

Therefore, Jenna is correct.

Question 17.
Higher-Order Thinking How many seconds are there in 1 hour? In 10 hours? Explain.
Answer:

1 hour = 60 minutes

1 minute = 60 seconds

60 minutes = 60 x 60 = 3600 seconds

10 hours = 10 x 60 = 600 minutes

600 minutes = 600 x 600 = 36000 seconds.

Assessment Practice

Question 18.
Three hikers reported how long it took to hike a trail. Write the names of the hikers from fastest to slowest.
___ ____ _____
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 68.1
Answer:

Anita – First – 70 minutes

Brad – second – 75 minutes

Sanjay – Third – 90 minutes

Lesson 12.8 Solve Word Problems Using Measurement Conversions

Activity

Solve&Share
Amy wants to frame a poster that has a width of 8 inches and a length of 1 foot. What is the perimeter of the poster? Solve this problem any way you choose.

Make Sense and Persevere
You can use measurement conversions in real-world situations. Show your work!
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 68.2

Look Back! Which measurement did you convert? Can you find the perimeter by converting to the other unit of measurement?

Visual Learning Bridge

Essential Question How Can You Convert Units of Session Measurement to Solve a Problem?

A.
A city pool is in the shape of a rectangle with the dimensions shown. What is the perimeter of the pool?

You can convert one of the measures so that you are adding like units.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 68.3

B.
What do you know?
The dimensions of the pool:
l = 25 yards
w = 60 feet
What are you asked to find?
The perimeter of the pool

You can use feet for perimeter.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 68.4

C.
Convert 25 yards to feet so you can add like units.
1 yard = 3 feet
To change from larger units to smaller units, multiply.
25 × 3 feet = 75 feet
So, 25 yards = 75 feet.

D.
Substitute like measurements into the perimeter formula.
Perimeter = (2 × length) + (2 × width)
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
P = (2 × 75) + (2 × 60)
P = 150 + 120
P = 270 feet
The perimeter of the pool is 270 feet.

Convince Me! Be Precise If the width of the pool is increased by 3 feet, what would be the new perimeter of the pool? Explain.

length = 75 feet

width = 63 feet

Perimeter = 2 ( l+b)

2 (75+63)

2 ( 138 )

= 276 feet.

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?

Question 1.
In the example on the previous page, how could you find the perimeter by converting all measurements to yards?
Answer:

75 feet = 25 yards

60 feet = 20 yards

perimeter = 2 ( 25 + 20 )

= 2 ( 45)

perimeter = 90 feet

Question 2.
Write a real-world multiple-step problem that involves measurement.
Answer:

Multiple-step problem :

Robert had 16 marbles. His brother gave him 3 more bags of marbles. If each bag contained 5 marbles, how many marbles does Robert have now?

Do You Know How?

Question 3.
Stacia needs enough ribbon to wrap around the length (l) and height (h) of a box. If the length is 2 feet and the height is 4 inches, how much ribbon will she need?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 69.1
Answer:

Given length = 2 feet

And height = 4 inches

Perimeter = 2 (l+b)

= 2 ( 2 + 4)

= 2 (6)

= 12 feet

1 feet = 12 inches

Now, 12 feet = 12 x 12

= 144 inches.

Question 4.
If ribbon is sold in whole number yards and costs $1.50 per yard, how much will it cost Stacia to buy the ribbon?
Answer:

144 x $1.05

= 151.2

Therefore it costs approx $151 to buy the ribbon.

Independent Practice

In 5-7, use conversions to solve each problem.

Edging means she will put bricks around the perimeter of the hexagon.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 69.2

Question 5.
Becca wants to edge her hexagonal garden with brick. All sides are equal. The brick costs $6 per yard. What is the perimeter of the garden? How much will it cost to buy the edging she needs?
Answer:

The perimeter of the hexagon =

Number of sides = 6

Now, 12 x 6 = 72 feet

The perimeter of hexagon = 72 feet or 24 yards

Given, the cost of the brick = $6

Now, 24 x $6

= $144

Therefore, it costs $144 to buy the edging.

Question 6.
Isaac buys milk to make milkshakes for his friends. He buys 1 quart of milk and \(\frac{1}{2}\) gallon of milk. How many cups of milk does he buy?
Answer:

1 quart = 4 cups

1/2 gallon = 8 cups

Total = 4 + 8

= 12 cups

Therefore, he bought 12 cups of milk.

Question 7.
Maggie buys 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds of walnuts, 8 ounces of pecans, and pound of almonds. How much do the nuts weigh in all?
Answer:

1 1/2 pounds of walnuts = 24 ounces

8 ounces of pecans

1 pound of walnuts = 16 ounces

Total : 24 + 8 + 16

= 48 ounces

Therefore, the nuts weigh 48 ounces

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Reasoning Matt’s family is thinking about buying a family pass to the city pool. The pass is $80 for a family of 4. Individual passes are $25 each. How much money can Matt’s family save by purchasing a family pass instead of 4 individual passes?
Answer:

Given, the amount of family pass = $80

Also given, the price of an individual pass = $25

Total number of family members = 4

Now, $25 x 4

= $100

So, $100 – $80

=$20

Therefore, Matt’s family saves $20 by purchasing a family pass instead of 4 individual passes

Convert Measurements 5

Question 9.
Marcia walked 900 meters on Friday. On Saturday, she walked 4 kilometers. On Sunday, she walked 3 kilometers, 600 meters. How many kilometers did Marcia walk over all three days?
Answer:

Given,

On Monday she walked 900 meters

On Tuesday she walked 4 kilometers

1 km = 1000 m

4 km = 4000 m

On Sunday, she walked 3 km,600 m

3 km =3000 m + 600 m

= 3600 m

Total : 900 + 4000 + 3600

= 8500 meters.

8500 meters = 8.5 kilometers

Therefore, Marica walked 8.5 kilometers.

Question 10.
Higher-Order Thinking

Raul wants to put wood shavings in his rabbit’s cage. The floor of the cage measures 1 yard wide by 5 feet long. One bag of shavings covers 10 square feet. How many bags will Raul have to buy to cover the floor of the cage? Explain.
Answer:

1.5 bags

Explanation:

Width = 1 yard = 3 feet

Length = 5 feet

Area of the floor = 5ft × 3ft = 15sqft

1 bag = 10sqft

x bag = 15sqft

x bags = (15 × 1)/10

= 1.5 bags

Therefore, Raul needs 1.5 bags.

Question 11.
Cheryl’s fish tank is 2 yards long by 24 inches wide by 3 feet high. What is the volume of Cheryl’s tank in cubic inches?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 70.1
Answer:

Given,

length = 2 yards

2 yards = 72 inches

wide = 24 inches

Height = 3 feet

3 feet = 36 inches

Volume of the tank = length x width x height

Question 12.
Some statistics about a typical adult Royal antelope are shown in the data table.
a What is a typical Royal antelope’s tail length in millimeters?
b. How many centimeters high can a typical Royal antelope jump?
c. What is the mass of a typical Royal antelope in grams?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 70.2
Answer:

a.

Given,

tail length =  6 cm

1 cm = 10 mm

6 cm = 6 x 10 = 60 mm

b.

Given, vertical leap = 2 meters

1 m = 1000 cm

Now, 2 meters = 2 x 1000 = 2000 cm

Therefore, it can jump 2000 cm

c.

2.4 kg = mass of antelope

1 kg = 1000 grams

2.4 kg = 2000 + 400

= 2400 grams.

Therefore, the mass of a typical Royal antelope in grams= 2400 grams

Assessment Practice

Question 13.
Joann wants to put a wallpaper border around her room. The border costs $3 per foot. The diagram shows Joann’s room. How much money will the border cost?
A. $120
B. $102
C. $84
D. $60
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 70.3
Answer:

Given,

The cost of border per foot = $3

Now, 11 x 3 = $33

3 yards = 9 feet

9 feet = 9 x 3 = $27

Total : $33 + $27

= $60

The border cost $60.

Lesson 12.9 Precision

Problem Solving

Solve & Share
Beth wants to make a picture frame like the one pictured below. She recorded the outside dimensions as 5 cm by 7 cm. Measure the outside dimensions of the frame in millimeters. Compare your measurements to Beth’s. Do you think her measurements are precise enough? Explain.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 70.4

Thinking Habits
Think about these questions to help you attend to precision.
• Am I using numbers, units, and symbols appropriately?
• Am I using the correct definitions?
• Am I calculating accurately?
• Is my answer clear?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 70.5

Look Back! Be Precise What is the difference between the perimeter based on the measurements Beth made and the perimeter based on the measurements you made? Explain how you found the answer.

Visual Learning Bridge

Essential Question How Can You Be Precise When Solving Math Problems?

A.
Chad and Rhoda are hanging a swing. Chad cut a piece of chain 6 feet 2 inches long. Rhoda cut a piece of chain 72 inches long. When they hung the swing, it was crooked.
Use precise language to explain why.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 5 Answers Topic 12 Convert Measurements 70.6
Be Precise means that you use appropriate math words, symbols, and units as well as accurate calculations when you solve problems.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 70.7

B.
How can I be precise in solving this problem?
I can
• calculate accurately.
• give a clear answer.
• use the correct units.

Here’s my thinking.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 70.8

C.
Convert 6 ft 2 inches to inches to see if Chad and Rhoda cut equal lengths of chain.
6 ft 2 in. = ___ in.
6 × 12 = 72, so 6ft = 72 in.
6 ft 2 in. = 72 +2 = 74 in.
Chad’s chain is 74 inches long, but Rhoda’s chain is only 72 inches long. Since Chad and Rhoda used unequal lengths of chain, the swing is crooked.

Convince Me! Be Precise What recommendations would you make to Chad and Rhoda so that the swing hangs level?

Guided Practice
Mary needs a board 4 feet 8 inches long. She cut a board 56 inches long.

Remember to be precise by converting measurements accurately.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 70.9

Question 1.
What measurements are given? Are the same units used for each measurement? Explain.
Answer: No

The measurements are mentioned with different units.

Question 2.
Explain how you can convert one of the measurements so that both use the same unit.
Answer:

4 feet 8 inches can be converted into 56 inches as

1 foot = 12 inches

Now, 4 feet = 4 x 12 = 48 inches

48 + 8 = 56 inches.

Question 3.
Is the board Mary cut the right length? Give a clear and appropriate answer.
Answer:

Yes, mary cut the right length.

4 feet 8 inches can be shown as 56 inches

Therefore, mary cut the right length.

Independent Practice

Be Precise
Sean is making meat loaf. He used the amount of catsup shown in the measuring cup.

Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 71.1

Question 4.
Are the units that Sean used to measure the catsup s the same as those given in the recipe? Explain.
Answer:

No, the units that Sean used to measure the catsup s the same as those given in the recipe.

Question 5.
How can you convert one of the measurements so that both use the same unit?
Answer:

1 fl oz = 0.125 cups

So, 6 fl oz = 0.75 cups.

Question 6.
Did Sean use the right amount of catsup? Give a clear and appropriate answer.
Answer:

No,

6 fl oz = 0.75 cups

0.75 cups = 3/4

But sean used 2/3 cup of catsup.

Problem Solving

Performance Task
Shipping a Package
A customer is using regular delivery to ship a package. Northside Shipping Company discovered that its old scale is not very accurate. It registers a weight that is 2 ounces too heavy. A new, accurate scale shows that the actual weight of the customer’s package is 2 pounds 11 ounces.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 80.1

Question 7.
Make Sense and Persevere Which information do you need to determine the total shipping cost using either scale?
Answer:

We need the weight of the package and delivery charges to the total shipping cost using either scale

Question 8
Be Precise Why do you need to convert measurements to determine total shipping costs?
Answer:

Because To make the answer accurate we have to convert the measurements.

To be precise, you need to check that the words, numbers, symbols, and units you use are correct and that your calculations are accurate.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 80.2

Question 9.
Model with Math Show how to convert the measurements you described in exercise 8.
Answer:

1 pound =16 ounces.

2 pounds 11 ounces = 43 ounces.

Question 10.
Be Precise What would the total cost be if the package is weighed on the new scale? What would the total cost be if the package is weighed on the old scale? Show your work.
Answer:

The weight on the new scale = $ 25. 95

The weight on the old scale = $27.15

Topic 12 Fluency Practice

Activity

Point&Tally

Find a partner. Get paper and a pencil. Each partner chooses light blue or dark blue.
At the same time, Partner 1 and Partner 2 each point to one of their black numbers. Both partners find the product of the two numbers.
The partner who chose the color where the product appears gets a tally mark. Work until one partner has seven tally marks.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 80.30

Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 80.4

Topic 12 Vocabulary Review

Glossary

Word List

• capacity
• centimeter
• cup
• fluid ounce
• foot
• gallon
• gram
• inch
• kilogram
• kilometer
• liter
• mass
• meter
• mile
• milligram
• milliliter
• millimeter
• ounce
• pint
• pound
• quart
• ton
• weight
• yard

Understand Vocabulary

Choose the best term from the Word List. Write it on the blank.

Question 1.
One ___ is equivalent to twelve ___
Answer:

one foot is equivalent to 12 inches

Question 2.
The measure of the amount of matter in an object is known as ___
Answer: Mass

Question 3.
The volume of a container measured in liquid units is its ____
Answer: liters

Question 4.
There are 1,000 meters in one ____
Answer: kilometer

Question 5.
Finding how light or how heavy an object is means measuring its _____
Answer: Weight

Question 6.
There are 2 cups in one _____

Answer: Pint

For each of these objects, give an example and a non-example of a unit of measure that could be used to describe it.

Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 81.2

Milk is measured in liters

person’s height is measured in feet

shoe’s length is measured in centimeters or inches

Use Vocabulary in Writing

Question 10.
Explain the relationship among the metric units of mass in the Word List.
Answer:

Length = meter, kilometer

Mass = gram, kilogram

volume = liter, milliliter.

Topic 12 Reteaching

Set A
pages 489-492, 517-520

Convert 3 yards to inches.
1 foot (ft) = 12 inches (in.)
1 yard (yd) = 3 ft = 36 in.
1 mile (mi) = 1,760 yd = 5,280 ft
1 yard = 36 inches. To change larger units to smaller units, multiply: 3 × 36 = 108.
So, 3 yards = 108 inches.

Remember to divide when changing smaller units to larger units.
Convert.

Question 1.
7 ft = ___ in.
Answer: 84 in

Question 2.
7,920 ft = ___ mi
Answer: 1 1/2 mi

Question 3.
Max wants to put a fence around his triangular garden. If each side is 6 yards, how many feet of fencing does Max need?
Answer:

Given, the side of the triangle = 6 yards

Perimeter = 6 x 6 x 6

= 18 yards

1yd/3 ft x 18/18

Now, 18/ 54

Therefore, Max have 54 feet of fencing.

Set B
pages 493-496
Convert 16 cups to pints.
2 cups = 1 pint. To change smaller units to larger units, divide: 16 ÷ 2 = 8.
So, 16 cups = 8 pints.

Remember that 1 gal = 4 qt, 1 qt = 2 pt, 1 pt = 2 c, and 1 c= 8 fl oz.

Convert.

Question 1.
36C = ___ gal
Answer: 2.25 gal

Question 2.
7 pt = __qt
Answer: 3.5 qt

Question 3.
1\(\frac{1}{2}[latex] gal = ___ fl oz
Answer:

1 1/2 gal = 192 fl oz

Question 4.
6 pt = ___ c
Answer:

1 pt = 2 cups

So, 6 pt = 6 x 2 = 12 cups.

Set C
pages 497-500
Convert 6 pounds to ounces. 1 pound = 16 ounces. To change larger units to smaller units, multiply: 6 × 16 = 96.
So, 6 pounds = 96 ounces.

Remember that 2,000 pounds = 1 ton.

Convert.

Question 1.
2[latex]\frac{3}{4}\) lb = __oz
Answer: 44 oz

Question 2.
56 oz = __ lb
Answer: 3 1/2 lb

Question 3.
4,000 lb = ___ T
Answer: 2 T

Question 4.
6\(\frac{1}{2}\)T = __ lb

Answer: 13,000 lb

Set D
pages 501-504
Convert 2 meters to centimeters.
1 km = 1,000 m
1 m= 100 cm
1 m = 1,000 mm
1 cm = 10 mm
1 meter = 100 centimeters. To change larger units to smaller units, multiply: 2 × 100 = 200.
So, 2 meters = 200 centimeters.

Remember to multiply or divide by a power of 10 to convert metric measurements.

Convert.

Question 1.
5.4 m = ___ cm
Answer: 540 cm

Question 2.
2.7 km = ___ m
Answer: 2700 m

Question 3.
0.02 km = __ cm
Answer: 20000 cm

Question 4.
0.025 m = ___ mm
Answer: 25mm

Question 5.
675 mm = ___ m
Answer: 0.675m

Question 6.
7,435 cm = ___ m
Answer: 74.35 m

Set E
pages 505-508
Convert 6,000 milliliters to liters.
1,000 milliliters = 1 liter. To change milliliters to larger units, divide: 6,000 ÷ 1,000 = 6.
So, 6,000 milliliters = 6 liters.

Remember that the most commonly used metric units of capacity are the liter and milliliter.

Convert.

Question 1.
6L = ___ mL
Answer: 6000

Question 2.
0.15 L = ___mL
Answer: 150

Question 3.
2,000 mL = __ L
Answer:  2

Question 4.
900 mL = ___ L
Answer: 9

Set F
pages 509-512
Convert 6 kilograms (kg) to grams (g).
1 kilogram = 1,000 grams. To change larger units to smaller units, multiply:
6 × 1,000 = 6,000.
So, 6 kg = 6,000 g.

Remember that to convert metric units, you can annex zeros and move the decimal point.

Convert.

Question 1.
30 kg = ___ g
Answer: 30000

Question 2.
3,000 mg = ___ g
Answer:  3

Question 3.
560 g = ___ kg
Answer: 56

Question 4.
0.17g = __mg
Answer: 170

Set G
pages 513-516
The choir concert is scheduled to last 90 minutes. The band concert is scheduled from 7:00-8:45. Which concert is scheduled to be longer? By how many minutes?
The choir concert will last 90 minutes = 1 hour, 30 minutes. The band concert will last 1 hour, 45 minutes. The band concert will be 15 minutes longer.

Remember to check if the units in the problem are the same.

Convert.

Question 1.
8 minutes = ___ seconds
Answer:

1 minute = 60 seconds

8 minutes = 8 x 60 = 480 seconds

Question 2.
86 minutes = ___ hour, ___ minutes
Answer:

1 hour = 60 minutes

86 minutes = 1 hour 26 minutes

Question 3.
A movie starts at 7:10 and ends at 9:03. How long does the movie last? __ hour, ___ minutes
Answer:

The movie lasts 1 hour 53 minutes

Set H
pages 521-524
Think about these questions to help you be precise in your work.

Thinking Habits
• Am I using numbers, units, and symbols appropriately?
• Am I using the correct definitions?
• Am I calculating accurately?
• Is my answer clear?
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 90.1

Remember that the problem might have more than one step.

Solve. Show your work.

Question 1.
Monica bought a 40-pound bag of dog food. Twice a day, she gives her dog 6 ounces of food. How many pounds of dog food will she use in 1 week? Explain.
Answer:

Given, The amount of dog food Monica bought = 40 pounds

40 pounds = 640 ounces

The amount of food Monica gives dog = 6 ounces

Twice = 6 x 2 = 12 oz

In one week = 12 x 7 = 84 oz

Therefore, Monica gives 84 oz of dog food will she use in 1 week

Topic 12 Assessment Practice

Question 1.
Which of the following are equivalent to 7 grams? Select all that apply.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 93 0.007 kilogram
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 93 70 milligrams
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 93 7,000 kilograms
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 93 7,000 milligrams
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 93 0.007 milligram
Answer:

0.007 kilogram

7,000 milligrams

Question 2.
Justin’s garden is shown below.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 93.1
A. How can you convert the dimensions of Justin’s garden from yards to inches?
B. What is the perimeter of Justin’s garden in inches?
Answer:

A.

Given, Length = 8 yards

8 yards = 8 x 36 = 288 inches

6 yards = 6 x 36 = 216 inches.

B.

Perimeter = length x width

288 x 216 = P

62208 = Perimeter

Therefore, The perimeter of Justin’s Garden = 62208  inches.

Question 3.
Which of the following equations can be used to find how many kilograms are in 2,000 grams?
A. 1,000 ÷ 2,000 = 0.5 kilogram
B. 2,000 ÷ 1,000 = 2 kilograms
C. 2,000 × 1,000 = 2,000,000 kilograms
D. 2,000 × 100 = 200,000 kilograms
Answer:

2,000 ÷ 1,000 = 2 kilograms

Question 4.
A. 10 bales of cotton weigh approximately 5,000 pounds. How can you convert 5,000 pounds to tons?
B. Which comparison is true?
A. 5,000 pounds > 10,000 tons
B. 5,000 pounds = 3 tons
C. 5,000 pounds < 3 tons
D. 5,000 pounds > 3 tons
Answer:

A.

1 pound = 0.0005 tons

Now, 5000 pounds = 2.5 tons.

B.

5,000 pounds > 3 tons

Question 5.
Tyrell bought 4 liters of fruit punch for a party. He will serve the punch in glasses that can hold 200 milliliters. How many full glasses of fruit punch can he serve?
Answer:

1 litre = 1000 millilitres

Now, 4 litres = 4000 milliliters.

4000/200 = 20

Therefore, Tyrell can fill 20 glasses of fruit punch.

Question 6.
Select each equation that the number 103 will make true.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 94 ? km = 1 mm
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 94 ? mm = 1 m
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 94 ? cm = 1 m
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 94 ?m = 1 km
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 94 ? dm = 1 m
Answer:

1000000 km = 1 mm

1000 mm = 1 m

100 cm = 1 m

1000 m = 1 km

10 dm = 1m

Question 7.
Match each measurement on the left to its equivalent measurement.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 94.1
Answer:

1 gallon = 4 quarts

1 cup = 8 fl oz

1 quart = 2 pints

1 pint = 2 cups.

Question 8.
Select all lengths that are equal to 6 feet 12 inches.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 95 3 yd 1 ft
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 95 7 ft
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 95 7 ft 2 in.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 95 2 yd 1 ft
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 95 1 yd 4 ft
Answer:

a. 7 feet

b. 2 yd 1 ft

c. 1 yd 4 ft

Question 9.
Write and solve an equation to find how many milliliters are in 3.4 liters.
Answer:

1 liter = 1000 milliliters

3.4 liters = 3400 milliliters.

Question 10.
Mason made 5 quarts of salsa. Which of the following can be used to find the number of cups of salsa Mason made?
A. 5 × 2 × 2
B. 5 × 4 × 4
C. 5 ÷ 2 ÷ 2
D. 5 × 4 ÷ 2
Answer:

1 quart = 4 cups

The answer is 5 x 2 x 2.

Question 11.
Alicia bought 5 pounds of potting soil. She wants to put 10 ounces of soil in each flower pot.
A. How can she convert 5 pounds to ounces?
B. How many flower pots can she fill?
Answer:

A.

1 pound = 16 ounces

So, 5 pounds = 5 x 16 = 80 ounces

B.

Now, 80/10 = 8

Therefore, she can make 8 flower pots.

Question 12.
The tail of a Boeing 747 is 63 feet 8 inches tall. How many inches tall is the tail?
Answer:

Given,

The length of tail = 63 feet

1 feet = 12 inches

Now, 63 x 12

= 756

Total = 756 + 8

= 764 inches

Question 13.
Write and solve an equation to convert 0.38 meters to centimeters.
Answer:

1 meter = 100 centimeters

Now, 0.38 meters = 38 cm.

Topic 12 Performance Task

Orange Juice
Heidi sells freshly-squeezed orange juice in Heidi’s Orange Juice cups.

Question 1.
Use the Information About Oranges. Answer the questions below to find how many pounds of oranges Heidi needs for her orange juice.
Part A
How many oranges does Heidi need to make one large orange juice? Show your work.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 95.1

Part B
How many pounds of oranges does Heidi need to make one large orange juice? Show your work.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 95.2
Answer:

2.5 cups = 20 fluid ounces.

20 fl oz = 1.5 pounds

Question 2.
Answer the following to find the area of Heidi’s Display Shelf.
Part A
What units can you use for the area? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 95.3
Part B
What is the area of Heidi’s Display Shelf? Show your work.
Answer:

4 feet = 48 inches

Area = length x width

= 48 x 15

= 720 sq. inches

therefore, the area of hiedi’s shelf = 720 inches

Question 3.
The Orange Nutrition table shows nutrients in one medium-sized orange that weighs 5 ounces or 140 grams. All the nutrients in the orange are also in Heidi’s orange juice.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 95.4
Part A
How many grams of potassium are in one large cup of Heidi’s orange juice? Explain how you solved.

Answer:

Given,

250 milligrams of potassium is there in the juice cup

1 milligram = 0.001

250 mg = 0.25 grams

therefore, there are 0.25 grams of potassium in orange juice.

Part B
How many milligrams of fiber is in one large cup of Heidi’s orange juice? Use an exponent when you explain the computation you used to solve.
Answer:

1 gram = 1000 milligrams

3.5 grams = 3500 milligrams

Therefore, there is 3500 mg of fiber.

Question 4.
Heidi also sells cartons of orange juice. Use the picture of Heidi’s Orange Juice Carton. Find the volume of the carton in cubic centimeters. Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 5th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Convert Measurements 96
Answer:

The measurements of the carton are

10 cm, 50 mm = 5 cm, 0.2 m = 20 cm

Volume = l x w x h

= 50 x 5 x 20

= 500 Cubic centimeters

therefore, volume = 500 cubic centimeters.

enVision Math Common Core Kindergarten Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes

Go through the enVision Math Common Core Kindergarten Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes regularly and improve your accuracy in solving questions.

enVision Math Common Core Kindergarten Answers Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes

Essential Question:
How can two- and three-dimensional shapes be identified and described?
Answer
A two-dimensional (2D) shape has only two measurements, such as length and height.
A square, triangle, and circle are all examples of a 2D shape.
However, a three-dimensional (3D) shape has three measurements, such as length, width, and height.
A cube, prism and cylinder are example of 3D shapes.

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 1
enVision STEM project: Pushing and Pulling Objects
Directions Read the character speech bubbles to students. Find Out! Have students investigate different kinds of wheels. Say: Not all wheels look alike, but they are all the same shape. Talk to your friends and relatives about the shape of a wheel and ask them how it can help when you need to push and pull objects. Journal: Make a Poster Have students make a poster that shows various objects with wheels. Have them draw up to 5 different kinds of objects that have wheels.
Answer:
Yes, students can investigate different kinds of wheels by recollecting means of transport like bus, car, bike and so on., while travelling.
Not all wheels look alike, but they are all the same shape.
With this we can bring the concept of circle shape to the students
Wheels are everywhere in our world today, in very obvious places like car, bus trucks etc., but also hidden inside everything from computer hard drives, dishwashers. Six thousand years ago, there weren’t any wheels at all. The rise of the wheel, from a basic turntable that helped people mold clay pots to a key component in hundreds of important invention owes everything to the simple and effective way it helps us capture and harness energy and transform forces. So we need wheels to push and pull the objects.
Poster:

Review What You Know

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 1.1
Answer:

Identify and Describe Shapes 1

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 1.2
Answer:

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 1.3
Answer:

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 1.4
Answer:

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 1.5
Answer:

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 1.6
Answer:

Directions Have students: 1 draw a circle around the set of numbers that shows a pattern of counting by tens; 2 draw a circle around the hundred chart; 3 draw a circle around the numbers fifty-five and ninety-nine; 4 count the objects, write the numbers, and then draw a circle around the number that is greater than the other number; 5 count the objects, and then write the number; 6 draw a circle around the number that tells how many counters.

Pick a Project

A
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 1.7

Identify and Describe Shapes 2

Project A:
Answer:
Bone is specific to vertebrates, and originated as mineralization around the basal membrane of the throat or skin, giving rise to tooth-like structures and protective shields in animals with a soft cartilage-like endoskeleton. The bones gives the shape and posture to the body.
Steps to be followed for Dinosaur puzzles:
The primary material that you need for this project is corrugated cardboard or double layered cardboard.
The first thing that you need to do is find a template or draw the picture of Dinosaur.
Now that you have a template, you need to print it out in the size that you want.
Then attach the templates to the cardboard, you can use tape or a removable glue.
Then you need to mark the outline of each piece on the cardboard. You can do this by tracing each piece with a dark pen. You could also use a sharp object such as a knife or a needle to pierce through the template and into the cardboard.
Cut out the puzzle pieces and now comes the fun part i.e., putting the puzzle together.

B
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 1.8

PROJECT: B

Directions Say: You will choose one of these projects. Look at picture A. Think about this question: Where did all those bones come from? If you choose Project A, you will create dinosaur puzzles. Look at picture B. Think about this question: Would you rather design buildings or build them? If you choose Project B, you will design and build a structure.

C
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 1.9

Project C
Answer:
Depending on its size, it could be a pyramid, a clown’s hat, a slice of pie, a bird’s beak.
Depending on how they’re placed, they might suggest a mountain range or a tent encampment, a pine tree farm, or a schooner’s etc.,

D
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 1.10

Project D
Preparation of cookies

  1. Cookies are baked or cooked items that are small, flat and sweet. It is prepared using flour, sugar and some type of oil or fat.
  2. Maida : 2½ cups.
  3. Butter : 1 cup.
  4. Sugar : 1 cup.
  5. Egg : 1.
  6. Milk : 2 table spoons.
  7. Vanilla essence : 1 teaspoon.
  8. Salt : a pinch.

    Image result for how to prepare cookies

    Directions
    1. Preheat oven to 375 degrees F (190 degrees C). In a small bowl, stir together flour, baking soda, and baking powder.
    2. In a large bowl, cream together the butter and sugar until smooth. Beat in egg and vanilla.
    3. Bake 8 to 10 minutes in the preheated oven, or until golden.
    ACT
    Its a pleasant evening Leena is siting outside and watching the surroundings, suddenly she started to smell the baking fragrance of cookies. Then she also wanted to prepare cookies and give a surprise party to her family members as it was discussed above she prepared cookies accordingly and plated decorative cookies in front of the family members. All ate delicious cookies and praised Leena for her cookies.

    Directions Say: You will choose one of these projects. Look at picture C. Think about this question: What can you draw using only triangles? If you choose Project C, you will make a shape picture. Look at picture D. Think about this question: How are all those cookies made? If you choose Project D, you will act out a party.

Lesson 12.1 Two-Dimensional(2-D) and Three-Dimensional (3-D) Shapes

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.1
Answer:
Solid figures are identified according to the features that are unique to each type of solid. Specifically, one can observe the numbers of faces, edges, and vertices, as well as the shape of the base.
A plane horizontal surface with no depths is called the flat surface.
The following groups are different based upon their shape and structure.
Classified into 2 dimensional and 3 dimensional shapes.
Flat and Solid shapes.

Directions Say: Pick 6 shapes from a bag. Put the shapes into two groups. Tell how the groups are different. Then draw a picture of the shapes you put on each table.

Identify and Describe Shapes 3

Visual Learning Bridge

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.2

Guided Practice

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.3
Answer:

Directions 1 Have students draw a circle around the objects that are flat, and mark an X on the objects that are solid.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.4
Answer:

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.5
Answer:

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.6
Answer:
4 marked on X on the objects that are NOT flat

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.7
Answer:

5 marked on X on the objects that are NOT Solid.

 

Directions Have students 2 and 3 draw a circle around the objects that are flat, and mark an X on the objects that are solid. 4 mark on X on the objects that are NOT flat; 5 mark on X on the objects that are NOT Solid.

Independent Practice

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.8
Answer:

X marked on the objects that are solid. circled around the objects that are flat

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.9
Answer:
Marked an X on the objects that are NOT solid

Question 8.
Answer:
Yes, students can draw the Picture of an objects that are solid based upon previous concept of 2 dimensional and 3 dimensional shapes.

Directions Have students: 6 mark an X on the objects that are solid. Then have them draw a circle around the objects that are flat; 7 mark an X on the objects that are NOT solid 8 Higher Order Thinking Have students draw a picture of an object that is solid.

Lesson 12.2 Circles and Triangles

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.10
Directions Say: Go on a shape hunt. Find shapes and objects in the classroom or outside that look like the shapes shown on the page. Draw the shapes. Use your own words to tell where you found them. Then say: Tell how the shapes are different.
Answer:
Answer may vary according to the visualization of students.
The shapes and objects that are found in the classroom or outside are:
Football, cricket ball, basket ball, flying disc, pyramid etc., are found outside the classroom.
Clock, birthday caps etc., are found in classroom.
Both circle and triangle are different from each other as circle is round in shape and triangle has 3 sides.

Visual Learning Bridge

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.11

Guided Practice

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.12
Answer:

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.13
Answer:

Directions 1 and 2 Have students color the circle in each raw, and then mark an X on each triangle.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.14
Answer:

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.15
Answer:

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.16
Answer:

Directions 3 Have students color the circle and mark an X on the triangle. 4 Number Sense Have students mark an X on the shape that has 3 sides. 5 Have students mark an X on the objects that look like a triangle, and then draw a box around the objects that look like a circle.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.17

Independent Practice

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.18
Answer:

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.19
Answer:

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.20
Answer:

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 2.21
Answer:

Question 10.
Answer:
Yes, by understanding the concept of shapes students can able to draw a picture of an object that is shaped like a triangle.
Picture of an object may vary from student to student.

Directions 6-9 Have students color the circles and mark an X on the triangles in each row. 10 Higher Order Thinking Have students draw a picture of an object that is shaped like a triangle.

Lesson 12.3 Squares and Other Rectangles

Solve & Share
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.1
Directions Say: Emily has a large quilt on her bed. The shape outlined with black lines is a rectangle. The rectangular quilt is made up of square rectangles of different colors. How many other rectangles can you find in the picture? How many of the rectangles are squares? Count the shapes and tell where you see them.
Answer:
only 1 rectangle
6 squares are rectangle
6 square shapes on the quilt

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.2

Guided Practice

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.3
Answer:

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.4
Answer:

Directions 1 and 2 Have students color the rectangles in each row, and then mark an X on each rectangle that is also a square.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.5
Answer:

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.6
Answer:

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.7
Answer:

EXPLANATION:
Have students tell how they know which objects to mark with an X.
Yes, know the students can identify the shapes of rectangle and square.
Rectangles and squares are the same?
No
How are they different?
They differ in Lengths of sides are not same as in Square( where all sides are of same length)

Directions Have students: 3 and 4 color the rectangles in each row, and then mark an X on each rectangle that is also a square; 5 draw a circle around the objects that look like a rectangle, and then mark an X on each object that also looks like a square. Have students tell how they know which objects to mark with an X. Say: How are rectangles and squares the same? How are they different?

Independent Practice

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.8
Answer:

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.9
Answer:

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.10
Answer:

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.11
Answer:

Question 10.
Answer:

Directions
6-9 Have students color the rectangles in each row, and then mark an X on each rectangle that is also a square. 10 Higher Order Thinking Have students draw a green rectangle, and then draw a yellow square.

Lesson 12.4 Hexagons

Solve & Share
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.13
Directions Say: Emily wants to buy art that has six-sided shapes in it like the yellow pattern block. Draw a circle around all the pieces of art that she can buy.

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.14

Guided Practice

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.15
Answer:

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.16
Answer:

Directions 1 and 2 Have students color the hexagon in each row.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.17
Answer:

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.18
Answer:

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.19
Answer:
By understanding the concept of hexagon and counting the number of sides of an object students can able to draw a circle around the hexagon.

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.20
Answer:
By understanding the concept of hexagon and counting the number of sides of an object students can able to draw a circle around the hexagon.

Directions Have students: 3 and 4 color the hexagon; 5 and 6 draw a circle around the object that looks like a hexagon. Then have students tell how they decided which object to circle.

Independent Practice

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 3.21
Answer:

Question 8.
Answer:

Directions 7 Have students draw a circle around the objects that look like a hexagon, 8 Higher Order Thinking picture using at least I hexagon.

Lesson 12.5 Solid Figures

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.1

 

Directions Say: Jackson wants to find objects that have the same shape as the solid figures. How can he find objects that have the some shape? Draw objects below each solid figure that have the same shape.
Answer:
Solid figures are identified according to the features that are unique to each type of solid. Specifically, one can observe the numbers of faces, edges, and vertices, as well as the shape of the base. He can find by seeing the shape and pattern of an object whether they are cone, cylinder, sphere or circle and cube.

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.2

Guided Practice

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.3
Answer:

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.4
Answer:

Directions 1 and 2 Have students name the solid figure on the left, and then draw a circle around the solid figure on the right that is the same shape.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answer Key Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.5
Answer:

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.6
Answer:

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.7
Answer:

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.8
Answer:

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.9
Answer:

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.10
Answer:


Explanation:
Students can find objects like chalk piece in the shape of cylinder, sharped pencil tip as cone, clock as sphere.

Directions 3 and 4 Have students name the solid figure on the left, and then draw a circle around the solid figure on the right that is the same shape, 5-8 Have students name the solid figure on the left, and then draw a circle around the object on the right that looks like that shape. Then have students see if they can find objects in the classroom that look like a cone, a cylinder, or a sphere.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.11

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.12
Answer:

Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.13
Answer:

Question 11.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.14
Answer:

Question 12.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.15
Answer:

Directions Have students: 9 and 10 look at the object on the left, and then draw a circle around the solid fig are on the right that looks like that shape; 11 name the solid figure on the left, and then draw a circle around the objects on the right that look like that shape 12 Higher Order Thinking Have students name the solid figure on the left, and then draw 2 mare objects that look like that shape.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.16

Lesson 12.6 Describe Shapes in the Environment

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.17

Directions Say: Draw a circle around two of the shapes on the work mat. Name the shapes. Can you find the shapes you circled in your classroom? Use your own words to tell where you found them. Draw a picture of the objects and their surroundings.

Answer:

Yes – classroom board is in the shape of Rectangle and the clock is in the shape of circle

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.18

Guided Practice

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.19
Answer:

Directions 1 Have students mark an X on the object next to the pencil that looks like a rectangle. Have students draw on object that looks like a square in front of the mug. Then have them draw an object that looks like a cone next to the table.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 4.20

Directions 2 Vocabulary Have students name the shape of the objects in the picture and use position words to describe their location. Then have them draw an X on the object in front of the sand castle that looks like a cylinder. Have students draw an object that looks like o sphere beside Jackson, and then an object that looks like a rectangle next to the sandbox.

Answer:
Cylinder shaped hat and Sphere shaped ball is located on the sand and in side the rectangular box

 

Independent Practice

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 5.1
Answer:

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 5.2
Answer:
Circle above the tree and a triangle behind the fence

Directions 3 Have students point to objects in the picture and name each shape. Then have them draw a circle around the objects that look like a cylinder, and mark an X on the objects that look like a cone. 4 Higher Order Thinking Have students: mark an X on the object below the tree that looks like a rectangle; draw an object that looks like a circle above the tree; and draw an object that looks like a triangle behind the fence. Then have them name the shape of objects in the picture and use position words to describe their locations

Lesson 12.7 Precision

Problem Solving

Solve & Share
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 5.3
Directions Say: Emily’s teacher teaches her class a game. She uses I blue cube, I red cube, I yellow counter, and I red counter and puts each of them somewhere on the farm picture. Play this game with a partner. Place the fools on the page, and then describe where one of them is located. Do NOT tell your partner which one you are talking about. How can your partner tell which one you are describing? Change places and play again.

Guided Practice

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 5.4
Answer:

Directions 1 Have students mark an X on the object above the bed that looks like a cube. Then have them explain how they know they are correct. Then have them draw a shape that looks like a rectangle next to the bed.
Answer:
As the students learnt the concept of solid shapes in 12.5 solid figures one easily identify cube.

Independent Practice

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 5.5
Answer:

Rectangle has 4 sides and 6 faces , cylinder has 2 faces, sphere shaped ball is behind the Shuttle cock of cone shaped

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 5.6
Answer:
Cone dose not exist in the Solid pictures, Sphere is given in the left side which is looks like water melon of shaped sphere

Directions 2 Have students name the shapes of the objects in the picture. Then have them mark an X on the object that is behind another object, and is next to the object that looks like a cylinder. Have them explain how they decided which shape to mark. 3 Have students find the object in the picture that is NOT beside the box of tissues, and then mark an X on the solid it looks like on the left. Have them explain why a sphere is NOT the right answer Then have them name the shapes of the objects in the picture.

Problem Solving

Performance Task
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 5.8
Directions Read the problem to students. Then have them use multiple problem-solving methods to solve the problem. Say: Carlos wants to tell a friend about different things in the locker room and where they are located. What words can he use? 4 Be Precise Mark an X on the object that looks like a cylinder that is beside the object that looks like a cube. What words helped you find the correct object?
Answer:
cube is used to mark the cylinder X

5 Reason Carlos says the soccer ball is behind the water bottle. What is another way to explain where the water bottle is?
Answer:
The water bottle is under the Rectangular table

6 Explain Carlos describes the rectangle poster as being above the circle clock. Do you agree or disagree? Explain how you know you are correct.
Answer:
No, below the circle clock
The circle clock is above the rectangle poster

Topic 12 Fluency Practice Activity

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 6.1
Answer:
In this activity if you add or subtract any set of numbers to get 2, finally we can find an alphabet ‘H’.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 6.2
Answer:

Directions Have students: 1 color each box that has a sum or difference that is equal to 2; 2 write the letter that they see.

Topic 12 Vocabulary Review

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 6.3
Answer:

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 6.4
Answer:

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 6.5
Answer:

Question 4.
Answer:

Question 5.
Answer:

Directions Understand Vocabulary Have students: 1 draw a circle around the two-dimensional shape; 2 draw a circle around the three-dimensional shape; 3 draw a circle around the vertices of the triangle; 4 draw a circle; 5 draw a shape that is NOT a square.

Topic 12 Reteaching

Set A

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 6.6

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 6.7
Answer:

Set B

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 6.8

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 6.9
Answer:

Directions Have students: 1 draw a circle around the objects that are flat, and then mark an X on the objects that are solid; 2 draw c circle around the objects that look like a circle, and then mark an X on the objects that look like a triangle.

Set C

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 7.1

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 7.2
Answer:

Set D

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 7.3

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 7.4
Answer:

Directions Have students: 3 color the rectangles, and then mark on X on the rectangle that is a square; 4 color the hexagons.

Set E
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 7.5

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 7.6
Answer:

Set F

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 7.8

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 7.9
Answer:

Directions Have students: 5 name the solid figure on the left, and then draw a circle around the solid figure that looks like that shape on the right; 6 point to each object in the picture and tell what shape each looks like. Then have them draw a circle around the objects that are solid, and mark an X on objects that are flat.

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 7.10

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 7.11
Answer:

Set G

Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 7.12

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 7.13
Answer:

Directions Have students: 7 mark an X on the object that is next to the blue book, end then draw a circle around the object that is below the object that is shaped like a sphere; 8 mark an X on the objects that look like a circle that are behind the abject that is shaped like a sphere.

Topic 12 Assessment Practice

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 7.14
Answer:

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 7.15
Answer:

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 7.16
Answer:

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 7.17
Answer:

Directions Have students mark the best answer. 1 Which object is NOT solid? 2 Which object is NOT a triangle? 3 Choose two objects that look like a hexagon, 4 Which object looks like a square?

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 8.1
Answer:

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 8.2
Answer:

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 8.3
Answer:

Directions Have students: 5 mark an X on the objects that do NOT look like a circle; 6 name the shapes, color the rectangles, and then mark on X on the rectangle that is a square; 7 look at the solid figure an the left, and then draw a circle around the object that looks like that shape.

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 8.4
Answer:

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 8.5
Answer:


Directions Have students: 8 draw an object that looks like a cylinder in front of the vase. Then mark on X on the object that looks like a square next to the cat; 9 choose flat or solid for each image.

Question 10.
Answer:

Question 11.
Answer:

Question 12.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 9.1
Answer:

Directions Have students: 10 draw a picture of an object that looks like a sphere below a book and next to a cup; 11 draw a picture of an object that is flat. Then have them draw on object that is solid; 12 draw a circle around the objects that look like a circle, and then mark an X on the objects that look like a rectangle.

Topic 12 Performance Task

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 10.1
Answer:

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 10.2
Answer:

Directions Play Time! Say: Supna and her friends are playing with toys. Have students: 1 draw a circle Ground the toys that look like a cube. Have students mark an X on the toys that look like a cylinder; 2 draw a circle around the toys that look like a rectangle. Then have them mark an X on the rectangles that are squares.

Question 3.
Answer:

Question 4.
Answer:

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade K Answers Topic 12 Identify and Describe Shapes 10.3
Answer:

Directions Have students: 3 mark an X on the object in the playroom that looks like a hexagon; 4 draw an object next to the shelves that looks like a cone; 5 listen to the clues, and then draw a circle around the object the clues describe. Say: The object is above the blocks. It looks like a sphere. It is next to a green ball. The object is NOT yellow.

enVision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions

Go through the enVision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions regularly and improve your accuracy in solving questions.

enVision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions

Essential Questions:
How can you describe a fraction using a unit fraction? How can you multiply a fraction by a whole number?
Answer:
A fraction can be converted into a unit fraction as explained below:
Put the whole number over 1 to turn it into a fraction.
Ex:
The whole number is: 5
The conversion of 5 into a unit fraction is: \(\frac{1}{5}\)
A fraction can be multiplied by a whole number as explained below:
Step 1:
Multiply across the top number by top number (numerator) and bottom number by bottom number (denominator).
Step 2:
Simplify your answer by dividing both numerator and denominator by the same number, when applicable.Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 1

enVision STEM Project: Light and Multiplication
Do Research
Use the Internet or other sources to research the words transparent, translucent, and opaque? Write a definition for each word.
Answer:
Transparent:
If any material allows all light to pass through it, then it is called “Transparent”
Translucent:
If any material allows some light to pass through it, then it is called “Translucent”
Opaque:
When any material allows no light to pass through it, then it is called “Opaque”

Journal: Write a Report
Include what you found. Also in your report:
PART A:
List 1 example of each of the items that are transparent, translucent, or opaque.
Answer:
Examples of Transparent items are:
a. Clean glass
b. Water
c. Air
Examples of Translucent items are:
a. Frosted glass
b. Wax paper
c. Smoke
d Butter paper
Examples of Opaque items are:
a. Stone
b. Metal
c. Wood

PART B:
Suppose one-third of each of 5 same-sized posters is covered with opaque paper. What fraction of the posters are not covered by opaque paper? Explain how to use multiplication to find what parts of the posters are not covered by opaque paper?
Answer:
It is given that
One-third of each of 5 same-sized posters is covered with opaque paper
Now,
The representation of the 5 same-sized posters with opaque paper is:

Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The total number of parts are: 5
The number of parts covered with opaque paper is: 3
The number of parts that are not covered with opaque paper is: 2
Now,
The fraction of the posters that are covered by the opaque paper = \(\frac{The number of parts that are covered with opaque paper}{The total number of parts}\)
= \(\frac{3}{5}\)
So,
The fraction of the posters that are not covered by the opaque paper = \(\frac{The number of parts that  are not covered with opaque paper}{The total number of parts}\)
= \(\frac{2}{5}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The fraction of the posters that are not covered by the opaque paper is: \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 1

Review What You Know

Vocabulary

  • equivalent fractions
  • mixed number
  • fraction
  • whole number

Choose the best term from the box. Write it on the blank.
Question 1.
A _________ has a whole number and a fraction.
Answer:
We know that,
A “Mixed number” has a whole number and a fraction.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The best term that is suitable for the given sentence is: Mixed number

Question 2.
Fractions that name the same region, part of a set or part of a segment are called __________
Answer:
We know that,
Fractions that name the same region, part of a set, or part of a segment are called “Equivalent fractions”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The best term that is suitable for the given sentence is: Equivalent fractions

Question 3.
A _________ has a numerator and a denominator.
Answer:
We know that,
A “Fraction” has a numerator and a denominator
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The best term that is suitable for the given sentence is: Fraction

Identifying Fractions

Write the fraction shown by each model.
Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 2
Answer:
The given model is:
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 2
Now,
From the given model,
The total number of parts are: 4
The shaded part is: 1
So,
The fraction represented by the given model = \(\frac{The shaded part}{The total number of parts}\)
= \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The fraction represented by the given model is: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 3
Answer:
The given model is:
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 3
Now,
From the given model,
The total number of parts are: 3
The shaded part is: 2
So,
The fraction represented by the given model = \(\frac{The shaded part}{The total number of parts}\)
= \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The fraction represented by the given model is: \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 4
Answer:
The given model is:
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 4
Now,
From the given model,
The total number of parts are: 8
The shaded part is: 5
So,
The fraction represented by the given model = \(\frac{The shaded part}{The total number of parts}\)
= \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The fraction represented by the given model is: \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 2

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 5
Answer:
The given model is:
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 5
Now,
From the given model,
The total number of parts are: 5
The shaded part is: 1
So,
The fraction represented by the given model = \(\frac{The shaded part}{The total number of parts}\)
= \(\frac{1}{5}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The fraction represented by the given model is: \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 6
Answer:
The given model is:
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 6
Now,
From the given model,
The total number of parts are: 10
The shaded part is: 5
So,
The fraction represented by the given model = \(\frac{The shaded part}{The total number of parts}\)
= \(\frac{5}{10}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The fraction represented by the given model is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 7
Answer:
The given model is:
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 7
Now,
From the given model,
The total number of parts are: 2
The shaded part is: 1
So,
The fraction represented by the given model = \(\frac{The shaded part}{The total number of parts}\)
= \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The fraction represented by the given model is: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Unit Fractions

Write a fraction for each statement.
Question 10.
3 copies of \(\frac{1}{6}\) is _______.
Answer:
The given statement is:
3 copies of \(\frac{1}{6}\)
So,
The representation of the given statement is: 3 × \(\frac{1}{6}\)
So,
3 × \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= \(\frac{3}{6}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the fraction for the given statement is: \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Question 11.
9 copies of \(\frac{1}{12}\) is _________
Answer:
The given statement is:
9 copies of \(\frac{1}{12}\)
So,
The representation of the given statement is: 9 × \(\frac{1}{12}\)
So,
9 × \(\frac{1}{12}\)
= \(\frac{9}{12}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the fraction for the given statement is: \(\frac{9}{12}\)

Question 12.
5 copies of \(\frac{1}{5}\) is ___________
Answer:
The given statement is:
5 copies of \(\frac{1}{5}\)
So,
The representation of the given statement is: 5 × \(\frac{1}{5}\)
So,
5 × \(\frac{1}{5}\)
= \(\frac{5}{5}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the fraction for the given statement is: \(\frac{5}{5}\)

Question 13.
3 copies of \(\frac{1}{10}\) is _________.
Answer:
The given statement is:
3 copies of \(\frac{1}{10}\)
So,
The representation of the given statement is: 3 × \(\frac{1}{10}\)
So,
3 × \(\frac{1}{10}\)
= \(\frac{3}{10}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the fraction for the given statement is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 14.
6 copies of \(\frac{1}{8}\) is _________.
Answer:
The given statement is:
6 copies of \(\frac{1}{8}\)
So,
The representation of the given statement is: 6 × \(\frac{1}{8}\)
So,
6 × \(\frac{1}{8}\)
= \(\frac{6}{8}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the fraction for the given statement is: \(\frac{6}{8}\)

Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 3

Question 15.
7 copies of \(\frac{1}{10}\) is _________.
Answer:
The given statement is:
7 copies of \(\frac{1}{10}\)
So,
The representation of the given statement is: 7 × \(\frac{1}{10}\)
So,
7 × \(\frac{1}{10}\)
= \(\frac{7}{10}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the fraction for the given statement is: \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Equivalent Fractions

Question 16.
Draw a rectangle that shows 8 equal parts. Shade more than \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the rectangle but less than \(\frac{5}{8}\). What fraction did you model? Use multiplication or division to write two equivalent fractions for your model.
Answer:
It is given that
Draw a rectangle that shows 8 equal parts. Shade more than \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the rectangle but less than \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Now,
The representation of the rectangle with the total number of parts and shaded parts is:

Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The total number of parts are: 8
The number of shaded parts is: 4
The number of non-shaded parts is: 4
Now,
The fraction of the shaded part from the model = \(\frac{The number of shaded parts}{The total number of parts}\)
= \(\frac{4}{8}\)
= \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The equivalent fractions of the shaded part for your model are:
a. \(\frac{4}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Pick a Project

PROJECT 10A
Would you like to work with tiles?
Project: Design with Tiles
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 8

PROJECT 10B
What cause would you donate your time or money to?
Project: Set Up a Charity Event
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 9

PROJECT 10C
How fast can a jet aircraft travel?
Project: Write and Perform a Skit
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 10

PROJECT 10D
How would you like to run a marathon?
Project: Make a Game about Marathon Winners
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 11

Lesson 10.1 Fractions as Multiples of Unit Fractions

Solve & Share
Kalil and Mara were working on their math homework. Mara wrote \(\frac{4}{5}\) as \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\). Kalil looked at Mara’s work and said, “I think you could use multiplication to rewrite your equation.” Is Kalil’s observation correct? Explain.
I can … use fraction strips or number lines to understand a fraction as a multiple of a unit fraction.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 12
Answer:
It is given that
Kalil and Mara were working on their math homework. Mara wrote \(\frac{4}{5}\) as \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\). Kalil looked at Mara’s work and said, “I think you could use multiplication to rewrite your equation.”
Now,
We know that,
“Repeated addition” is also known as “Multiplication”. If the same number is repeated then in short we can write that in the form of multiplication
Ex:
2 is repeated 5 times so in short, we can write this addition as 2 x 5.
So,
According to Kalil, Mara’s work can also be represented in the form of multiplication
So,
\(\frac{4}{5}\) can also be written as:
\(\frac{4}{5}\) = 4 × \(\frac{1}{5}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Kalil’s observation is correct

Look Back! Model with Math
Write an equation to show the relationship between Mara’s work and Kalil’s observation.
Answer:
According to Mara,
\(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\)
Now,
We know that,
“Repeated addition” is also known as “Multiplication”. If the same number is repeated then in short we can write that in the form of multiplication
So,
According to Kalil,
Mara’s work can also be represented as:
\(\frac{4}{5}\) = 4 × \(\frac{1}{5}\)
Now,
The relationship between Mara’s work and Kalil’s observation is:
\(\frac{4}{5}\) = 4 × \(\frac{1}{5}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{5}\)  is repeated 4 times
So,
In short, we can write this addition as 4 x \(\frac{1}{5}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The relationship between Mara’s work and Kalil’s observation is:
\(\frac{1}{5}\)  is repeated 4 times
So,
In short, we can write this addition as 4 x \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Essential Question
How Can You Describe a Fraction Using a Unit Fraction?
Answer:
A fraction can be converted into a unit fraction as explained below:
Put the whole number over 1 to turn it into a fraction.
Ex:
The whole number is: 5
The conversion of 5 into a unit fraction is: \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Visual Learning Bridge
Courtney ran \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the way to school. Describe \(\frac{3}{4}\) using unit fractions.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 13
A unit fraction is a fraction that describes one part of the whole. Unit fractions always contain the numerator 1.

When a whole is divided into four equal parts, each part is described as the unit fraction \(\frac{1}{4}\).
Decompose \(\frac{3}{4}\) into unit fractions.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 14

Repeated addition can be represented as multiplication.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 15

Convince Me! Reasoning
The number \(\frac{5}{8}\) is a multiple of what unit fraction? Explain.
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{5}{8}\)
In the given fraction,
The numerator represents the shaded parts
The denominator represents the total number of parts
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{8}\) is:

Now,
From the given model,
We will add \(\frac{1}{8}\) 5 times
So,
5 × \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{5}{8}\) is a multiple of \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Another Example!
Describe \(\frac{5}{4}\) as a multiple of a unit fraction.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 16

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Draw a picture to explain why \(\frac{3}{5}\) = 3 × \(\frac{1}{5}\).
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{3}{5}\)
In the given fraction,
The numerator represents the shaded parts
The denominator represents the total number of parts
Now,
The representation of the given fraction in the form of unit fractions is:

Now,
From the given model,
We will add \(\frac{1}{5}\) 3 times
So,
3 × \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{3}{5}\) = 3 × \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 2.
Write a multiplication equation to show each part of the following story. Mark’s family ate \(\frac{7}{4}\) chicken pot pies for dinner. There are 7 people in Mark’s family. Each family member ate \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a pie.
Answer:
It is given that
Mark’s family ate \(\frac{7}{4}\) chicken pot pies for dinner. There are 7 people in Mark’s family. Each family member ate \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a pie.
So,
The representation of the given information in the form of a bar diagram is:

So,
The equation that shows the given information is:
(The total number of people present in Mark’s family) × (The fraction of pie eaten by each family member of Mark) = (The total amount of chicken pot pies eaten by Mark’s family for dinner)
7 × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{7}{4}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The multiplication equation to show the given information is:
(The total number of people present in Mark’s family) × (The fraction of pie eaten by each family member of Mark) = (The total amount of chicken pot pies eaten by Mark’s family for dinner)

Do You Know How?
For 3-6, write each fraction as a multiple of a unit fraction. Use a tool as needed.
Question 3.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) = ______ × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Now,
In the given fraction,
The numerator represents the shaded part
The denominator represents the total number of parts
Now,
The representation of the given fraction as a multiple of a unit fraction is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{2}{3}\) = 2 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) = 5 × \(\frac{1}{}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Now,
In the given fraction,
The numerator represents the shaded part
The denominator represents the total number of parts
Now,
The representation of the given fraction as a multiple of a unit fraction is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{5}{6}\) = 5 × \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 5.
\(\frac{4}{2}\) = 4 × \(\frac{1}{}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{4}{2}\)
Now,
In the given fraction,
The numerator represents the shaded part
The denominator represents the total number of parts
Now,
The representation of the given fraction as a multiple of a unit fraction is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{4}{2}\) = 4 × \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{6}{5}\) = 6 × \(\frac{1}{}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{6}{5}\)
Now,
In the given fraction,
The numerator represents the shaded part
The denominator represents the total number of parts
Now,
The representation of the given fraction as a multiple of a unit fraction is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{6}{5}\) = 6 × \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Independent Practice

Leveled Practice For 7-12, write each fraction as a multiple of a unit fraction. Use a tool as needed.
Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 17
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{7}{8}\)
So,
The representation of the given fraction as a unit fraction is:

Hence, from the above model,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{7}{8}\) = 7 × \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 18
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{3}{6}\)
So,
The representation of the given fraction as a unit fraction is:

Hence, from the above model,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{3}{6}\) = 3 × \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 19
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{2}{5}\)
So,
The representation of the given fraction as a unit fraction is:

Hence, from the above model,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{2}{5}\) = 2 × \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{6}{4}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{6}{4}\)
So,
The representation of the given fraction as a unit fraction is:

Hence, from the above model,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{6}{4}\) = 6 × \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 11.
\(\frac{9}{6}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{9}{6}\)
So,
The representation of the given fraction as a unit fraction is:

Hence, from the above model,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{9}{6}\) = 9 × \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{8}{5}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{8}{5}\)
So,
The representation of the given fraction as a unit fraction is:

Hence, from the above model,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{8}{5}\) = 8 × \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Problem Solving

Question 13.
Mark slices \(\frac{4}{6}\) of a tomato. Each slice is of the tomato. How many slices does Mark have? Explain by writing \(\frac{4}{6}\) as a multiple of \(\frac{1}{6}\).
Answer:
It is given that
Mark slices \(\frac{4}{6}\) of a tomato. Each slice is of the tomato
Now,
From the given fraction,
We can observe that
The number of shaded slices of tomato is: 4
The total number of slices of tomato are: 6
So,
The representation of the given fraction as a unit fraction is:

So,
The representation of the given fraction as a multiple of \(\frac{1}{6}\) is:
\(\frac{4}{6}\) = 4 × \(\frac{1}{6}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of slices does Mark have is: 6 slices
The representation of the given fraction as a multiple of \(\frac{1}{6}\) is:
\(\frac{4}{6}\) = 4 × \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 14.
Delia flew 2,416 miles the first year on the job. She flew 3,719 miles the second year. Delia flew 2,076 more miles the third year than the first and second years combined. How many miles did Delia fly the third year?
Answer:
It is given that
Delia flew 2,416 miles the first year on the job. She flew 3,719 miles the second year. Delia flew 2,076 more miles the third year than the first and second years combined
So,
The number of miles Deli flew the third year = 2,076 + (The number of miles Delia flew the first and the second years combined)
= 2,076 + (2,416 + 3,719)
= 2,076 + 6,135
= 8,211 miles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of miles did Delia fly the third year is: 8,211 miles

Question 15.
The model with Math
The picture below shows \(\frac{6}{2}\) pears. Write \(\frac{6}{2}\) as repeated addition and as a multiple of a unit fraction.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 20
Answer:
It is given that
The picture below shows \(\frac{6}{2}\) pears
Now,
The given picture is:
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 20
So,
The representation of the given fraction as a unit fraction is:

Now,
The representation of the given fraction as a repeated addition is:
\(\frac{6}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Now,
The representation of the given fraction as a multiple of the unit fraction is:
\(\frac{6}{2}\) = 6 × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The representation of \(\frac{6}{2}\) as a repeated addition and as a multiple of unit fraction respectively is:
a. \(\frac{6}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
b. \(\frac{6}{2}\) = 6 × \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 16.
The picture below shows \(\frac{7}{2}\) apples. Write \(\frac{7}{2}\) as repeated addition and as a multiple of a unit fraction.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 21
Answer:
It is given that
The picture below shows \(\frac{7}{2}\) apples
Now,
The given picture is:
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 21
So,
The representation of the given fraction as a unit fraction is:

Now,
The representation of the given fraction as a repeated addition is:
\(\frac{7}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Now,
The representation of the given fraction as a multiple of the unit fraction is:
\(\frac{7}{2}\) = 7 × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The representation of \(\frac{7}{2}\) as repeated addition and as a multiple of unit fraction respectively is:
a. \(\frac{6}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
b. \(\frac{7}{2}\) = 7 × \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 17.
enVision® STEM Light travels at a speed of about 186,000 miles per second. How far does light travel in 5 seconds?
Answer:
It is given that
Light travels at a speed of about 186,000 miles per second
So,
The distance traveled by light in 5 seconds = 5 × (The distance traveled by light in 1 second)
= 5 × 186,000
= 930,000 miles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The distance traveled by light in 5 seconds is: 930,000 miles

Question 18.
Higher-Order Thinking Kobe drinks \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of juice each day. He has 2\(\frac{1}{3}\) cups of juice left. For how many days will it last? Explain by writing 2\(\frac{1}{3}\) as a fraction and then writing the fraction as a multiple of \(\frac{1}{3}\).
Answer:
It is given that
Kobe drinks \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of juice each day. He has 2\(\frac{1}{3}\) cups of juice left.
So,
The representation of 2\(\frac{1}{3}\) as a fraction is:
2\(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{8}{3}\)
But,
It is given that
Kobe drinks \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of juice each day
So,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{3}\) as a multiple of the unit fraction is:
\(\frac{8}{3}\) = 8 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
So,
The total number of cups of juice left = (The total number of days) × (The number of cups Kobe drinks each day)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of days that \(\frac{8}{3}\) cups of juice will last is: 8 days

Assessment Practice

Question 19.
Which multiplication equation describes the fraction plotted on the number line?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 22
Answer:
The given number line is:

Now,
We know that,
We will write any fraction in terms of a multiple of the unit fraction as:
\(\frac{x}{y}\) = x × \(\frac{1}{y}\)
Now,
From the given number line,
We can observe that,
The value of y is: 8
So,
From the given options,
We have to check whether the given fraction is in the form of
\(\frac{x}{8}\) = x × \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The multiplication equation that describes the fraction plotted on the number line is:

Question 20.
Which multiplication equation describes the picture below?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 23
Answer:
The given number line is:

Now,
We know that,
We will write any fraction in terms of a multiple of the unit fraction as:
\(\frac{x}{y}\) = x × \(\frac{1}{y}\)
Now,
From the given number line,
We can observe that,
The value of y is: 2
So,
From the given options,
We have to check whether the given fraction is in the form of
\(\frac{x}{2}\) = x × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The multiplication equation that describes the picture is:

Lesson 10.2 Multiply a Fraction by a Whole Number: Use Models

Solve & Share
How much tomato juice is needed for a group of 4 people if each person gets \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of juice? How much tomato juice is needed if they each get \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup of juice? Solve these problems any way you choose.
I can… use drawings, area models, or number lines to multiply fractions by whole numbers.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 24
Answer:
It is given that
There are 4 people and each person gets \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of juice and after some time gets \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup of juice
So,
The amount of tomato juice needed for 4 people when each person gets \(\frac{1}{3}\) of juice
= (The number of people) × (The amount of juice each person gets)
= 4 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= \(\frac{4}{3}\) cups of tomato juice
So,
The amount of tomato juice needed for 4 people when each person gets \(\frac{2}{3}\) cups of juice
= (The number of people) × (The amount of juice each person gets)
= 4 × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{4 × 2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{8}{3}\) cups of tomato juice
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
a. The amount of tomato juice needed for 4 people when each person gets \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of juice is: \(\frac{4}{3}\) cups of tomato juice
b. The amount of tomato juice needed for 4 people when each person gets \(\frac{2}{3}\) cups of juice is: \(\frac{8}{3}\) cups of tomato juice

Look Back! Use Structure How does finding the total juice for 4 people with \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup servings compare to finding it for \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup servings? Why?
Answer:
From the above problem,
We can observe that
The amount of tomato juice needed for 4 people when each person gets \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of juice is: \(\frac{4}{3}\) cups of tomato juice
The amount of tomato juice needed for 4 people when each person gets \(\frac{2}{3}\) cups of juice is: \(\frac{8}{3}\) cups of tomato juice
So,
The amount of tomato juice needed for 4 people when each person gets \(\frac{2}{3}\) cups of juice = \(\frac{8}{3}\) cups of tomato juice
= 4 × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= 4 × 2 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= 2 × (The amount of tomato juice needed for 4 people when each person gets \(\frac{1}{3}\) cups of juice)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The amount of tomato juice needed for 4 people when each person gets \(\frac{2}{3}\) of juice is “2 Times” of the amount of tomato juice needed for 4 people when each person gets \(\frac{1}{3}\) of juice

Essential Question
How Can You Multiply a Fraction by a Whole Number?
Answer:
A fraction can be multiplied by a whole number as explained below:
Step 1:
Multiply across the top number by top number (numerator) and bottom number by bottom number (denominator).
Step 2:
Simplify your answer by dividing both numerator and denominator by the same number, when applicable.

Visual Learning Bridge
Dori lives \(\frac{1}{4}\) mile from school. If she walks to and from school each day, how far does Dori walk during a school week?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 25
Remember, multiplication is repeated addition. So, you can use addition or multiplication to solve this problem.

One Way
Draw a picture to show Dori walks \(\frac{1}{4}\) mile, 10 times.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 26
Since \(\frac{2}{4}\) is equivalent to \(\frac{1}{2}\), 2\(\frac{2}{4}\) is equivalent to 2\(\frac{1}{2}\). Dori walks 2\(\frac{1}{2}\)miles to and from school each week.

Another Way
Draw a number line to show Dori walks \(\frac{1}{4}\) mile, 10 times
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 27

Convince Me! Generalize Why can both addition and multiplication be used to represent the problem above? Write an equation to explain.
Answer:
We know that,
The addition is the process of combining a number of individual items together to form a new total. This means that in multiplication, groups are created to represent the numbers being multiplied, and then the groups are added together to produce a total. Relating addition to multiplication is relatively simple.
Example:
We can write \(\frac{10}{4}\) as the repeated addition of \(\frac{2}{4}\) and as a multiplication as a multiple of \(\frac{2}{4}\)
So,
In the form of addition,
\(\frac{10}{4}\) = \(\frac{2}{4}\) + \(\frac{2}{4}\) + \(\frac{2}{4}\) + \(\frac{2}{4}\) + \(\frac{2}{4}\)
In the form of multiplication,
\(\frac{10}{4}\) = 5 × \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Another Example!
How far did Jess bike to practice if he biked mile each day for 4 days?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 28
Use addition
\(\frac{3}{5}+\frac{3}{5}+\frac{3}{5}+\frac{3}{5}=\frac{12}{5}=\frac{5}{5}+\frac{5}{5}+\frac{2}{5}=2 \frac{2}{5}\)
Jess bikes 2\(\frac{2}{5}\) miles.

Use multiplication.
\(4 \times \frac{3}{5}=\frac{12}{5}=\frac{5}{5}+\frac{5}{5}+\frac{2}{5}=2 \frac{2}{5}\)
Jess bikes 2\(\frac{2}{5}\) miles.

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Draw a picture to explain how to find 3 × \(\frac{2}{5}\).
Answer:
The given fraction is:
3 × \(\frac{2}{5}\)
Now,
In the given fraction,
The numerator represents the shaded parts
The denominator represents the total number of parts
So,
The representation of the given fraction in the form of a bar diagram is:

Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
3 × \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The representation of the given fraction is:
3 × \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Do You Know How?
For 2-3, write and solve a multiplication equation.
Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 29
Answer:
The given figures are:
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 29
Now,
From the first figure,
We can observe that
The number of shaded parts is: 2
The total number of parts are: 6
From the second figure,
We can observe that
The number of shaded parts is: 2
The total number of parts are: 6
So,
The representation of the given figures in the form of fractions are:
For the first figure,
The fraction of the shaded part = \(\frac{The number of shaded parts}{The total number of parts}\)
= \(\frac{2}{6}\)
For the second figure,
The fraction of the shaded part = \(\frac{The number of shaded parts}{The total number of parts}\)
= \(\frac{2}{6}\)
So,
The multiplication equation for the given figures is:
\(\frac{2}{6}\) + \(\frac{2}{6}\) = 2 × \(\frac{2}{6}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The multiplication equation for the given figures is:
\(\frac{2}{6}\) + \(\frac{2}{6}\) = 2 × \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 30
Answer:
The given number line is:
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 30
Now,
From the given number line,
We can observe that
The number line is showing the gap of 2 numbers
Now,
The representation of the multiplication equation for the given number line is:
n × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Where,
n = 2, 4, 6, 8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The representation of the multiplication equation for the given number line is:
n × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Where,
n = 2, 4, 6, 8

Independent Practice

For 4-7, write and solve a multiplication equation. Use drawings or number lines as needed.
Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 31
Answer:
The given model is:
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 31
Now,
From the given model,
We can observe that
\(\frac{1}{8}\) is repeated 5 times
So,
The multiplication equation for the given model is:
\(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\)+ \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) (or) 5 × \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The multiplication equation for the given model is:
\(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\)+ \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) (or) 5 × \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 32
Answer:
The given model is:
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 32
Now,
From the given model,
We can observe that
\(\frac{2}{10}\) is repeated 3 times
So,
The multiplication equation for the given model is:
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{2}{10}\) (or) 3 × \(\frac{2}{10}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The multiplication equation for the given model is:
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{2}{10}\) (or) 3 × \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Question 6.
Calculate the distance Margo rides her bike if she rides \(\frac{7}{8}\) mile each day for 4 days.
Answer:
It is given that
Margo rides her bike \(\frac{7}{8}\) mile each day for 4 days
So,
The distance traveled by Margo for 4 days = 4 × (The number of miles Margo rides each day)
= 4 × \(\frac{7}{8}\)
= \(\frac{4 × 7}{8}\)
= \(\frac{28}{8}\) miles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The distance Margo rides her bike for 4 days is: \(\frac{28}{8}\) miles

Question 7.
Calculate the distance Tom rides his bike if he rides \(\frac{5}{6}\) mile each day for 5 days.
Answer:
It is given that
Tom rides his bike \(\frac{5}{6}\) miles each day
So,
The distance Tom rides his bike for 5 days = 5 × (The number of miles Tom rides his bike each day)
= 5 × \(\frac{5}{6}\)
= \(\frac{5 × 5}{6}\)
= \(\frac{25}{6}\) miles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The distance Tom rides his bike for 5 days is: \(\frac{25}{6}\) miles

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Kiona fills a measuring cup with \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of juice 3 times to make punch. Write and solve a multiplication equation with a whole number and a fraction to show the total amount of juice Kiona uses.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 33
Answer:
It is given that
Kiona fills a measuring cup with \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of juice 3 times to make a punch
So,
The total amount of juice Kiona uses = (The number of times Kiona fills a measuring cup) × (Each cup of juice that Kiona fills)
= 3 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{3 × 3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{9}{4}\) cups of juice
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The total amount of juice Kiona uses is: \(\frac{9}{4}\) cups of juice

Question 9.
Each lap around a track is \(\frac{3}{10}\) kilometer. Eliot walked around the track 4 times. How far did Eliot walk?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 34
Answer:
It is given that
Each lap around a track is \(\frac{3}{10}\) kilometer. Eliot walked around the track 4 times.
So,
The distance that Eliot walked = (The number of times Eliot walked around the track) × (Each lap Eliot walked around a track)
= 4 × \(\frac{3}{10}\)
= \(\frac{4 × 3}{10}\)
= \(\frac{12}{10}\) Kilometers
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The distance that Eliot walked is: \(\frac{12}{10}\) Kilometers

Question 10.
A chef serves \(\frac{5}{6}\) of a pan of lasagna. Each piece is \(\frac{1}{6}\) of the pan. How many pieces did the chef serve? Solve by writing \(\frac{5}{6}\) as a multiple of \(\frac{1}{6}\).
Answer:
It is given that
A chef serves \(\frac{5}{6}\) of a pan of lasagna. Each piece is \(\frac{1}{6}\) of the pan.
Now,
Let the number of pieces did the chef serve be: x
So,
The amount of a pan of lasagna the chef serves = (The number of pieces did the chef serve) × (Each piece of lasagna)
\(\frac{5}{6}\) = x × \(\frac{1}{6}\)
5 × \(\frac{1}{6}\) = x × \(\frac{1}{6}\)
x = 5 pieces
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of pieces did the chef serves is: 5 pieces

Question 11.
Model with Math
Wendy uses \(\frac{2}{12}\) of a loaf of bread to make one sandwich. Write and solve an equation to find b, how much of the loaf of bread she uses to make 4 sandwiches. Use a drawing, as needed.
Answer:
It is given that
Wendy uses \(\frac{2}{12}\) of a loaf of bread to make one sandwich
So,
The amount of the loaf of bread Wendy uses to make 4 sandwiches = 4 × (The loaf of a bread used by Wendy to make one sandwich)
= 4 × \(\frac{2}{12}\)
= \(\frac{4 × 2}{12}\)
= \(\frac{8}{12}\) loaves of bread
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The amount of loaf of bread used by Wendy to make 4 sandwiches is: \(\frac{8}{12}\) loaves of bread

Question 12.
Higher-Order Thinking A baker uses \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup of rye flour in each loaf of bread. How many cups of rye flour will the baker use in 3 loaves? in 7 loaves? in 10 loaves?
Answer:
It is given that
A baker uses \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup of rye flour in each loaf of bread
So,
The number of cups of rye flour will the baker use in 3 loaves = 3 × (The cup of rye flour used by the baker in each loaf of bread)
= 3 × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{3 × 2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{6}{3}\) cups of rye flour
So,
The number of cups of rye flour will the baker use in 7 loaves = 7 × (The cup of rye flour used by the baker in each loaf of bread)
= 7 × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{7 × 2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{14}{3}\) cups of rye flour
So,
The number of cups of rye flour will the baker use in 10 loaves = 10 × (The cup of rye flour used by the baker in each loaf of bread)
= 10 × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{10 × 2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{20}{3}\) cups of rye flour
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of cups of rye flour will the baker use in 3 loaves is: \(\frac{6}{3}\) cups
The number of cups of rye flour will the baker use in 7 loaves is: \(\frac{14}{3}\) cups
The number of cups of rye flour will the baker use in 10 loaves is: \(\frac{20}{3}\) cups

Assessment Practice

Question 13.
Elaine jogged \(\frac{4}{5}\) mile each day for 4 days. Select all the expressions that tell how far Elaine jogged in all. Use drawings or number lines as needed.
☐ 4 × \(\frac{4}{5}\)
☐ \(\frac{16}{5}\)
☐ 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
☐ 4 × \(\frac{1}{5}\)
☐ 2\(\frac{1}{5}\)
Answer:
It is given that
Elaine jogged \(\frac{4}{5}\) mile each day for 4 days
So,
The number of miles Elaine jogged for 4 days = 4 × (The number of miles Elaine jogged each day)
= 4 × \(\frac{4}{5}\)
= \(\frac{4 × 4}{5}\)
= \(\frac{16}{5}\) miles
= 3\(\frac{1}{5}\) miles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that all the expressions that tell how far Elaine jogged are:

Question 14.
Freddie skated \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile each day for 6 days. Select all the equations that can be used to find s, the total distance Freddie skated.
☐ s = \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
☐ s = 6 × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
☐ s = 6 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
☐ s = 6 + 2 × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
☐ s = 6 × 2
Answer:
It is given that
Freddie skated \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile each day for 6 days
So,
The number of miles (s) Freddie skated for 6 days = 6 × (The number of miles Freddie skated each day)
= 6 × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{6 × 1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{6}{2}\) miles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that all the equations that can be used to find s, the total distance Freddie skated are:

Lesson 10.3 Multiply a Fraction by a Whole Number: Use Symbols

Solve & Share
A recipe for 1 gallon of fruit punch calls for \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of orange juice. How many cups of orange juice are needed to make 8 gallons of fruit punch? Solve this problem any way you choose.
I can… use properties and equations to multiply a fraction by a whole number.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 35
Answer:
It is given that
A recipe for 1 gallon of fruit punch calls for \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of orange juice
So,
The number of cups of orange juice needed to make 8 gallons of fruit punch = 8 × (The number of cups of orange juice needed to make 1 gallon of fruit punch)
= 8 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{8 × 3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{24}{4}\)
= 6 cups of orange juice
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of cups of orange juice needed to make 8 gallons of fruit punch is: 6 cups of orange juice

Look Back! Be Precise Look back at your solution. What units should you use to label your answer?
Answer:
From the above problem,
We can observe that
The solution for the above problem is: 6 cups of orange juice (Which is the number of cups)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
There are no units you should use to label your answer

Essential Question
How Can You Use Symbols to Multiply a Fraction by a Whole Number?
Answer:
A fraction can be multiplied by a whole number as explained below:
Step 1:
Multiply across the top number by top number (numerator) and bottom number by bottom number (denominator).
Step 2:
Simplify your answer by dividing both numerator and denominator by the same number, when applicable.

Visual Learning Bridge
Stanley makes ice cream sundaes. Today Stanley made 2 ice cream sundaes. How much ice cream did Stanley use? Find 2 × \(\frac{3}{4}\).
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 36
You can use structure when multiplying a fraction and a whole number.

Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 37

Convince Me! Use Structure Use properties of operations to calculate 3 × \(\frac{3}{6}\). Show your work.
Answer:
The given fraction is: 3 × \(\frac{3}{6}\)
Now,
By using the unit fractions,
3 × \(\frac{3}{6}\)
= 3 × 3 × \(\frac{1}{6}\)
By using he Associative Property of Multiplication,
= (3 × 3) × \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= 9 × \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= \(\frac{9 × 1}{6}\)
= \(\frac{9}{6}\)
= \(\frac{3}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The value of 3 × \(\frac{3}{6}\) is: \(\frac{3}{2}\)

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Sarah has \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a granola bar. Her friend has 5 times as many granola bars. How many granola bars does Sarah’s friend have?
Answer:
It is given that
Sarah has \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a granola bar. Her friend has 5 times as many granola bars
So,
The number of granola bars does Sarah’s friend have = (The number of times Sarah’s friend has as many granola bars) × (The number of pieces of each granola bar)
= 5 × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{5}{2}\) granola bars
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of granola bars does Sarah’s friend have is: \(\frac{5}{2}\) granola bars

Question 2.
Sue needs a \(\frac{5}{6}\) cup of cocoa to make one batch of chocolate pudding. She wants to make 4 batches of pudding to take to a party. Write and solve an equation to find how many cups of cocoa, c, Sue will need for all 4 batches of pudding.
Answer:
It is given that
Sue needs a \(\frac{5}{6}\) cup of cocoa to make one batch of chocolate pudding. She wants to make 4 batches of pudding to take to a party
So,
The number of cups of cocoa Sue will need for 4 batches of pudding (c) = 4 × (The amount of cocoa needed to make one batch of chocolate pudding)
= 4 × \(\frac{5}{6}\)
= \(\frac{4 × 5}{6}\)
= \(\frac{20}{6}\)
= \(\frac{10}{3}\) cups of cocoa
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of cups of cocoa Sue will need for 4 batches of pudding is: \(\frac{10}{3}\) cups of pudding

Do You Know How?
For 3-4, multiply.
Question 3.
8 × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: 8 × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
So,
8 × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{8 × 1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{8}{2}\)
= 4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The value of the given fraction is: 4

Question 4.
3 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: 3 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
So,
3 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{3 × 3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{9}{4}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The value of the given fraction is: \(\frac{9}{4}\)

For 5-6, write and solve a multiplication equation.
Question 5.
Calculate the amount of medicine taken in 5 days if the dose is \(\frac{3}{4}\) fluid ounce per day.
Answer:
It is given that
The dose is \(\frac{3}{4}\) fluid ounce per day
So,
The amount of medicine taken in 5 days = 5 × (The amount of dose taken per day)
= 5 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{5 × 3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{15}{4}\) fluid ounces
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The amount of medicine taken in 5 days is: \(\frac{15}{4}\) fluid ounces

Question 6.
Calculate the total length needed to decorate 9 boxes if each box uses \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard of ribbon.
Answer:
It is given that
Each box uses \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard of ribbon
So,
The total length of ribbon needed to decorate 9 boxes = 9 × (The length of ribbon used for each box)
= 9 × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{9 × 2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{18}{3}\)
= 6 yards of ribbon
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The total length of the ribbon needed to decorate 9 boxes is: 6 yards of ribbon

Independent Practice

For 7-15, multiply.
Question 7.
4 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: 4 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
So,
4 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= \(\frac{4 × 1}{3}\)
= \(\frac{4}{3}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The value of the given fraction is: \(\frac{4}{3}\)

Question 8.
6 × \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: 6 × \(\frac{3}{8}\)
So,
6 × \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= \(\frac{3 × 6}{8}\)
= \(\frac{18}{8}\)
= \(\frac{9}{4}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The value of the given fraction is: \(\frac{9}{4}\)

Question 9.
8 × \(\frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: 8 × \(\frac{2}{5}\)
So,
8 × \(\frac{2}{5}\)
= \(\frac{8 × 2}{5}\)
= \(\frac{16}{5}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The value of the given fraction is: \(\frac{16}{5}\)

Question 10.
2 × \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: 2 × \(\frac{5}{6}\)
So,
2 × \(\frac{5}{6}\)
= \(\frac{2 × 5}{6}\)
= \(\frac{10}{6}\)
= \(\frac{5}{3}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The value of the given fraction is: \(\frac{5}{3}\)

Question 11.
4 × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: 4 × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
So,
4 × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{4 × 2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{8}{3}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The value of the given fraction is: \(\frac{8}{3}\)

Question 12.
5 × \(\frac{7}{8}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: 5 × \(\frac{7}{8}\)
So,
5 × \(\frac{7}{8}\)
= \(\frac{5 × 7}{8}\)
= \(\frac{35}{8}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The value of the given fraction is: \(\frac{35}{8}\)

Question 13.
7 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: 7 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
So,
7 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{7 × 3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{21}{4}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The value of the given fraction is: \(\frac{21}{4}\)

Question 14.
9 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: 9 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
So,
9 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{9 × 3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{27}{4}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The value of the given fraction is: \(\frac{27}{4}\)

Question 15.
4 × \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: 4 × \(\frac{5}{8}\)
So,
4 × \(\frac{5}{8}\)
= \(\frac{4 × 5}{8}\)
= \(\frac{20}{8}\)
= \(\frac{5}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The value of the given fraction is: \(\frac{5}{2}\)

For 16-17, write and solve a multiplication equation.
Question 16.
Calculate the total distance Mary runs in one week if she runs a \(\frac{7}{8}\) mile each day.
Answer:
It is given that
Mary runs \(\frac{7}{8}\) miles each day
Now,
We know that,
1 week = 7 days
So,
The total distance Mary runs in 1 week = 7 × (The number of miles Mary runs each day)
= 7 × \(\frac{7}{8}\)
= \(\frac{7 × 7}{8}\)
= \(\frac{49}{8}\) miles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The total distance Mary runs in 1 week is: \(\frac{49}{8}\) miles

Question 17.
Calculate the length of 5 pieces of ribbon laid end to end if each piece is \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard long.
Answer:
It is given that
Each piece is \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard long
So,
The length of 5 pieces of ribbon laid end to end = 5 × (The length of each piece)
= 5 × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{5 × 2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{10}{3}\) yards
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The length of 5 pieces of ribbon laid end to end is: \(\frac{10}{3}\) yards

Problem Solving

Question 18.
A baseball team bought 8 boxes of baseballs. If the team spent a total of $1,696, what was the cost of 1 box of baseballs?
Answer:
A baseball team bought 8 boxes of baseballs and the team spent a total of $1,696
Now,
Let the cost of 1 box of baseballs be $x
So,
The total cost team spent = (The number of baseballs) × (The cost of 1 box of baseballs)
$1,696 = 8 × x
x = \(\frac{1,696}{8}\)
x = $212
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The cost of 1 box of baseballs is: $212

Question 19.
Oscar wants to make 4 chicken pot pies. The recipe requires \(\frac{2}{3}\) pound of potatoes for each pot pie. How many pounds of potatoes will Oscar need?
Answer:
It is given that
Oscar wants to make 4 chicken pot pies. The recipe requires \(\frac{2}{3}\) pound of potatoes for each pot pie
So,
The number of pounds of potatoes oscar will need = (The number of chicken pot pies) × (The number of pounds of potatoes for each pot pie)
= 4 × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{4 × 2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{8}{3}\) pounds of potatoes
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of pounds of potatoes Oscar will need is: \(\frac{8}{3}\) pounds of potatoes

Question 20.
It takes Mario \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour to mow Mr. Harris’s lawn. It takes him 3 times as long to mow Mrs. Carter’s lawn. How long does it take Mario to mow Mrs. Carter’s lawn? Write your answer as a fraction of an hour, then as minutes.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 38
Answer:
It is given that
It takes Mario \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour to mow Mr. Harris’s lawn. It takes him 3 times as long to mow Mrs. Carter’s lawn
So,
The time taken for Mario to mow Mrs. harris’s lawn = 3 × (The time taken for Mario to mow Mr.Harris’s lawn)
= 3 × \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{3 × 1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours
Now,
It is given that
\(\frac{1}{4}\) hour = 15 minutes
So,
The time is taken for Mario to mow Mrsharris’s lawn = 3 × 15
= 45 minutes
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The time taken for Mario to mow MrsHarris’s lawn is: \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours (or) 45 minutes

Question 21.
Vocabulary Use numerator, denominator, and whole number.
When you multiply a fraction by a whole number, the __________ in the product is the same as the denominator of the fraction. The ___________ in the product is the product of the and the numerator of the fraction.
Answer:
When you multiply a fraction by a whole number, the “Denominator” in the product is the same as the denominator of the fraction. The “Numerator” in the product is the product of the “Whole number” and the numerator of the fraction.

Question 22.
Model with Math
Malik swims \(\frac{9}{10}\) mile each day. Write and solve an equation to find n, how many miles Malik swims in 4 days.
Answer:
It is given that
Malik swims \(\frac{9}{10}\) mile each day
So,
The number of miles Malik swims in 4 days = 4 × (The number of miles Malik swims each day)
= 4 × \(\frac{9}{10}\)
= \(\frac{4 × 9}{10}\)
= \(\frac{36}{10}\)
= \(\frac{18}{5}\) miles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of miles Malik swims in 4 days is: \(\frac{18}{5}\) miles

Question 23.
Higher-Order Thinking Sam is making 7 fruit tarts. Each tart needs \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of strawberries and \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of blueberries. What is the total amount of fruit that Sam needs for his tarts? Use properties of operations to solve.
Answer:
It is given that
Sam is making 7 fruit tarts. Each tart needs \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of strawberries and \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of blueberries
So,
The total cups of fruit Sam needs for each tart = (The number of cups of strawberries needed for 1 fruit tart) + (The number of cups of blueberries needed for 1 fruit tart)
= \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{3 + 1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{4}{4}\)
= 1 cup
So,
The total amount of fruit Sam needs for his tarts = (The total number of fruit tarts) × (The numebr of cups of fruit Sam needs for each tart)
= 7 × 1
= 7 cups
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The total amount of fruit Sam needs from his tarts is: 7 cups of strawberry and blueberries

Assessment Practice

Question 24.
Sean is making picture frames. Each frame uses \(\frac{4}{5}\) yard of wood. What is the total length of wood Sean will need to make 2 frames? Complete the equation.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 71
Answer:
It is given that
Sean is making picture frames. Each frame uses \(\frac{4}{5}\) yard of wood.
So,
The total length of the wood Sean will need to make 2 frames = (The total number of frames) × (The length of wood needed to make each frame)
=
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The total length of the wood Sean will need to make 2 frames is: \(\frac{8}{5}\) yards

Question 25.
Ellen is making plant boxes. Each box uses \(\frac{3}{6}\) yard of wood. What is the total length of wood Ellen will need to make 7 plant boxes? Complete the equation.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 72
Answer:
It is given that
Ellen is making plant boxes. Each box uses \(\frac{3}{6}\) yard of wood
So,
The total length of wood Ellen need to make 7 plant boxes = 7 × (The length of wood used by Ellen for each box)
=
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The total length of wood Ellen need to make 7 plant boxes is: \(\frac{21}{6}\) yards

Lesson 10.4 Solve Time Problems

Solve & Share
The Big Sur International Marathon is run on the California coast each spring. Sean’s mother was the women’s overall winner. How much faster was Sean’s mother than the women’s winner in the Ages 65-69 group? Tell me how you decided. Solve this problem any way you choose.
I can… use addition, subtraction, multiplication, or division to solve problems involving time.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 39
Answer:
It is given that
The Big Sur International Marathon is run on the California coast each spring. Sean’s mother was the women’s overall winner
Now,
The given table is:

Now,
From the given table,
We can observe that
The time is taken by Sean’s mother to complete the marathon = 2 hours 50 minutes
The time is taken by Women’s Age group 65 – 69 to complete the marathon = 3 hours 58 minutes
So,
The time difference between Sean’s mother and women’s Age group 65 – 69 to complete the marathon = 3 hours 58 minutes – 2 hours 50 minutes
= 1 hour 8 minutes
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
Sean’s mother was faster by 1 hour 8 minutes than the women’s winner in the Ages 65-69 group

Look Back! The men’s winner in the Ages 70-74 group took 4\(\frac{1}{3}\) hours. Sean’s grandfather, who is only 68, took 3\(\frac{2}{3}\) hours. How can you find the difference in these times?
Answer:
It is given that
The men’s winner in the Ages 70-74 group took 4\(\frac{1}{3}\) hours. Sean’s grandfather, who is only 68, took 3\(\frac{2}{3}\) hours.
Now,
The given table is:

Now,
From the given table,
We can observe that
The time taken by Men’s winner Ages 70 – 74 group = 4 hours 20 minutes
Now,
We know that,
1 hour = 60 minutes
So,
4 hours 20 minutes = 4 + \(\frac{20}{60}\)
= 4\(\frac{1}{3}\) hours
Now,
The time is taken by Sean’s grandfather who is only 68 = 3 hours 34 minutes
≈ 3 hours 40 minutes
= 3 + \(\frac{40}{60}\)
= 3\(\frac{2}{3}\) hours
So,
The difference of time taken between men’s winner Ages 70 – 74 group and Sean’s grandfather
= 4\(\frac{1}{3}\) – 3\(\frac{2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{13}{3}\) – \(\frac{11}{3}\)
= \(\frac{13 – 11}{3}\)
= \(\frac{2}{3}\) hours
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The difference of time taken between men’s winner Ages 70 – 74 group and Sean’s grandfather is about \(\frac{2}{3}\) hours

Essential Question
How Can You Solve Problems Involving Time?
Answer:
We know that,
When we want to find the total time,
We will add the given times
When we want to find the difference between time,
We will subtract the given times
Now,
We know that,
1 hour = 60 minutes
1 minute = \(\frac{1}{60}\) hours

Visual Learning Bridge
Krystal is training for a race. She trains every day for 8 days. How many hours does Krystal train?

Krystal spends an equal amount of time sprinting, walking, and jogging. How many minutes does Krystal spend on each activity during her 8 days of training?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 40
You can use what you know about time to help solve these problems.

Find how many hours Krystal trains.
Find 8 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 41

Find how many minutes Krystal spends on each activity during her training.
1 hour = 60 minutes
6 × 60 minutes = 360 minutes of training
In 8 days, Krystal spends 360 minutes sprinting, walking, and jogging.
Divide to find how many minutes Krystal spends on each activity. Find 360 ÷ 3.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 42
In 8 days, Krystal spends 120 minutes, or 2 hours, training on each activity.

Convince Me! Construct Arguments Why do you multiply to convert 6 hours to minutes?
Answer:
From the previous example,
We can observe that
The amount of time taken by Krystal to train for 8 days is: 6 hours
But,
It is given that we have to find the amount of time in minutes
Now,
We know that,
1 hour = 60 minutes
So,
6 hours = 6 × 60 minutes
= 360 minutes
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
We will convert 6 hours into minutes because it has been asked to find the amount of time taken in minutes

Another Example!
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 43

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
How are adding and subtracting measures of time like adding and subtracting whole numbers?
Answer:
The adding and subtracting measures of time is the same as adding and subtracting whole numbers when the measures of time are also whole numbers
But,
When the measures of time are the decimal numbers, we will borrow 60 minutes when the borrowing number is less than the second number

Do You Know How?
For 2-3, solve. Remember there are 60 minutes in 1 hour and 7 days in 1 week.
Question 2.
How many minutes are in a school day of 7 hours 25 minutes?
Answer:
It is given that
1 hour = 60 minutes
1 week = 7 days
So,
7 hours 25 minutes = (7 × 60) + 25
= 420 + 25
= 445 minutes
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of minutes present in a school day of 7 hours 25 minutes is: 445 minutes

Question 3.
How much is 3\(\frac{2}{4}\) weeks + 2\(\frac{3}{4}\) weeks?
Answer:
The given fraction is:
3\(\frac{2}{4}\) weeks + 2\(\frac{3}{4}\) weeks
So,
3\(\frac{2}{4}\) weeks + 2\(\frac{3}{4}\) weeks
= \(\frac{14}{4}\) weeks + \(\frac{11}{4}\) weeks
= \(\frac{14 + 11}{4}\) weeks
= \(\frac{25}{4}\) weeks
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of 3\(\frac{2}{4}\) weeks + 2\(\frac{3}{4}\) weeks is:
\(\frac{25}{4}\) weeks

Independent Practice

For 4-7, add, subtract, multiply, or divide.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 44

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 45
Answer:
We know that,

Now,
We know that,
When the number of minutes is greater than 60,
Convert 60 minutes into 1 hour and add that 1 hour to the number of hours we obtained in the result
Hence,

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 46
Answer:
We know that,

Now,
We know that,
When the number of months is less than the second number of months,
We have to borrow and we will borrow 12 months and add that 12 months into the first number of months
Hence,

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 73
Answer:
We know that,

Hence,

Question 7.
How long must each person work for 4 people to evenly share 48 hours of work?
48 ÷ 4 = ☐ hours
Answer:
We know that,

So,
The amount of time each person work for 4 people to evenly share 48 hours of work is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The amount of time each person work for 4 people to evenly share 48 hours of work is: 12 hours

Problem Solving

For 8-9, use the table at the right.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 47
Question 8.
How long do all of the activities at the reunion last?
Answer:
The given data is:

So,
The time that all of the activities at the reunion last = The total time is taken for all the activities to end
So,
The time that all of the activities at the reunion last = 4 hours 15 minutes + 55 minutes + 1 hour 30 minutes + 1 hour 35 minutes
= 6 hours 135 minutes
= 6 hours + 2 hours + 15 minutes
= 8 hours 15 minutes
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The time that all of the activities at the reunion last is: 8 hours 15 minutes

Question 9.
There are 55 minutes between the time dinner ends and the campfire begins. What is the elapsed time from the beginning of dinner to the beginning of the campfire?
Answer:
It is given that
There are 55 minutes between the time dinner ends and the campfire begins
Now,
The given data is:

So,
The elapsed time from the beginning of dinner to the beginning of the campfire = (The end time of the slide show) – (The end time of Dinner)
= 1 hour 30 minutes – 55 minutes [1 hour = 60 minutes]
= 90 – 55
= 35 minutes
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The elapsed time from the beginning of dinner to the beginning of the campfire is: 35 minutes

Question 10.
Make Sense and Persevere The band boosters spent $4,520 on airline tickets and $1,280 on hotel costs for the 8 members of the color guard. How much was spent for each member of the color guard?
Answer:
It is given that
The band boosters spent $4,520 on airline tickets and $1,280 on hotel costs for the 8 members of the color guard
So,
The total amount spent by the band boosters = (The amount spent by the band boosters on airline tickets) + (The amount spent by the band boosters on hotel costs)
= $4,520 + $1,280
= $5,800
So,
The amount spend for each member of the color guard = \(\frac{The total amount spent by the band boosters}{The total members present in the color guard}\)
= \(\frac{$5,800}{8}\)
= $725
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The amount spend for each member of the color guard is: $725

Question 11.
Higher-Order Thinking A boat ride at the lake lasts 2\(\frac{2}{4}\) hours. A canoe trip down the river lasts 3\(\frac{1}{4}\) hours. Show each time on the number line. How much longer is the canoe trip than the boat ride in hours? in minutes?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 48
Answer:
It is given that
A boat ride at the lake lasts 2\(\frac{2}{4}\) hours. A canoe trip down the river lasts 3\(\frac{1}{4}\) hours
So,
The difference of time between the canoe trip and the boat ride in hours = 3\(\frac{1}{4}\) – 2\(\frac{2}{4}\)
= \(\frac{13}{4}\) – \(\frac{10}{4}\)
= \(\frac{13 – 10}{4}\)
= \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours
Now,
The difference of time between the canoe trip and the boat ride in minutes = \(\frac{3}{4}\) × 60 minutes
= \(\frac{3 × 60}{4}\)
= \(\frac{180}{4}\)
= 45 minutes
Now,
The representation of the canoe time and the time taken for a boat ride in the number line is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The difference of time between the canoe trip and the boat ride in hours is: \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours
The difference of time between the canoe trip and the boat ride in minutes is: 45 minutes

Assessment Practice

Question 12.
It takes Krys and Glen \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour to walk a mile. This week Krys walked 9 miles and Glen walked 3 miles. How much longer did Krys walk than Glen?
________ hours
Answer:
It is given that
It takes Krys and Glen \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours to walk a mile. This week Krys walked 9 miles and Glen walked 3 miles
So,
The difference between the number of miles walked by Krys ad Glen = 9 – 3
= 6 miles
So,
The difference of time taken for Krys to walk faster than Glen = (The difference between the number of miles walked by Krys and Glen) × (The time taken by Krys and Glan to walk a mile)
= 6 × \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{6 × 1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{6}{4}\)
= \(\frac{3}{2}\)
= 1.5 hours
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The difference of time taken for Krys to walk faster than Glen is: 1.5 hours

Question 13.
Henry’s first flight lasts 1 hour 12 minutes. The second flight lasts 2 hours 41 minutes. How much time did Henry spend on the flights?
_______ hours _______ minutes
Answer:
It is given that
Henry’s first flight lasts 1 hour 12 minutes. The second flight lasts 2 hours 41 minutes
So,
The total time spent by Henry on the flights = 1 hour 12 minutes + 2 hours 41 minutes
= 3 hours 53 minutes
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The total time spent by Henry on the flights is: 3 hours 53 minutes

Lesson 10.5 Problem Solving

Model with Math
Solve & Share
Pierre’s mother owns an ice cream shop. She puts \(\frac{3}{12}\) cup of vanilla extract and \(\frac{1}{12}\) cup of almond extract in each 10-gallon batch of ice cream. How much total extract is used to make 5 batches of ice cream? Use the bar diagrams to represent and solve this problem.
I can …use various representations to solve problems.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 49

Thinking Habits
Be a good thinker! These questions can help you.

  • How can I use the math I know to help solve this problem?
  • How can I use pictures, objects, or an equation to represent the problem?
  • How can I use numbers, words, and symbols to solve the problem?

Answer:
It is given that
Pierre’s mother owns an ice cream shop. She puts \(\frac{3}{12}\) cup of vanilla extract and \(\frac{1}{12}\) cup of almond extract in each 10-gallon batch of ice cream.
So,
The total amount of extract that is used to make 1 batch of icecream = (The amount of vanilla extract) + (The amount of almond extract)
= \(\frac{3}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\)
= \(\frac{3 + 1}{12}\)
= \(\frac{4}{12}\)
= \(\frac{1}{3}\) cups
So,
The total extract present in 5 batches of icecream = 5 × (The total extract present in 1 batch of icecream)
= 5 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= \(\frac{5 × 1}{3}\)
= \(\frac{5}{3}\) cups
Now,
The representation of the given information in the form of a bar diagram is:


Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The total amount of extract present in 5 batches of ice cream is: \(\frac{5}{3}\) cups

Look Back! Model with Math What number sentences can you write to model the problem?
Answer:
The number of sentences that you can write to model the above problem is:
a.
The total amount of extract that is used to make 1 batch of icecream = (The amount of vanilla extract) + (The amount of almond extract)
b.
The total extract present in 5 batches of icecream = 5 × (The total extract present in 1 batch of icecream)

Essential Question
How Can You Represent a Situation with a Math Model?
Answer:
A “Math model” usually describes a system by a set of variables and a set of equations that establish relationships between the variables

Visual Learning Bridge
Mr. Finn gives the number of snacks shown to the baseball team’s coach every time the team wins a game. How many total pounds of snacks does Mr. Finn give the coach after the baseball team wins 3 games?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 50
What hidden question do you need to find and solve first?
How many total pounds of snacks does Mr. Finn give the coach when the baseball team wins one game?

How can I model with math?
I can

  • use previously learned concepts and skills.
  • find and answer any hidden questions.
  • use bar diagrams and equations to represent and solve this problem.

Here’s my thinking.
Let p = the pounds of snacks after one game.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 51
Mr. Finn gives the coach 2\(\frac{5}{8}\) pounds of snacks after the team wins 3 games.

Convince Me! Reasoning Explain how to solve this problem another way.
Answer:
It is given that
Mr. Finn gives the number of snacks shown to the baseball team’s coach every time the team wins a game.
Now,
The given figure is:
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 50
Now,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The total number of pounds of snacks Mr.Finn give the coach after the baseball team wins 1 game =
(The number of pounds of red licorice) + (The number of pounds of peanuts)
= \(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\)
= \(\frac{3 + 4}{8}\)
= \(\frac{7}{8}\) pounds of snacks
Now,
The total number of pounds of snacks Mr.Finn give the coach after the baseball team wins 3 games =
3 × (The total number of pounds of snacks Mr.Finn give the coach after the baseball team wins 1 game)
= 3 × \(\frac{7}{8}\)
= \(\frac{3 × 7}{8}[/altex]
= [latex]\frac{21}{8}\) pounds of snacks
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The total number of pounds of snacks Mr.Finn give the coach after the baseball team wins 3 games is: \(\frac{21}{8}\) pounds

Guided Practice

Model with Math
Colton and his classmates are making maps of the streets where they live. How much green and black felt does his teacher need to buy so 5 groups of students can each make a map?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 52
Question 1.
Draw the bar diagrams and write equations to find g, the amount of green, and b, the amount of black felt.
Answer:
It is given that
Colton and his classmates are making maps of the streets where they live
Now,
The given information is:

Now,
From the given information,
The amount of green felt needed for each map (g) = \(\frac{4}{6}\) sheet of green
The amount of black felt needed for each map (b) = \(\frac{5}{6}\) sheet of black
Hence,
The representation of the given information in the form of a bar diagram is:

Question 2.
Write and solve an equation to find t, the amount of green and black felt the class will use.
Answer:
From Question 1,
We can observe that
The amount of green felt needed for each map (g) = \(\frac{4}{6}\) sheet of green
The amount of black felt needed for each map (b) = \(\frac{5}{6}\) sheet of black
So,
The total amount of green and black felts needed for each map (t) = (The amount of green felt needed fro each map) + (The amount of black felt needed for each map)
= \(\frac{4}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\)
= \(\frac{4 + 5}{6}\)
= \(\frac{9}{6}\)
= \(\frac{3}{2}\)
So,
the amount of green and black felt the class will use = 5 × \(\frac{3}{2}\)
= [altex]\frac{5 × 3}{2}[/latex]
= \(\frac{15}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The total amount of green and black felt the class will use is: \(\frac{15}{2}\)

Independent Practice

Model with Math
Moira swims \(\frac{3}{6}\) hour before school 5 days a week and \(\frac{5}{6}\) hour after school 4 days a week. For how long does she swim each week? Use Exercises 3-5 to answer the question.
Question 3.
Draw a bar diagram and write an equation to find b, how many hours Moira swims before school each week.
Answer:
It is given that
Moira swims \(\frac{3}{6}\) hour before school 5 days a week and \(\frac{5}{6}\) hour after school 4 days a week.
So,
The number of hours Moira swims before school a week (b) = (The number of days Moira swims before school in a week) × (The number of hours Moira swims each day before school in  a week)
= 5 × \(\frac{3}{6}\)
= \(\frac{5 × 3}{6}\)
= \(\frac{15}{6}\)
= \(\frac{5}{2}\) hours
Hence,
The representation of the information about the number of hours Moira swims before school each week is:

The number of hours Moira swims before school a week is: \(\frac{5}{2}\) hours

Question 4.
Draw a bar diagram and write an equation to find a, how many hours she swims after school each week.
Answer:
It is given that
Moira swims \(\frac{3}{6}\) hour before school 5 days a week and \(\frac{5}{6}\) hour after school 4 days a week.
So,
The number of hours Moira swims after school a week (a) = (The number of days Moira swims after school in a week) × (The number of hours Moira swims each day after school in  a week)
= 4 × \(\frac{5}{6}\)
= \(\frac{5 × 4}{6}\)
= \(\frac{20}{6}\)
= \(\frac{10}{3}\) hours
Hence,
The representation of the information about the number of hours Moira swims after school each week is:

The number of hours Moira swims after school a week is: \(\frac{10}{3}\) hours

Question 5.
Draw a bar diagram and write an equation to find h, how many hours Moira swims each week.
Answer:
From Questions 3 and 4,
We can observe that
The number of hours Moira swims before school a week (b) is: \(\frac{5}{2}\) hours
The number of hours Moira swims after school a week (a) is: \(\frac{10}{3}\) hours
So,
The total number of hours Moira swims each week (h) = b + a
= \(\frac{5}{2}\) + \(\frac{10}{3}\)
= \(\frac{15}{6}\) + \(\frac{20}{6}\)
= \(\frac{15 + 20}{6}\)
= \(\frac{35}{6}\) hours
Hence,
The representation of the bar diagram for the number of hours Moira swims each week is:

The number of hours Moira swims each week is: \(\frac{35}{6}\) hours

Problem Solving

Performance Task

Seeing Orange
Perry mixed \(\frac{5}{8}\) gallon of red paint and \(\frac{3}{8}\) gallon of yellow paint to make the right shade of orange paint. He needs 2 gallons of orange paint to paint the basement floor. How many gallons of red and yellow paint should Perry use to make enough orange paint to cover the floor?
Question 6.
Reasoning What do you need to know to find how many gallons of each color Perry should use?
Answer:
It is given that
Perry mixed \(\frac{5}{8}\) gallon of red paint and \(\frac{3}{8}\) gallon of yellow paint to make the right shade of orange paint. He needs 2 gallons of orange paint to paint the basement floor
Hence,
To find how many gallons of each color Perry should use, we have to answer:
How many gallons of red paint and yellow paint are needed to make the right side of orange paint?

Question 7.
Model with Math
Draw the bar diagrams and write equations to find g, how many gallons of paint are in a batch, and b, how many batches Perry needs to make.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 53
Answer:
It is given that
Perry mixed \(\frac{5}{8}\) gallon of red paint and \(\frac{3}{8}\) gallon of yellow paint to make the right shade of orange paint. He needs 2 gallons of orange paint to paint the basement floor
So,
The total amount of paint needed to make the right side of orange paint = (The number of gallons of red paint) + (The number of gallons of yellow paint)
= \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= \(\frac{5 + 3}{8}\)
= \(\frac{8}{8}\)
= 1 gallon
Now,
The number of gallons needed for Perry to paint the basement floor = (The number of gallons of orange paint needed to paint the basement floor) × (The total amount of paint needed to make the right side of orange paint)
= 2 × 1
= 2 gallons
Hence,
The representation of the given information in the form of a bar diagram is:

The number of gallons needed for Perry to paint the basement floor is: 2 gallons

Question 8.
Model with Math
Draw the bar diagrams and write and solve equations to show how to find how many gallons of each color Perry should use. Tell what your variables represent.
Answer:
It is given that
Perry mixed \(\frac{5}{8}\) gallon of red paint and \(\frac{3}{8}\) gallon of yellow paint to make the right shade of orange paint. He needs 2 gallons of orange paint to paint the basement floor
So,
The number of gallons of each color Perry should use = 2 × (The number of gallons of red paint) + 2 × (The number of gallons of yellow paint)
= 2 × \(\frac{5}{8}\) + 2 × \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= \(\frac{2 × 5}{8}\) + \(\frac{2 × 3}{8}\)
= \(\frac{10}{8}\) + \(\frac{6}{8}\)
= \(\frac{10 + 6}{8}\)
= \(\frac{16}{8}\)
= 2 gallons
Hence,
The representation of the given information in the form of a bar diagram is:

The number of gallons of red paint Perry should use is: \(\frac{10]{8}\) gallons
The number of gallons of yellow paint Perry should use is: \(\frac{6]{8}\) gallons

Topic 10 Fluency Practice Activity

Pointe Tall
Find a partner. Get paper and a pencil. Each partner chooses a different color: light blue or dark blue.
Partner 1 and Partner 2 each point to a black number at the same time. Each partner adds the two numbers.
If the answer is on your color, you get a tally mark. Work until one partner has twelve tally marks.
I can … add multi-digit whole numbers.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 54

Topic 10 Vocabulary Review

Understand Vocabulary
Word List

  • denominator
  • equivalent fractions
  • fraction
  • mixed number
  • multiple
  • numerator
  • unit fraction

Write T for true and F for false.
Question 1.
_______ The fraction \(\frac{3}{4}\) is a multiple of \(\frac{1}{4}\).
Answer:
The given statement is:
The fraction \(\frac{3}{4}\) is a multiple of \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Now,
We know that,
n × \(\frac{1}{y}\) is always a multiple of \(\frac{1}{y}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The fraction \(\frac{3}{4}\) is a multiple of \(\frac{1}{4}\) is: True

Question 2.
__________ Equivalent fractions are fractions where the numerator and the denominator have the same value.
Answer:
The given statement is:
Equivalent fractions are fractions where the numerator and the denominator have the same value
Now,
We know that,
The “Equivalent fractions” are the fractions that have different values of numerator and denominator
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
Equivalent fractions are fractions where the numerator and the denominator have the same value is: False

Question 3.
__________ The denominator of a fraction tells the number of equal parts in the whole.
Answer:
The given statement is:
The denominator of a fraction tells the number of equal parts in the whole.
Now,
We know that,
In the fraction \(\frac{x}{y}\),
x represents the number of shaded parts
y represents the total number of equal parts
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The denominator of a fraction tells the number of equal parts in the whole is: True

Question 4.
___________ A fraction names part of a whole, part of a set, or a location on a number line.
Answer:
The given statement is:
A fraction names part of a whole, part of a set, or a location on a number line.
Now,
We know that,
A symbol used to name a part of a whole, a part of a set, or a location on a number line is called a “Fraction”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
A fraction names part of a whole, part of a set, or a location on a number line is: True

Question 5.
________ The numerator is the number below the fraction bar in a fraction.
Answer:
The given statement is:
The numerator is the number below the fraction bar in a fraction.
Now,
We know that,
The “Denominator” is the number below the fraction bar in a fraction
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The numerator is the number below the fraction bar in a fraction is: False

Write always, sometimes, or never.
Question 6.
A unit fraction __________ has a numerator of 1.
Answer:
The given statement is:
A unit fraction __________ has a numerator of 1.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
A unit fraction “always” has a numerator of 1.

Question 7.
A numerator is _________ greater than its denominator.
Answer:
The given statement is:
A numerator is _________ greater than its denominator.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
A numerator is “sometimes” greater than its denominator.

Question 8.
A mixed number _________ has just a fraction part.
Answer:
The given statement is:
A mixed number _________ has just a fraction part.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
A mixed number “never” has just a fraction part.

Use Vocabulary in Writing
Question 9.
Samatha wrote \(\frac{1}{2}\). Use at least 3 terms from the Word List to describe Samantha’s fraction.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 55
Answer:
It is given that
Samatha wrote \(\frac{1}{2}\).
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The 3 terms from the word list to describe Samantha’s fraction are:
a. Fraction
b Unit fraction
c Equivalent fraction

Topic 10 Reteaching

Set A pages 385-388

Talia used \(\frac{5}{8}\) yard of ribbon.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 56

Remember a unit fraction will always have a numerator of 1

Write each fraction as a multiple of a unit fraction.
Question 1.
\(\frac{5}{5}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{5}{5}\)
So,
The representation of the given fraction in the form of a unit fraction is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The given fraction as a multiple of a unit fraction is:
\(\frac{5}{5}\) = 5 × \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{8}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{3}{8}\)
So,
The representation of the given fraction in the form of a unit fraction is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The given fraction as a multiple of a unit fraction is:
\(\frac{3}{8}\) = 3 × \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{3}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{4}{3}\)
So,
The representation of the given fraction in the form of a unit fraction is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The given fraction as a multiple of a unit fraction is:
\(\frac{4}{3}\) = 4 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{6}{5}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{6}{5}\)
So,
The representation of the given fraction in the form of a unit fraction is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The given fraction as a multiple of a unit fraction is:
\(\frac{6}{5}\) = 6 × \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 5.
\(\frac{15}{8}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{15}{8}\)
So,
The representation of the given fraction in the form of a unit fraction is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The given fraction as a multiple of a unit fraction is:
\(\frac{15}{8}\) = 15 × \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{7}{4}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{7}{4}\)
So,
The representation of the given fraction in the form of a unit fraction is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The given fraction as a multiple of a unit fraction is:
\(\frac{7}{4}\) = 7 × \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Set B pages 389-392

James runs \(\frac{3}{5}\) mile each week. How far does James run after 2 weeks?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 57
Use multiplication to find the product.
\(2 \times \frac{3}{5}=\frac{3}{5}+\frac{3}{5}=\frac{6}{5}=\frac{5}{5}+\frac{1}{5}=1 \frac{1}{5}\)
James ran \(\frac{6}{5}\) or 1\(\frac{1}{5}\) miles.

Remember you can record answers as fractions or mixed numbers.

Write and solve an equation.
Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 58
Answer:
The given model is:
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 58
Now,
From the given model,
We can observe that
3 × \(\frac{1}{10}\) + 3 × \(\frac{1}{10}\)
= \(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\)
= \(\frac{3 + 3}{10}\)
= \(\frac{6}{10}\)
= \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The value for the given model is: \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 59
Answer:
The given model is:
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 59
Now,
From the given model,
We can observe that
The total number of parts are: 6
The number of shaded parts is: 4
So,
The fraction of the shaded part in the given model = \(\frac{The number of shaded parts}{The total number of parts}\)
= \(\frac{4}{6}\)
= \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The value for the given model is: \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Set C pages 393-396

Alisa has 7 puppies. Each puppy eats \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup of food each day. How many cups of food does Alisa need to feed the puppies each day?
Multiply 7 × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Multiply the whole number and the numerator.
\(7 \times \frac{2}{3}=\frac{7 \times 2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{14}{3}\)
= \(\frac{3}{3}+\frac{3}{3}+\frac{3}{3}+\frac{3}{3}+\frac{2}{3}\)
= 4\(\frac{2}{3}\) cups
Alisa needs 4\(\frac{2}{3}\) cups of food to feed the puppies each day.

Remember you multiply the whole number and the numerator and write the product above the denominator of the fraction.

Question 1.
Milo makes 5 batches of muffins. In each batch he uses \(\frac{2}{3}\) bag of walnuts. How many bags of walnuts does Milo use?
Answer:
It is given that
Milo makes 5 batches of muffins. In each batch he uses \(\frac{2}{3}\) bag of walnuts.
So,
The number of bags of walnuts does Milo use = (The number of batches of muffins) × (The amount of bag of walnuts present in each batch)
= 5 × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{5 × 2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{10}{3}\) bags of walnuts
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of bags of walnuts does Milo used is: \(\frac{10}{3}\) bags of walnuts

Question 2.
A bird feeder can hold \(\frac{7}{8}\) pound of seeds. How many pounds of seeds can 4 bird feeders hold?
Answer:
It is given that
A bird feeder can hold \(\frac{7}{8}\) pound of seeds
So,
The number of pounds of seeds can 4 bird feeders hold = 4 × (The number of pounds of seeds a bird feeder can hold)
= 4 × \(\frac{7}{8}\)
= \(\frac{4 × 7}{8}\)
= \(\frac{28}{8}\)
= \(\frac{7}{2}\) pounds of seeds
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of pounds of seeds can 4 bird feeders hold is: \(\frac{7}{2}\) pounds of seeds

Set D pages 397-400

Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 60

Remember you may need to regroup when solving problems with time.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 61
Answer:
We know that,
If the number of minutes is greater than 60 and we know that
1 hour = 60 minutes
Add that hour to the hours present in the result and keep the extra minutes intact
Hence,

Question 2.
7 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour
Answer:
The given fraction is: 7 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours
So,
7 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{7 × 3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{21]{4}\) hours
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The value of the given fraction is: \(\frac{21}{4}\) hours

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 62
Answer:
We know that,
1 week = 7 days
So,
When the number of days is less than 7, borrow that 7 days from the number of weeks and add it to the number that is less than 7 and do the subtraction
Hence,

Question 4.
Divide 560 days into groups of 8.
Answer:
It is given that
Divide 560 days into groups of 8.
So,
Using the method of Long division,

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
560 days is divided into 70 equal parts when divided by 8

Question 5.
Li Marie practices piano 1\(\frac{2}{3}\) hours during the week and 2\(\frac{1}{3}\) hours on the weekend. Show each time on the number line. How many more hours does she practice on the weekend than on the weekdays?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 63
Answer:
It is given that
Li Marie practices piano 1\(\frac{2}{3}\) hours during the week and 2\(\frac{1}{3}\) hours on the weekend
Now,
We know that,
The number of weekdays is: 5 days
The number of days in a weekend are: 2 days
So,
The number of hours Li Marie practices piano during the week = 5 × 1\(\frac{2}{3}\)
= 5 × \(\frac{5}{3}\)
= \(\frac{5 × 5}{3}\)
= \(\frac{25}{3}\) hours
So,
The number of hours Li Marie practices piano on the weekend = 2 × 2\(\frac{1}{3}\)
= 2 × \(\frac{7}{3}\)
= \(\frac{2 × 7}{3}\)
= \(\frac{14}{3}\) hours
So,
The difference between the number of hours Li Marie practices on the weekend and during the week =
\(\frac{25}{3}\) – \(\frac{14}{3}\)
= \(\frac{25 – 14}{3}\)
= \(\frac{11}{3}\) hours
So,
The representation of the number f hours Li Mario practices piano during the week and on the weekend on a number line is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
Li Mario practices \(\frac{11}{3}\) hours more on the weekend than the weekdays

Set E pages 401-404

Think about these questions to help you model math.
Thinking Habits

  • How can I use the math I know to help solve this problem?
  • How can I use pictures, objects, or an equation to represent the problem?
  • How can I use numbers, words, and symbols to solve the problem?
    Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 64

Julie makes chili with 2\(\frac{3}{8}\) cups of red beans, 4\(\frac{1}{8}\) cups of chili beans, and \(\frac{7}{8}\) cup of onions. How many more cups of chili beans did Julie use than red beans and onions combined?

Question 1.
Write and solve an equation to find r, how many cups of red beans and onions Julie uses.
Answer:
It is given that
Julie makes chili with 2\(\frac{3}{8}\) cups of red beans, 4\(\frac{1}{8}\) cups of chili beans, and \(\frac{7}{8}\) cup of onions
So,
The number of cups of red beans and onions Julie uses to make chili (r) = (The number of cups of red beans used to make chili) + (The number of cups of onions used to make chili)
= 2\(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{7}{8}\)
= \(\frac{19}{8}\) + \(\frac{7}{8}\)
= \(\frac{19 + 7}{8}\)
= \(\frac{26}{8}\)
= \(\frac{13}{4}\) cups
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of cups of red beans and onions Julie uses to make chili is: \(\frac{13}{4}\) cups

Question 2.
Write and solve an equation to find c, how many more cups of chili beans Julie used than red beans and onions.
Answer:
It is given that
Julie makes chili with 2\(\frac{3}{8}\) cups of red beans, 4\(\frac{1}{8}\) cups of chili beans, and \(\frac{7}{8}\) cup of onions
Now,
From Question 1,
The number of cups of red beans and onions Julie uses to make chili is: \(\frac{13}{4}\) cups
Now,
The number of more cups of chili beans Julie used than red beans and onions (c) = (The number of cups of chili beans Julie used to amke chili) – (The number of cups of red beans and onions Julie uses to make chili)
= 4\(\frac{1}{8}\) – \(\frac{13}{4}\)
= \(\frac{33}{8}\) – \(\frac{26}{8}\)
= \(\frac{33 – 26}{8}\)
= \(\frac{7}{8}\) cups
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of more cups of chili beans Julie used than red beans and onions (c) is: \(\frac{7}{8}\) cups

Topic 10 Assessment Practice

Question 1.
Margo practices her flute \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour each day.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 65
A. Write and solve an equation to find how many hours Margo practices her flute in 1 week.
Answer:
It is given that
Margo practices her flute \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour each day.
Now,
The given information is:
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 65
So,
The number of hours Margo practices her flute in 1 week = (The number of days in 1 week) × (The number of hours Margo practices her flute each day)
= 7 × \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{7 × 1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{7}{4}\) hours
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of hours Margo practices her flute in 1 week is: \(\frac{7}{4}\) hours

B. Write and solve an equation to find how many minutes Margo practices her flute in 1 day. Then use that to find the number of minutes she practices in 1 week.
Answer:
It is given that
Margo practices her flute \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour each day.
Now,
The given information is:
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 65
Now,
We know that,
1 day = 24 hours
So,
The number of minutes Margo practices her flute in 1 day = (The number of hours Margo practices her flute in 1 day) × 60
= \(\frac{1}{4}\) × 60
= \(\frac{60}{4}\)
= 15 minutes
So,
The number of minutes Margo practices her flute in 1 week = (The number of days in 1 week) × (The number of minutes Margo practices her flute in 1 day)
= 7 × 15
= 7 × (10 + 5)
= (7 × 10) + (7 × 5)
= 70 + 35
= 105 minutes
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of minutes Margo practices her flute in 1 day is: 15 minutes
The number of minutes Margo practices her flute in 1 week is: 105 minutes

Question 2.
Which of the following represents the fraction \(\frac{8}{9}\) as a multiple of a unit fraction?
A. \(\frac{8}{8}\) = 1 × \(\frac{8}{9}\)
B. \(\frac{8}{9}\) = 8 × 9
C. \(\frac{8}{9}\) = 8 × \(\frac{1}{9}\)
D. \(\frac{8}{9}\) = 4 × \(\frac{2}{9}\)
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{8}{9}\)
So,
The representation of the given fraction as a multiple of a unit fraction is:
\(\frac{8}{9}\) = 8 × \(\frac{1}{9}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The following equations represent the fraction \(\frac{8}{9}\) as a multiple of a unit fraction are:

Question 3.
Ben played at a friend’s house for 2 hours 35 minutes. Later he played at a park for 1 hour 10 minutes. He played for another 1 hour 20 minutes in his backyard. How long did Ben play in all?
A. 6 hours 27 minutes
B. 5 hours 15 minutes
C. 5 hours 5 minutes
D. 5 hours
Answer:
It is given that
Ben played at a friend’s house for 2 hours 35 minutes. Later he played at a park for 1 hour 10 minutes. He played for another 1 hour 20 minutes in his backyard
So,
The total amount of time taken by Ben to play in all = 2 hours 35 minutes + 1 hour 10 minutes + 1 hour 20 minutes
= 4 hours 65 minutes
= 5 hours 05 minutes
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The time taken by Ben to play in all is:

Question 4.
Choose numbers from the list to fill in the missing values in the multiplication equations. Use each number once.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 66
Answer:
The given number list is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The numbers from the list that filled in the missing values in the multiplication equations are:

Question 5.
Chris found the products of whole numbers and fractions. Match each expression with its product.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 67
Answer:
The given expressions with their matched products are:

Question 6.
What is the product of 4 and \(\frac{4}{8}\)? Write another expression that is equal to the product of 4 and \(\frac{4}{8}\).
Answer:
The given numbers are: 4 and \(\frac{4}{8}\)
So,
4 × \(\frac{4}{8}\)
= 4 × 4 × \(\frac{1}{8}\)
= \(\frac{4 × 4}{8}\)
= \(\frac{16}{8}\)
= 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The product of 4 × \(\frac{4}{8}\) is: 2
The another expression that is equal to 4 × \(\frac{4}{8}\) is: 4 × 4 × \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 7.
Complete the multiplication equation that describes that is shown by the model.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 68
Answer:
The given model is:

Now,
From the given model,
We can observe that
\(\frac{1}{6}\) is repeated 8 times and \(\frac{2}{6}\) is repeated 4 times
So,

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The completed multiplication equation that is shown by the model is:

Question 8.
Use a unit fraction and a whole number to write a multiplication equation equal to a \(\frac{7}{8}\).
Answer:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{7}{8}\)
So,
The representation of the given fraction in the form of a unit fraction and a whole number is:
\(\frac{7}{8}\) = 7 × \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The multiplication equation for the given fraction in the form of a unit fraction and a whole number is:
\(\frac{7}{8}\) = 7 × \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 9.
Juan is making cookies. He makes 2 batches on Monday and 4 batches on Tuesday. He uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of flour in each batch. How much flour does Juan use? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
Juan is making cookies. He makes 2 batches on Monday and 4 batches on Tuesday. He uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of flour in each batch
So,
The total number of batches = (The number of batches made by Juan on Monday) + (The number of batches made by Juan on Tuesday)
= 2 + 4
= 6 batches
So,
The total amount of flour Juan used = (The total number of batches) × (The amount of flour used in each batch)
= 6 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{6 × 3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{18}{4}\)
= \(\frac{9}{2}\) cups of flour
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The total amount of flour Juan used is: \(\frac{9}{2}\) cups of flour

Question 10.
Lee uses \(\frac{1}{5}\) yard of wire for each ornament he makes. He makes 3 ornaments for his grandmother and 2 ornaments for his mother. How many yards of wire did Lee use?
A. \(\frac{3}{5}\)
B. 1\(\frac{2}{5}\)
C. \(\frac{2}{5}\)
D. 1
Answer:
It is given that
Lee uses \(\frac{1}{5}\) yard of wire for each ornament he makes. He makes 3 ornaments for his grandmother and 2 ornaments for his mother
So,
The total number of ornaments Lee made = (The number of ornaments he made for his grandmother) + (The number of ornaments made for his mother)
= 3 + 2
= 5 ornaments
So,
The total number of yards of wire Lee used = (The total number of ornaments Lee made) × (The number of yards of wire he used for each ornament)
= 5 × \(\frac{1}{5}\)
= \(\frac{5 × 1}{5}\)
= \(\frac{5}{5}\)
= 1 yard
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The total number of yards of wire Lee used is:

Question 11.
Lucas is making one dozen snacks for his team. He uses \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of dried cherries and \(\frac{2}{4}\) cup of dried apricots for each snack. How many cups of dried fruit does Lucas need for his one dozen snacks? Remember, there are 12 snacks in one dozen. Write and solve equations to show how you found the answer.
Answer:
It is given that
Lucas is making one dozen snacks for his team. He uses \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of dried cherries and \(\frac{2}{4}\) cup of dried apricots for each snack.
So,
The total number of cups of dried cherries and dried apricots for each snack = \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{2}{4}\)
= \(\frac{1 + 2}{4}\)
= \(\frac{3}{4}\)
So,
The total number of cups of dried cherries and dried apricot for his 1 dozen snacks = 12 × (The total number of cups of dried cherries and dried apricots for each snack)
= 12 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{12 × 3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{36}{4}\)
= 9 cups
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The total number of cups of dried cherries and dried apricot for his 1 dozen snacks are: 9 cups

Topic 10 Performance Task

School Mural
Paul has permission to paint a 20-panel mural for his school. Part of the mural is shown in the Painting a Mural figure. Paul decides he needs help. The Helpers table shows how much several of his friends can paint each day and how many days a week they can paint.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 69

Question 1.
The students want to find how long it will take to paint the mural if each works on a different part of the panels a different number of days a week.
Part A
How many panels can Leeza paint in a week? Use fraction strips to explain.
Answer:
It is given that
Paul has permission to paint a 20-panel mural for his school. Part of the mural is shown in the Painting a Mural figure. Paul decides he needs help. The Helpers table shows how much several of his friends can paint each day and how many days a week they can paint.
Now,
The given table is:

Now,
From the given table,
We can observe that
Leeza can paint \(\frac{3}{4}\) panels a day for 3 days a week
So,
The number of panels Leeza can paint in a week = (The amount Leeza can paint a day) × (The number of days she can paint a week)
= \(\frac{3}{4}\) × 3
= \(\frac{3 × 3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{9}{4}\) panels
Hence,
The representation of the number of panels Leeza can paint in a week in the form of a bar diagram is:

The number of panels Leeza can paint in a week is: \(\frac{9}{4}\) panels

Part B
How many panels can Kelsey paint in a week? Use equations to explain.
Answer:
The given table is:

Now,
From the given table,
We can observe that
Kelsey paints \(\frac{7}{8}\) panels a day for 4 days a week
So,
The number of panels Kelsey can paint in a week = (The number of days can Kelsey paint in a week) × (The number of panels Kelsey can paint in a day)
= 4 × \(\frac{7}{8}\)
= \(\frac{4 × 7}{8}\)
= \(\frac{28}{8}\)
= \(\frac{7}{2}\) panels
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of panels Kelsey can paint in a week is: \(\frac{7}{2}\) panels

Part C
Paul can work 5 days a week. How many panels can Paul paint in a week? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
Paul works \(\frac{9}{10}\) panels a day
So,
The number of panels Paul can paint in a week = (The number of days Paul can paint in a week) × (The number of panels Paul can paint in a day)
= 5 × \(\frac{9}{10}\)
= \(\frac{5 × 9}{10}\)
= \(\frac{45}{10}\)
= \(\frac{9}{2}\) panels
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of panels Paul can paint in a week is: \(\frac{9}{2}\) panels

Part D
How many panels can Tony paint in a week? Draw a bar diagram. Write and solve an equation.
Answer:
The given table is:

Now,
From the given table,
We can observe that
Tony paints \(\frac{5}{6}\) panels a day for 3 days a week
So,
The number of panels Tony can paint in a week = (The number of days can Tony paint in a week) × (The number of panels Tony can paint in a day)
= 3 × \(\frac{5}{6}\)
= \(\frac{3 × 5}{6}\)
= \(\frac{15}{6}\)
= \(\frac{5}{2}\) panels
Hence,
The representation of the number of panels Tony can make in a week in the form of a bar diagram is:

The number of panels Tony can paint in a week is: \(\frac{5}{2}\) panels

Question 2.
The Time Spent Painting Each Day table shows how much time each of Paul’s friends helped with the mural each day that they worked on it.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 70
How much more time did Kelsey spend each day than Tony and Leeza combined? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
The Time Spent Painting Each Day table shows how much time each of Paul’s friends helped with the mural each day that they worked on it.
Now,
The given table is:
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 10 Extend Multiplication Concepts to Fractions 70
Now,
From the given table,
We can observe that
The time spent painting each day by Tony and Leeza combined = 1 hour 45 minutes + 30 minutes
= 1 hour 75 minutes
= 2 hours 15 minutes
So,
The difference between the time spent each day by Kelsey and Tony and Leeza combined = 2 hours 30 minutes – 2 hours 15 minutes
= 15 minutes
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
Kelsey spent each day 15 minutes more than Tony and Leeza combined

enVision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals

Go through the enVision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals regularly and improve your accuracy in solving questions.

enVision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals

Essential Questions:
How can you write a fraction as a decimal? How can you locate points on a number line? How do you compare decimals?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 1

enVision STEM Project: Energy and Decimals
Do Research Use the Internet or other sources to research other sports or games where players transfer energy to cause collisions in order to score points and win.
Journal: Write a Report Include what you found. Also in your report:

  • Explain how the transfer of energy helps the player or team score.
  • A game of curling is broken into ten rounds called ends. Suppose a team wins 6 of the 10 ends. Write a fraction with a denominator of 10 and an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 100. Then, write an equivalent decimal that represents the same value.

Review What You Know

Vocabulary

Choose the best term from the box. Write it on the blank.

  • hundredth
  • tens
  • place value
  • tenth

Question 1.
A ________ is one of 10 equal parts of a whole, written as \(\frac{1}{10}\).
Answer: A tenth is one of 10 equal parts of a whole, written as \(\frac{1}{10}\).

Understand and Compare Decimals 1

Question 2.
__________ is the position of a digit in a number that is used to determine the value of the digit.
Answer: tens is the position of a digit in a number that is used to determine the value of the digit.

Question 3.
A __________ is one of 100 equal parts of a whole, written as \(\frac{1}{100}\).
Answer: A hundredth is one of 100 equal parts of a whole, written as \(\frac{1}{100}\).

Comparing Fractions

Write >, <, or = in the Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2.
Question 4.
\(\frac{5}{100}\) Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2 \(\frac{5}{10}\)
Answer: \(\frac{5}{100}\) < \(\frac{5}{10}\)

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{10}\) Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2 \(\frac{1}{100}\)
Answer: \(\frac{1}{10}\) > \(\frac{1}{100}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{2}{10}\) Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2 \(\frac{20}{100}\)
Answer: \(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{20}{100}\)

Parts of a Whole

Complete each fraction to represent the shaded part of the whole.
Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 3
Answer: There are 10 blocks of which 3 are shaded. So, the fraction of the shaded part of the whole is \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 4
Answer: There are 10 blocks of which 0 are shaded. So, the fraction of the shaded part of the whole is 0.

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 5
Answer: There are 10 blocks of which 7 are shaded. So, the fraction of the shaded part of the whole is \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Shade the part of the whole that represents the fraction.
Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 6
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Understand-and-Compare-Decimals-6

Question 11.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 7
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Understand-and-Compare-Decimals-7

Question 12.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 8
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Understand-and-Compare-Decimals-8

Understand and Compare Decimals 2

Problem Solving

Question 13.
Reasoning Rob walked \(\frac{2}{10}\) block. Drew walked \(\frac{5}{10}\) block. Write a comparison for the distance Rob and Drew each walked.
Answer:
Given,
Rob walked \(\frac{2}{10}\) block.
Drew walked \(\frac{5}{10}\) block.
Drew walked more than Rob.

Pick a Project

PROJECT 12A
How much will it cost to visit a national park?
Project: Write a Travel Journal
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 9

PROJECT 12B
How do you know who won the event?
Project: Compare Olympic Racing Times
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 10

PROJECT 12C
Would you like to win an award for a presentation?
Project: Make a Presentation about Adding Fractions
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 11

PROJECT 12D
How did railroads help build Florida?
Project: Build a Miniature Railroad
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 12

Lesson 12.1 Fractions and Decimals

Solve & Share
According to a survey, 7 out of 10 pet owners have a dog. Represent this in a drawing.
I can … relate fractions and decimals.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 13

Look Back! How many pet owners do NOT have a dog? Write your answer as a fraction.

Essential Question
How Can You Write a Fraction as a Decimal?

Visual Learning Bridge
On Kelsey Street, 6 out of 10 houses have swing sets. Write \(\frac{6}{10}\) as a decimal.
A decimal is another representation for a fraction and also names parts of wholes. A decimal is a number with one or more digits to the right of the decimal point.
Fractions with denominators of 10 and 100 may be written as decimals.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 14

Sixth tenths or \(\frac{6}{10}\) of the houses have swing sets.
You can write \(\frac{6}{10}\) as a decimal by putting a 6 in tenths place. The tenths place is to the right of the decimal point.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 15

\(\frac{6}{10}\) and \(\frac{60}{100}\) are equivalent.
You can write \(\frac{60}{100}\) as a decimal by using tenths and hundredths places The hundredths place is to the right of tenths place.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 16
So, 0.6 or 0.60 of the houses have swing sets.

Convince Me! Reasoning in the Kelsey Street neighborhood, 75 out of 100 houses are two-story homes. Write \(\frac{75}{100}\) as a decimal. Shade the grid to show the equivalent fraction and decimal.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 17

Another Example!
You can use grids to show how money relates to fractions and decimals.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 18

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
How can you use grids to represent $4.71?
Answer:

Understand and Compare Decimals 3

Do You Know How?
Question 2.
Write a decimal and a fraction for the part of the grid that is shaded.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 19
Answer: There are 10 blocks of which 5 are shaded and 5 are not shaded.
So, the decimal of the shaded part is 0.5
The fraction of the shaded part is \(\frac{5}{10}\)

Independent Practice

For 3-6, write a decimal and fraction for each diagram.
Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 20
Answer: There are 100 blocks of which 4 are shaded and 96 are not shaded.
So, the decimal of the shaded part is 0.04
The fraction of the shaded part is \(\frac{4}{100}\)

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 21
Answer: There are 200 blocks of which 154 are shaded and 46 are not shaded.
So, the decimal of the shaded part is 0.77
The fraction of the shaded part is \(\frac{154}{200}\)

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 22
Answer: There are 100 blocks of which 39 are shaded and 61 are not shaded.
So, the decimal of the shaded part is 0.39
The fraction of the shaded part is \(\frac{39}{100}\)

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 23
Answer:

Problem Solving

Question 7.
The arena of the Colosseum in Rome was about \(\frac{15}{100}\) of the entire Colosseum. Write this amount as a decimal.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 24
Answer:
Given,
The arena of the Colosseum in Rome was about \(\frac{15}{100}\) of the entire Colosseum.
The fraction \(\frac{15}{100}\) can be written as 0.15.

Question 8.
What fraction of the Colosseum was NOT the arena? Write and solve an equation.
Answer:
\(\frac{100}{100}\) – \(\frac{15}{100}\) = \(\frac{85}{100}\)

Question 9.
Vocabulary Write the vocabulary word that best completes the sentence:
Jelena says, “One dime is one ________ of a dollar.”
Answer:
Jelena says, “One dime is one tenth of a dollar.”

Question 10.
Number Sense About how much of the rectangle is shaded green? Write this amount as a fraction and as a decimal.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 25
Answer: \(\frac{1}{10}\) or 0.1

Question 11.
Critique Reasoning Cher adds up the money in her piggy bank. She has a one-dollar bill and 3 dimes. Did Cher write the amount of money correctly? If not, what mistake did Cher make? $1.3
Answer:
Given,
Cher adds up the money in her piggy bank. She has a one-dollar bill and 3 dimes.
The amount of money is always written in hundredths. Cher should have written $1.30

Question 12.
Higher Order Thinking The diagram models the plants in a vegetable garden. Write a fraction and a decimal for each vegetable in the garden.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 26
Answer:
Radishes: \(\frac{23}{100}\), 0.23
Carrots: \(\frac{35}{100}\), 0.35
Corn: \(\frac{15}{100}\), 0.15
Lettuce: \(\frac{27}{100}\), 0.27

Assessment Practice

Question 13.
Which decimal represents \(\frac{5}{100}\)?
A. 0.05
B. 0.5
C. 0.50
D. 0.95
Answer:
Given the fraction \(\frac{5}{100}\)
It can be written in the decimal form as 0.05.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 14.
Which fraction and decimal represent twenty-nine hundredths?
A. 0.29 and \(\frac{29}{10}\)
B. 0.29 and \(\frac{100}{29}\)
C. 2.9 and \(\frac{29}{100}\)
D. 0.29 and \(\frac{29}{100}\)
Answer:
twenty-nine hundredths mean 29 of hundred.
The decimal form will be 0.29
The fraction form is \(\frac{29}{100}\).
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Lesson 12.2 Fractions and Decimals on the Number Line

Solve & Share
Name the fractions and/or decimals of each lettered point on the number lines. Tell how you decided.
I can … locate and describe fractions and decimals on number lines.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 27

Look Back! Is the name for point B above different from the name for point B on the number line below? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 28

Essential Question
How Can You Locate Points on a Number Line?

Visual Learning Bridge
In long-track speed skating, each lap is \(\frac{4}{10}\) kilometer. During practice, Elizabeth skated 3.75 kilometers. Draw a number line to show \(\frac{4}{10}\) and 3.75.
You can use a number line to locate and describe fractions and decimals.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 29

Locate \(\frac{4}{10}\) on a number line.
Draw a number line and divide the distance from 0 to 1 into 10 equal parts to show tenths.
The distance from 0 to 0.4 is four tenths the distance from 0 to 1.
Draw a point at \(\frac{4}{10}\)
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 30

Locate 3.75 on a number line.
You can show 3.75 on a number line divided into tenths by plotting a point halfway between 3.7 and 3.8.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 31
You can use a second number line to show the interval between 3.7 and 3.8. The points on both number lines are at 3.75.

Convince Me! Be Precise Which decimal shown on the number line is not placed in the correct location? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 32

Another Example!
Fractions and decimals can name the same points on a number line.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 33
Mixed numbers and decimals can name the the same points on a number line.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 34

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Locate\(\frac{45}{100}\) on the number line.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 35
Answer:

Question 2.
Draw a number line to represent both the decimal and fraction for eight tenths.
Answer:

Do You Know How?
For 3-6, name the decimal and fraction for each point on the number line.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 36
Question 3.
E
Answer:
The decimal at E point is 0.6.
The fraction at E point is 6/100.

Question 4.
H.
Answer:
The decimal at H point is 1.4.
The fraction at H point is 7/5.

Question 5.
F
Answer:
The decimal at F point is 1.33
The fraction at F point is 133/100.

Question 6.
G
Answer:
The decimal at G point is 1.39
The fraction at G point is 139/100

Independent Practice

For 7-8, label the number lines with the given fractions and decimals.
Question 7.
Represent the decimals and fractions from 3.08 to 3.13.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 37
Answer:

Question 8.
Represent the fractions and decimals from \(\frac{4}{10}\) to 1.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 37
Answer:

For 9-16, name the decimal and fraction for each point on the number line.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 38

Question 9.
J
Answer:
The decimal at the point J is 4.66
The fraction at the point J is 233/50

Question 10.
K
Answer:
The decimal at the point K is 4.62
The fraction at the point K is 231/50.

Question 11.
L
Answer:
The decimal at the point L is 4.8
The fraction at the point L is 48/100.

Question 12.
M
Answer:
The decimal at the point M is 4.53
The fraction at the point M is 453/100.

Question 13.
N
Answer:
The decimal at the point N is 4.69
The fraction at the point N is 469/100.

Question 14.
O
Answer:
The decimal at the point 0 is 4.76
The fraction at the point 0 is 119/25.

Question 15.
P
Answer:
The decimal at the point P is 4.6
The fraction at the point P is 23/5.

Question 16.
Q
Answer:
The decimal at the point Q is 3.59
The fraction at the point Q is 359/100

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Write the five missing decimals on the number line.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 39
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Understand-and-Compare-Decimals-39
The five missing decimals on the number line are 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.2, and 1.4.
The difference of the numbers in the number line is 0.2

Question 18.
Write the five missing fractions on the number line.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 40
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Understand-and-Compare-Decimals-40
The five missing fractions on the number line are 41/100, 43/100, 46/100, 47/100, and 50/100.
The difference of the fractions on the number line is 1/100.

Question 19.
Draw a number line to show 60 cents. Use the number line to write 60 cents as a fraction and as a decimal.
Answer:

Question 20.
Make Sense and Persevere Neil is learning about unusual units of volume. There are 2 pecks in 1 kenning. There are 2 kennings in 1 bushel. There are 8 bushels in 1 quarter. There are 5 quarters in 1 load. Write a number sentence to show how many pecks are in 1 load.
Answer:
Given that,
2 pecks in 1 kenning.
2 kinnings in 1 bushel.
8 bushels in 1 quarter.
5 quarters in 1 load.
Therefore 2 pecks in 1 load.

Question 21.
Draw a number line and plot a point at each number shown.
2\(\frac{71}{100}\) 2.6 2\(\frac{82}{100}\)
Answer:

Question 22.
Higher Order Thinking Use a number line to name two numbers that are the same distance apart as 3.2 and 3.8.
Answer: 0 and 0.6
Envision-Math-Common-Core-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-3-Add-Within-100-Using-Strategies-18

Assessment Practice

Question 23.
What decimals or fractions do the points on the number lines show? Choose the decimals and fractions from the box to label the number lines.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 41
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Understand-and-Compare-Decimals-41

Question 24.
What decimals or fractions do the points on the number lines show? Choose the decimals and fractions from the box to label the number lines.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 42
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Understand-and-Compare-Decimals-42

Lesson 12.3 Compare Decimals

Solve & Share
A penny made in 1982 weighs about 0.11 ounce. A penny made in 2013 weighs about 0.09 ounce. Which penny weighs more? Solve this problem any way you choose.
I can … compare decimals by reasoning about their size.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 43

Look Back! Construct Arguments Simon and Danielle are eating oranges. Danielle says, “Because we each have 0.75 of an orange left, we have the same amount left to eat.” Do you agree with Danielle? Explain.

Essential Question
How Do You Compare Decimals?

Visual Learning Bridge
Donovan ran the 100-meter race in 10.11 seconds. Sal ran the same race in 10.09 seconds. Who had the faster time?
There is more than one way to compare decimals.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 44

One Way
Use hundredths grids.
The whole numbers are the same. Compare the digits in the tenths place.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 45
Sal had the faster time.

Another Way
Use place value.
The whole number parts are the same.
The decimal parts are both to the hundredths.
11 hundredths is greater than 9 hundredths.
10.11 >10.09
Sal had the faster time.

Another Way
Start at the left.
Compare each place value. Look for the first place where the digits are different.
10.11 10.09
1 tenth > 0 tenths
10.11 > 10.09
Sal had the faster time.

Convince Me! Reasoning Write four different digits in the blank spaces to make each comparison true. Explain your reasoning.
0. ______ 8 < 0.______ 0.5 _____ > 0.______ 9

Another Example!
You can also use place-value blocks or number lines to compare.
Grids, place-value blocks, and number lines are all appropriate tools to use for comparing decimals. When using place-value blocks, let
the flat equal one whole.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 46

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Cy says, “0.20 is greater than 0.2 because 20 is greater than 2.” Do you agree? Explain.
Answer: No 0.20 and 0.2 are equal in the decimal. Because 0 after 2 will remain the same and 0 before 2 will make a lot of change as it becomes hundredths.

Do You Know How?
For 2-5, write >, <, or = in each Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2. Use an appropriate tool as needed to compare.
Question 2.
0.70 Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2 0.57
Answer:
0.70 > 0.57

Question 3.
0.41 Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2 0.14
Answer:
0.41 > 0.14

Question 4.
6.28 Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2 7.31
Answer:
6.28 < 7.31

Question 5.
1.1 Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2 1.10
Answer:
1.1 = 1.10

Independent Practice

Leveled Practice For 6-14, write >,<, or = in each Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2. Use an appropriate tool as needed to compare.
Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 47
Answer:
0.17 < 0.2

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 48
Answer:
0.31 > 0.29

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 49
Answer:
0.44 > 0.22

Question 9.
0.1 Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2 0.1 0
Answer:
0.1 = 0.10

Question 10.
$2.98 Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2 $2.56
Answer:
$2.98 > $2.56

Question 11.
7.01 Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2 7.1
Answer:
7.01 > 7.1

Question 12.
0.08 Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2 0.7
Answer:
0.08 < 0.7

Question 13.
3.40 Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2 3.4
Answer:
3.40 = 3.4

Question 14.
$21.50 Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2 $20.99
Answer:
$21.50 > $20.99

For 15-20, write a decimal to make each comparison true.
Question 15.
______ < 0.23
Answer:
0.20 < 0.23

Question 16.
8.60 = _______
Answer:
8.60 = 8.60

Question 17.
______ > 4.42
Answer:
3.43 > 4.42

Question 18.
13.2 > ______
Answer:
13.2 > 12.4

Question 19.
5.2 < ______
Answer:
5.2 < 4.3

Question 20.
6.2 = ______
Answer:
6.2 = 6.2

Problem Solving

Question 21.
Use Appropriate Tools Maria timed how long it took her Venus Fly Trap to close. The first time it took 0.43 second to close. The second time took 0.6 second to close. Which was the faster time? Draw place-value blocks to show your comparison.
Answer:
Given that,
Maria took a time to her venus fly trap to close for first time = 0.43
Maria took a time to her venus fly trap to close for second time = 0.6
Second time was the faster time.

Question 22.
Fishing lures have different weights. Which lure weighs more?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 50
Answer:
Given that,
The weight of the yellow minnow fishing lures = 0.63
The weight of the green minnow fishing lures = 0.5
Yellow minnow fishing lures is more than green minnow fishing lures.
So, 0.63 > 0.5

Question 23.
Number Sense Ellen wants to give 100 toys to each of 9 charities. In one week, she collects 387 toys. The next week, she collects 515 toys. Has Ellen reached her goal? Use an estimate to explain.
Answer:
Given that,
Ellen wants to give 100 toys to each of 9 charities.
Total number of toys she collected in one week = 387
Total number of toys she collected in next week = 515
Total number of toys she collected = 387 + 515 = 902
100 toys to each of 9 charities = 9 × 100 = 900
So, she reached her goal.

Question 24.
Higher Order Thinking Tori has two different-sized water bottles. In the larger bottle, she has 0.81 liter of water. In the smaller bottle, she has 1.1 liters of water. Can you tell whether one bottle has more water? Explain.
Answer:
Given that,
In the longer bottle she has a water = 0.81 liter.
In the smaller bottle she has a water  = 1.1 liter.
0.81 > 1.1
So, the smaller has more water.

Assessment Practice

Question 25.
Stanley found the weights of two minerals, quartz and garnet. The quartz weighed 3.76 ounces and the garnet weighed 3.68 ounces.

Explain how Stanley can use a tool to find which mineral weighed more.

Explain how Stanley can use place value to find which mineral weighed less.
Answer:
Given that,
The weight of a quartz = 3.76 ounces
The weight of a garnet = 3.68 ounces
Therefore 3.68 > 3.75
The weight of a quartz is more than the weight of a garnet
Using the place value
3.68 and 3.75
Ten’s place of a numbers are
6 < 7
The weight of a quartz is more.

Lesson 12.4 Add Fractions with Denominators of 10 and 100

Solve & Share
The mural is divided into 100 equal parts. Marilyn’s class painted io of the mural, and Cal’s class painted 20 of the mural. How much of the mural have the two classes painted? Solve this problem any way you choose.
I can … use equivalence to add fractions with denominators of 10 and 100.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 51
You can use appropriate tools. Think about how you can use the grid to find how much of the mural the two classes painted. Show your work in the space above!

Look Back! How much of the mural remains to be painted? Write the amount as a decimal.

Essential Question
Hall How Can You Add Fractions with Denominators of 10 and 100?

Visual Learning Bridge
Steve and Jana collected money for an animal shelter. Steve collected \(\frac{4}{10}\) of their goal while Jana collected \(\frac{5}{100}\). How much of their goal did Jana and Steve collect?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 52
Use like denominators to add fractions.

The red shows \(\frac{4}{10}\) of the goal, and the blue shows \(\frac{5}{100}\) of the goal.
The amount they collected can be written as to \(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{100}\)
You can use equivalent fractions to write tenths as hundredths.

Rename \(\frac{4}{10}\) as an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 100.
Multiply the numerator and denominator by 10.
\(\frac{4 \times 10}{10 \times 10}=\frac{40}{100}\)

Add the numerators and write the sum over the like denominator.
\(\frac{40}{100}\) + \(\frac{5}{100}\) = \(\frac{45}{100}\)
Jana and Steve collected \(\frac{45}{100}\) of their goal.

Convince Me! Construct Arguments in the problem above, why is the denominator of the total 100 and not 200?

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Suppose Jana collected another \(\frac{25}{100}\) of their goal. What fraction of the goal have they now collected?
Answer:
Given that,
Jana collected money = \(\frac{5}{100}\).
Jana collected another \(\frac{25}{100}\).
Fraction of goal have they collected =
\(\frac{5}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) =
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
\(\frac{5}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) =\(\frac{30}{100}\)

Question 2.
Write a problem that represents the addition shown below, then solve.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 53
Answer:

Do You Know How?
For 3-8, add the fractions.
Question 3.
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{4}{100}\)
Answer:
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCM of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{3}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\)) + (\(\frac{4}{100}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\))
\(\frac{30}{100}\) + \(\frac{4}{100}\) = \(\frac{34}{100}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{71}{100}+\frac{5}{10}\)
Answer:
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{71}{100}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\)) + (\(\frac{5}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\))
\(\frac{71}{100}\) + \(\frac{50}{100}\) = \(\frac{121}{100}\)

Question 5.
\(\frac{4}{100}+\frac{38}{10}\)
Answer:
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{4}{100}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\)) + (\(\frac{38}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\))
\(\frac{4}{100}\) + \(\frac{380}{100}\) = \(\frac{384}{100}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{90}{100}+\frac{1}{10}\)
Answer:
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{90}{100}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\)) + (\(\frac{1}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\))
\(\frac{90}{100}\) + \(\frac{10}{100}\) = \(\frac{100}{100}\) = 1

Question 7.
\(\frac{8}{10}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{7}{100}\)
Answer:
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{9}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\)) + (\(\frac{7}{100}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\))
\(\frac{90}{100}\) + \(\frac{7}{100}\) = \(\frac{97}{100}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{38}{100}+\frac{4}{10}+\frac{2}{10}\)
Answer:
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{38}{100}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\)) + (\(\frac{6}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\))
\(\frac{38}{100}\) + \(\frac{60}{100}\) = \(\frac{98}{100}\)

Independent Practice

Leveled Practice For 9-23, add the fractions.
Question 9.
\(\frac{21}{100}+\frac{2}{10}=\frac{21}{100}+\frac{ }{100}\)
Answer :
Given,
\(\frac{21}{100}+\frac{2}{10}=\frac{21}{100}+\frac{ }{100}\)
We have to find the missing number.
\(\frac{21}{100}+\frac{2}{10}\)
LCM of 10 and 100 is 100.
= \(\frac{21}{100}+\frac{20}{100}\) = \(\frac{41}{100}\)
So, the missing fraction is \(\frac{20}{100}\)
\(\frac{21}{100}+\frac{2}{10}=\frac{21}{100}+\frac{20}{100}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{ }{10}+\frac{68}{100}=\frac{30}{100}+\frac{68}{100}\)
Answer:
Given,
\(\frac{ }{10}+\frac{68}{100}=\frac{30}{100}+\frac{68}{100}\)
We have to find the missing number.
LCM of 10 and 100 is 100.
\(\frac{30}{100}\) = \(\frac{3}{10}\)
So, the missing fraction is \(\frac{3}{10}\)
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{68}{100}=\frac{30}{100}+\frac{68}{100}\)

Question 11.
\(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{60}{100}=\frac{ }{10}+\frac{ }{10}\)
Answer:
Given,
\(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{60}{100}=\frac{ }{10}+\frac{ }{10}\)
We have to find the missing number.
LCM of 10 and 100 is 100.
\(\frac{60}{100}\) = \(\frac{6}{10}\)
\(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{4}{10}\)
So, the missing fraction is \(\frac{6}{10}\) and \(\frac{4}{10}\)
\(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{60}{100}=\frac{4}{10}+\frac{6}{10}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{32}{100}+\frac{28}{100}+\frac{6}{10}\)
Answer:
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{60}{100}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\)) + (\(\frac{6}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\))
\(\frac{60}{100}\) + \(\frac{60}{100}\) = \(\frac{120}{100}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{11}{10}+\frac{41}{100}\)
Answer:
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{11}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\)) + (\(\frac{41}{100}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\))
\(\frac{110}{100}\) + \(\frac{41}{100}\) = \(\frac{151}{100}\)

Question 14.
\(\frac{72}{100}+\frac{6}{10}\)
Answer:
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{72}{100}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\)) + (\(\frac{6}{10}\) × \(\frac{100}{100}\))
\(\frac{72}{100}\) + \(\frac{600}{100}\) = \(\frac{672}{100}\)

Question 15.
\(\frac{5}{10}+\frac{3}{10}+\frac{18}{100}\)
Answer:
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{8}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\)) + (\(\frac{18}{100}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\))
\(\frac{80}{100}\) + \(\frac{18}{100}\) = \(\frac{98}{100}\)

Question 16.
\(\frac{7}{100}+\frac{6}{10}\)
Answer:
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{7}{100}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\)) + (\(\frac{6}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\))
\(\frac{7}{100}\) + \(\frac{60}{100}\) = \(\frac{67}{100}\)

Question 17.
\(\frac{9}{10}+\frac{4}{100}\)
Answer:
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{9}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\)) + (\(\frac{4}{100}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\))
\(\frac{90}{100}\) + \(\frac{40}{100}\) = \(\frac{130}{100}\)

Question 18.
\(\frac{30}{100}+\frac{5}{10}\)
Answer:
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{30}{100}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\)) + (\(\frac{5}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\))
\(\frac{30}{100}\) + \(\frac{50}{100}\) = \(\frac{80}{100}\)

Question 19.
\(\frac{39}{100}+\frac{2}{10}\)
Answer:
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{39}{100}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\)) + (\(\frac{2}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\))
\(\frac{39}{100}\) + \(\frac{20}{100}\) = \(\frac{59}{100}\)

Question 20.
\(\frac{8}{10}+\frac{9}{100}\)
Answer:
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{8}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\)) + (\(\frac{9}{100}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\))
\(\frac{80}{100}\) + \(\frac{9}{100}\) = \(\frac{89}{100}\)

Question 21.
\(\frac{44}{100}+\frac{34}{100}+\frac{9}{10}\)
Answer:
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{78}{100}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\)) + (\(\frac{9}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\))
\(\frac{78}{100}\) + \(\frac{90}{100}\) = \(\frac{168}{100}\)

Question 22.
\(\frac{70}{10}+\frac{33}{100}\)
Answer:
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{70}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\)) + (\(\frac{33}{100}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\))
\(\frac{700}{100}\) + \(\frac{33}{100}\) = \(\frac{733}{100}\)

Question 23.
\(\frac{28}{10}+\frac{72}{10}+\frac{84}{100}\)
Answer:
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{100}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\)) + (\(\frac{84}{100}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\))
\(\frac{1000}{100}\) + \(\frac{84}{100}\) = \(\frac{1084}{100}\)

Problem Solving

Question 24.
Algebra A mail carrier made a total of 100 deliveries in a day. \(\frac{76}{100}\) of the deliveries were letters, \(\frac{2}{10}\) were packages, and the rest were postcards. Write and solve an equation to find the fraction that represents how many of the deliveries were letters and packages.
Answer:
Given,
A mail carrier made a total of 100 deliveries in a day.
\(\frac{76}{100}\) of the deliveries were letters, \(\frac{2}{10}\) were packages, and the rest were postcards.
\(\frac{76}{100}\) + \(\frac{2}{10}\)
\(\frac{76}{100}\) + \(\frac{20}{100}\) = \(\frac{96}{100}\)

Question 25.
Make Sense and Persevere Balloons are sold in bags of 30. There are 5 giant balloons in each bag. How many giant balloons will you get if you buy 120 balloons? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 54
Answer:
Given that,
Total number of balloons solids in bags = 30
Balloons in each bag = 5
If you buy 120 balloons how many bags do you have = 120/5 = 24
For 120 balloons 24 bags are filled.

Question 26.
Higher Order Thinking of the first 100 elements on the periodic table, \(\frac{13}{100}\) were discovered in ancient times, and \(\frac{21}{100}\) were discovered in the Middle Ages. Another \(\frac{5}{10}\) were discovered in the 1800s. What fraction of the first 100 elements was discovered after the 1800s? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 55
Answer:
\(\frac{13}{100}\) were discovered in ancient times.\(\frac{21}{100}\) were discovered in the Middle Ages.
Another \(\frac{5}{10}\) discovered after 1800.
Find how many discovered after 1800 is
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{34}{100}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\)) + (\(\frac{5}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\))
\(\frac{35}{100}\) + \(\frac{50}{100}\) = \(\frac{85}{100}\)
\(\frac{85}{100}\) are discovered after 1800.

Assessment Practice

Question 27.
Delia hiked \(\frac{7}{10}\) mile one day and \(\frac{67}{10}\) mile the next. She wanted to know how far she hiked in all. Her work is shown below.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 56
Is Delia’s work correct? Explain.
Answer:
Delia hiked \(\frac{7}{10}\) mile one day
\(\frac{67}{10}\) mile the next.
She hiked in all is
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
L.C.M of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{7}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\)) + (\(\frac{67}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\))
\(\frac{70}{100}\) + \(\frac{670}{100}\) = \(\frac{737}{100}\)
Delia hiked in all =\(\frac{737}{100}\)

Lesson 12.5 Solve Word Problems involving Money

Solve & Share
A flash drive costs $24, including tax. A customer purchases 3 flash drives and pays the cashier $80. How much change should the cashier give back to the customer? Solve this problem any way you choose.
I can … use fractions or decimals to solve word problems involving money.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 57

Look Back! Generalize How can you estimate and check if your solution is reasonable?

Essential Question
How Can You Solve Word Problems Involving Money?

Visual Learning Bridge
Marcus buys a toy airplane and a toy car. How much does Marcus spend? How much more does the toy airplane cost than the toy car?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 58
You can draw or use bills and coins to solve problems involving money.

Find $3.32 + $1.12.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 59
Add the bills, then count on to add each type of coin.
$4.00 + $0.40 + $0.04 = $4.44
Marcus spent $4.44.

Find $3.32 – $1.12.
Start with the cost of the airplane, then subtract the cost of the car.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 60
Count the remaining bills and coins.
$2.00 + $0.20 = $2.20
The toy airplane costs $2.20 more than the toy car.

Convince Me! Use Structure in the examples above, how can you use place value to help add or subtract?

Another Example!
Find $6.33 ÷ 3. Draw or use bills and coins.
You can use multiplication or division to solve problems involving money.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 61

Guided Practice

Do You Understand?
Question 1.
Write a fraction and a decimal to describe how the quantities are related.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 62
Answer:
One coin = 1/10 of a dollar = $0.10
Three coins = 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 = $0.3

Question 2.
Write a fraction and a decimal to describe how the quantities are related.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 63
Answer:
One coin = 1/100 of a dollar = $0.01
Three coins = 1/100 + 1/100 + 1/100 = $0.01

Do You Know How?

For 3, use the bills and coins to solve.
Question 3.
Marcus has $15.00. He buys a movie ticket for $11.25. How much money does Marcus have left?
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 64
Answer:
Given that,
Marcus has a total amount = $15.00
Marcus buy a movie ticket for $11.25
Marcus left amount = $15.00 – $11.25 = 3.75

Independent Practice

For 4-5, you may draw or use bills and coins to solve.
Question 4.
Sarah bought 3 wool scarves. The price of each scarf was $23.21. How much did 3 scarves cost?
Answer:
Given that,
Sarah bought wool scarves = 3
The price for each scarf= $23.21
Total amount for 3 scarves = $23.21 × 3 = 69.63

Question 5.
Carlos spends $14.38 on equipment. How much change should Carlos receive if he gives the clerk $20.00?
Answer:
Given that,
Carlos spends on equipment = $14.38
He give the clerk = $20.00
Carlos received tha change = $20.00 – $14.38 =$6.62

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Use Structure Leo went to lunch with his parents. The bill was $17.85. Complete the table to show two different combinations of coins and bills that can represent $17.85.
Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answers Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 65
Answer:

Question 7.
Kenya purchases a new tablet for $109.78. She pays with six $20 bills. Show how you would estimate how much change Kenya should receive.
Answer:
Given that,
Kenya purchases a new tablet for $109.78
She pay with six $20 bills = 6 × 20 = 120
Kenya received change = $120 – $109.78 =$11.78

Question 8.
Algebra Marco paid $12 for 3 jump ropes. If each jump rope costs the same amount, how much does 1 jump rope cost? Write and solve an equation.
Answer:
Given that,
Algebra Marco paid $12 for 3 jump ropes.
For each jump = 12/3 = $4
For each jump cost = $4

Question 9.
Number Sense Jiang has a collection of 3,788 toy building bricks. He used 1,229 bricks to build a city. About how many bricks does Jiang have left? Explain how you estimated.
Answer:
Given that,
Jiang has a collection of toy building bricks = 3788
Jiang used bricks to build a city = 1229
Jiang has left = 3788 – 1229 = 2559

Question 10.
Higher Order Thinking Edward bought 7 concert tickets for himself and six friends for a total of $168. Each friend paid Edward back for his or her ticket. If one of Edward’s friends gave him a $50 bill, how much change should Edward return? Explain.
Answer:
Edward bought a concert tickets for himself and six friends for total = $168
Money for each ticket = 168/7 = $

24

Assessment Practice

Question 11.
Rajeev bought a skateboard for $37.74. How much change should Rajeev receive if he gave the cashier $40.00? You may draw or use bills and coins to solve.
A. $2.26
B. $2.74
C. $3.26
D. $3.74
Answer: $2.26

Explanation:
Given,
Rajeev bought a skateboard for $37.74.
Rajeev receive if he gave the cashier $40.00
40.00 – 37.74 = 2.26
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 12.
Genevieve bought a catcher’s mitt for $30.73 and a bat for $19.17. How much did Genevieve spend? You may draw or use bills and coins to solve.
A. $11.56
B. $49.17
C. $49.90
D. $50.73
Answer:
Given,
Genevieve bought a catcher’s mitt for $30.73 and a bat for $19.17.
30.73 + 19.17 = $49.90
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Lesson 12.6 Problem Solving

Look For and Use Structure
Solve & Share
Three people hiked the same 1-mile trail. The distance for each hiker is represented in the drawings. Show about where the 1-mile mark should be on each drawing. Explain.
I can … use the structure of the place-value system to solve problems.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 66

Thinking Habits
Be a good thinker! These questions can help you.

  • What patterns can I see and describe?
  • How can I use the patterns to solve the problem?
  • Can I see expressions and objects in different ways?

Look Back! Look For Relationships The three drawings represent 0.5, 0.25, and 0.75 mile with equivalent lengths. How does this affect where 1-mile is located on each drawing?

Essential Question
How Can You Look for and Make Use Question of Structure to Solve Problems?

Visual Learning Bridge
Maps from two different ski resorts show a 1-mile cross-country ski trail for beginners. Show about where to mark 0.25, 0.5, and 0.75 mile on each trail.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 67
How can you determine where to mark the points on each drawing?
I need to analyze each drawing and decide about where the given decimals should be located on each.

How can I make use of structure to solve this problem?
I can

  • break the problem into simpler parts.
  • use what I know about decimal meanings to locate the points.
  • use equivalent forms of numbers.

Here’s my thinking.
The size of a decimal depends on the size of the whole. The size of the whole is not the same for each drawing. Divide each whole in half to show 0.5 on each whole.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 68

Convince Me! Use Structure Use the drawing of the trail shown. Where is the 1.5-mile mark on the trail? How did you decide?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 69

Guided Practice

Use Structure
Margie painted 0.4 of her banner blue. Helena painted 0.5 of her banner blue.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 70
Question 1.
Complete the drawings to show the whole, or 1, for each banner.
Answer:

Question 2.
Explain how you determined where to draw 1 whole for each banner.
Answer:

Question 3.
Do the drawings show 0.4 < 0.5? Explain.
Answer:

Independent Practice

Use Structure
Kaitlin is making a map for the walk/run race. She wants the water stops to be at 0.5 mile, 0.3 mile, and 0.85 mile from the start.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 71

Question 4.
Label 0.25, 0.5, 0.75 on the number line as a scale reference. Explain how you decided where to mark the number line.
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals img_1

Question 5.
Estimate where 0.3 and 0.85 are located compared to the other points. Mark the points 0.3 and 0.85. Explain how you estimated.
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals img_2

Problem Solving

Performance Task

Watching Savings Grow
Tomas deposits money in his savings account every month. If he continues to save $3.50 each month, how much money will he have at the end of 6 months? 12 months? Use the table and Exercises 6-11 to help solve.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 72
Question 6.
Reasoning What quantities are given in the problem and what do the numbers mean?
Answer:

Question 7.
Make Sense and Persevere What do you need to find?
Answer:

To find the total money in the savings account.

Question 8.
Use Structure What is the relationship between the amount of money Tomas will have in his savings account in the fourth month and the amount in the third month?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 73
Answer:
Given that,
The amount of money Tomas will have in his savings account in the third month = $20.50
For each month he saves = $3.50
Total amount in the forth month = $20.50 + $3.50 = $24

Question 9.
Model with Math Write an expression that can be used to find the amount saved at the end of 6 months.
Answer:
For each month he save $3.50
For 6 months = $3.50 × 6 = $21.25
From the given table at 0 month he have $10 in her savings account.
So, for 6 months = $21.25 + $10 = $31.25

Question 10.
Model with Math Complete the table to find how much Tomas will have saved in 6 months.
Answer:

Question 11.
Be Precise Use the answers from the table to find how much money Tomas will have at the end of 12 months. Show your work.
Answer:
For each month he save $3.50
For 6 months = $3.50 × 12 = $42
From the given table at 0 month he have $10 in her savings account.
So, for 6 months = $42 + $10 = $52

Topic 12 Fluency Practice Activity

Follow the path
Shade a path from Start to finish. Follow the sums or differences that round to 2,000 when rounded to the nearest thousand. You can only move up, down, right, or left.
I can … add and subtract multi-digit whole numbers.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 74

Topic 12 Vocabulary Review

Understand Vocabulary
Word List

  • decimal
  • decimal point
  • equivalent
  • fraction
  • greater than symbol (>)
  • hundredth
  • less than symbol (<)
  • tenth

Choose the best term from the box. Write it on the blank.
Question 1.
A dot used to separate dollars from cents or ones from tenths in a number is called a _________
Answer:
A dot used to separate dollars from cents or one’s from tenths in a number is called a one decimal point.

Question 2.
One part of 100 equal parts of a whole is called a ___________
Answer:
One part of 100 equal parts of a whole is called a one hundredth.

Question 3.
Numbers that name the same amount are __________
Answer:
Numbers that name the same amount are equivalent.

Question 4.
A symbol, such as \(\frac{2}{3}\), \(\frac{5}{1}\), or \(\frac{8}{5}\), used to name part of a whole, part of a set, or a location on a number line is called a __________
Answer: fraction

Question 5.
One out of ten equal parts of a whole is called a _________
Answer:
One out of ten equal parts of a whole is called a one hundredth.

For each of these terms, give an example and a non-example.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 75
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Understand-and-Compare-Decimals-75

Use Vocabulary in Writing
Question 9.
Krista wrote \(\frac{75}{100}\) and 0.75. Use at least 3 terms from the Word List to describe Krista’s work.
Answer:

Topic 12 Reteaching

Set A pages 445-448

The essay question on a 100-point test was worth 40 points. Write this part as a fraction and a decimal.
There are 100 points, so each point is \(\frac{1}{100}\).
\(\frac{40}{100}\) is 0.40.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 76

Remember that the name of a fraction can help you write it as a decimal.

Write a decimal and a fraction for each model.
Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 77
Answer: 57/100

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 78
Answer: 7/10

Question 3.
Donnie has 4 dollars, 6 pennies, and 9 dimes. Write a decimal for the amount of money Donnie has.
Answer:

Set B pages 449-452

Locate 0.8 and 0.62 on a number line.
The distance from 0 to 0.8 is eight-tenths the distance from 0 to 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 79
Draw a number line showing hundredths. 0.62 is between 0.6 and 0.7.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 80
Name the decimal and fraction at each point.
Question 1.
K
Answer:
The decimal at the point K is 5.47
The fraction at the point K is 547/100.

Question 2.
M
Answer:
The decimal at the point M is 5.55
The fraction at the point M is 111/20

Question 3.
O
Answer:
The decimal at the point O is 5.68
The fraction at the point O is 144/25

Question 4.
N
Answer:
The decimal at the point N is 5.60
The fraction at the point N is 560/100.

Question 5.
L
Answer:
The decimal at the point L is 5.50
The fraction at the point L is 11/2

Question 6.
J
Answer:
The decimal at the point J is 5.42
The fraction at the point J is 542/100.

Set C pages 453-456

Compare 1.74 and 1.08.
The digits in the ones place are the same, so look at the digits after the decimal point to compare.
1.74 1.08
7 tenths > 0 tenths
1.74 > 1.08

Remember you can use tools such as place value blocks, number lines, or grids to compare decimal amounts.

Write >, <, or = in each Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2.
Question 1.
$4.13 Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2 $4.32
Answer:
The digits in the ones place are the same, so look at the digits after the decimal point to compare.
$4.13 and $4.32
1 tenths < 3 tenths
$4. 13 < $4.32

Question 2.
0.6 Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2 0.60
Answer:
The digits in the ones place are the same, so look at the digits after the decimal point to compare.
0.6 and 0.60
0. 6 < 0.60

Question 3.
5.29 Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2 52.9
Answer:
The digits in the ones place are the same, so look at the digits after the decimal point to compare.
5.29 and 52.9
5.29 < 52.9

Question 4.

12.91 Envision Math Common Core 4th Grade Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 2 12.19
Answer:
The digits in the ones place are the same, so look at the digits after the decimal point to compare.
12.91and 12.19
12.91 > 12.19

Set D pages 457-460

Find \(\frac{9}{10}+\frac{49}{100}\)
Rewrite \(\frac{9}{10}\) as an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 100.
\(\frac{9 \times 10}{10 \times 10}=\frac{90}{100}\)
\(\frac{90}{100}+\frac{49}{100}=\frac{139}{100}\) or 1\(\frac{39}{100}\)

Remember to find equivalent fractions with like denominators to add.

Add. Use grids or place-value blocks as needed to help.
Question 1.
\(\frac{8}{10}+\frac{40}{100}\)
Answer:
Rewrite \(\frac{8}{10}\) as an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 100.
\(\frac{8 \times 10}{10 \times 10}=\frac{80}{100}\)
\(\frac{80}{100}+\frac{40}{100}=\frac{120}{100}\) or 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{24}{100}+\frac{6}{10}\)
Answer:
Rewrite \(\frac{6}{10}\) as an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 100.
\(\frac{6 \times 10}{10 \times 10}=\frac{60}{100}\)
\(\frac{24}{100}+\frac{60}{100}=\frac{84}{100}\)

Set E pages 461-464

Find $5.21 + $1.52.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 81
Add the bills, then count on to add each type of coin.
$6.00 + $0.50 + $0.20 + $0.03 = $6.73

Remember to take away each type of bill and coin when subtracting money.

Question 1.
Chelsea had $71.18. She bought a new pair of glasses for $59.95. Can she buy a case that costs $12.95? Explain.
Answer:
Given that,
Chelsea had = $71.18
She bought a new pair of glasses = $59.95
Remaining money with Chelsea = $71.18 – $59. 95 = 12. 77
She buy a case for = $12.95
She can’t buy a case because she has only $12.77 but the cost of a case is $12.95.

Question 2.
Eddie bought 3 train tickets for $17.00 each. If he paid with three $20 bills, how much change did Eddie receive?
Answer:
Given
Eddie bought 1 train tickets = $17.00
For three tickets = $17.00 × 3 = $51
He paid bills = 3 × $20 = $60
Thus Eddie received money = $60 – $51 = $9

Set F pages 465-468

Think about these questions to help you look for and make use of structure.
Thinking Habits

  • What patterns can I see and describe?
  • How can I use the patterns to solve the problem?
  • Can I see expressions and objects in different ways?
    Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 82

Remember you can use structure to break a problem into simpler parts.

Raven joined a walk-a-thon. The red dot shows how far Raven walked in one hour.
Question 1.
Complete the number line below.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 83
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Understand-and-Compare-Decimals-83

Question 2.
Estimate how far Raven walked in the first hour. Explain.
Answer: Raven walked 2 miles in one hour.

Topic 12 Assessment Practice

Question 1.
Which represent the decimal 0.7? Select all that apply.
☐ 0.07
☐ 7.00
☐ \(\frac{7}{10}\)
☐ \(\frac{70}{10}\)
☐ \(\frac{70}{100}\)
Answer:
☐ 0.07
☐ 7.00
block img_1 \(\frac{7}{10}\) can be written in the decimal as 0.7
☐ \(\frac{70}{10}\)
block img_1 \(\frac{70}{100}\) can be written in the decimal as 0.7

Question 2.
Select all the statements that correctly compare two numbers.
☐ 29.48 > 29.69
☐ 29.48 < 29.69 ☐ 15.36 > 15.39
☐ 16.99 < 17.99
☐ 21.30 = 21.03
Answer:
☐ 29.48 > 29.69
block img_1 29.48 < 29.69 ☐ 15.36 > 15.39
block img_1 16.99 < 17.99
☐ 21.30 = 21.03

Question 3.
Lucy buys a puzzle for $3.89, a model airplane for $12.75, and a stuffed animal for $2.50. How much money did she spend in all? Draw or use bills and coins to solve.
A. $19.14
B. $19.00
C. $16.64
D. $16.00
Answer:
Given,
Lucy buys a puzzle for $3.89, a model airplane for $12.75, and a stuffed animal for $2.50.
$3.89 + $12.75 + $2.50 = $19.14
Therefore she spent $19.14 in all.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 4.
Which point is incorrectly labeled? Explain.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 84
Answer: C (4.9) is incorrectly labeled.

Question 5.
Catalina takes the money shown to the bookstore.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 85
A. Does Catalina have enough for all three books? If not, how much more money does Catalina need? Explain. Draw or use bills and coins to solve.
Answer:

B. Catalina chooses to buy only 2 of the books. Choose two books for Catalina to buy, and then find how much money she will have left. Draw or use bills and coins to solve.
Answer:

Question 6.
Write a fraction and a decimal that represent the part of the grid that is green.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 86
Answer: 63/100
There are 63 shaded blocks out of 100.
So, the fraction is \(\frac{63}{100}\)

Question 7.
Match each number on the left to its equivalent fraction.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 87
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Topic-12-Understand-and-Compare-Decimals-87
20 can be written as 20/100
2 can be written as 200/100 = 2
0.02 can be written in the fraction form as 2/100
0.20 can be written in the fraction form as 20/100 or 2/10.

Question 8.
Select all the statements that correctly compare two numbers.
☐ 7.27 > 74.7
☐ 1.24 < 1.42 ☐ 58.64 > 48.64
☐ 138.5 < 13.85 ☐ 12.56 > 12.65
Answer:
☐ 7.27 > 74.7
block img_1 1.24 < 1.42 block img_1 58.64 > 48.64
☐ 138.5 < 13.85 ☐ 12.56 > 12.65

Question 9.
What fraction is equivalent to 0.4?
Answer:
The fraction is equivalent to 0.4 is \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Question 10.
Explain how to find the sum of
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{4}{100}\)
Answer:
The fractions have, unlike denominators. First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCM of 10 and 100 is 100.
Multiply both the numerator and denominator of each fraction by the number that makes its denominator equal to the LCD. This is basically multiplying each fraction by 1.
(\(\frac{3}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\)) + (\(\frac{4}{100}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\))
\(\frac{30}{100}\) + \(\frac{4}{100}\) = \(\frac{34}{100}\)

Question 11.
Use the table below.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 88
Create a number line and plot the value of each letter.
Answer:
Envision-Math-Common-Core-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Topic-3-Add-Within-100-Using-Strategies-38

Question 12.
What decimal represents \(\frac{44}{100}\)?
Answer: The decimal that represents \(\frac{44}{100}\) is 0.44

Topic 12 Performance Task

Nature Club
The nature club at the school devoted a month to learning about different local birds. The Bird Traits photos show information about several birds they observed.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 89
Question 1.
The club leader asked students to analyze and compare the measures from the Bird Traits photos.
Part A
Randall was asked to write the mass of a red-tailed hawk as a fraction. Label the mass on the number line and write the equivalent fraction.
Answer:

Part B
Melanie was assigned to compare the wingspans of the blue jay and the sandpiper. Which bird had a greater wingspan? Show the decimals on the grids, and write the comparison using symbols.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 90
Answer:

Part C
Mila compared the wingspans of the red-tailed hawk and the great horned owl. Explain how to use place value to find the greater wingspan. Show the comparison using symbols.
Answer:

Question 2.
Gerald found the mass of a great horned owl and a sandpiper combined. Show how to write each mass as a fraction and then write and solve an addition equation.
Answer:
Given that mass of the great horned owl = 1.8
Mass of the sandpiper = 0.06
1.8 fraction is 18/10
0.06 fraction is 3/10
Mass of sandpiper and great horned owl is = 18/10 + 3/10 = 21/10.

Question 3.
The Blue Jay photo shows the wingspan of a blue jay Susannah observed.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 4 Answer Key Topic 12 Understand and Compare Decimals 91
Susannah said the wingspan of the blue jay was greater than the wingspan of the great horned owl since 1.4 > 1.3. Do you agree? Explain.
Answer:
Yes I will agree because the wingspan of the blue jay is 1.4
Wingspan of the great horned owl is 1.3
So the wingspan of the blue jay is greater than the wingspan of the great horned.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones

enVision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones

Go through the enVision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones regularly and improve your accuracy in solving questions.

enVision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones

Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 1

enVision STEM Project: Watch the Stars

Find Out Talk to friends and relatives about stars. Discuss why the stars you see in the sky change from night to night.
Journal: Make a Book Show what you found out. In your book, also:

  • Draw the stars you can see from where you live.
  • Make up and solve addition problems about the stars.

Review What You Know

Vocabulary

Question 1.
Circle the digit that shows how many ones.
91

Answer:
The digit that shows many ones is 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is 91.
9 is in the tens place.
1 is in one place.
so we have to circle for one.

Question 2.
Circle the digit that shows how many tens.
13

Answer:
The digit that shows many tens is 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is 13.
1 is in the tens place.
3 is in one place.
so we have to circle for one.

Question 3.
Circle the symbol that tells you add.
+ – =

Answer:
The symbol is +.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
for example:
3 + 2.
5.
here we did the addition operation.

Understanding Addition

Question 4.
Write an addition equation to match the picture.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 1.1

Answer:
The equation is 9 + 5 = 14.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 9 blue flowers.
there are 5 red flowers.
9 + 5 = 14.
Envision-Math-Common-Core-1st-Grade-Answers-Key-Topic-10-Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones -1

Question 5.
Noah mows 7 lawns. Mari mows 13 lawns. How many lawns did the two friends mow in all? Write an addition equation to solve.
__ + __ = ____

Answer:
The addition equation is 7 + 13 = 20.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Noah mows 7 lawns.
Mari mows 13 lawns.
7 + 13 = 20.

Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 1

Hundred Chart

Question 6.
Fill in the missing numbers on the part of the hundred chart.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 2

Answer:
The missing numbers are 42, 55, 58, 63, and 70.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers are from 41 to 70.
the missing numbers on the part of the hundred charts:
42, 55, 58, 63, and 70.

pick a Project

PROJECT 10A

Has anyone ever called you the wrong name?
Project: Make a Manatee Facts Book
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 3

PROJECT 10B
Have you ever aimed at a target?
Project: Play a Target Toss Game
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 4

PROJECT 10C
What is as colorful as a butterfly?
Project: Make a Leaf and Egg Model
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 5

PROJECT 10D
What would life be like without bones?
Project: Write and Draw an Octopus Story
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 6

Lesson 10.1 Add Tens Using Models

Solve & Share

How are these addition problems alike? Talk to a partner about how you can use the first sum to help you find the second.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 7

Answer:
3 + 5 = 8.
30 + 50 = 80.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
add the numbers.
3 + 5 = 8.
3 is in the tens place and 0 is in one place.
30 + 50 = 80.

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 8

Convince Me!
How is adding 6 + 3 like adding 60 + 30?

Answer:
6 tens + 3 tens = 90.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
6 + 3 = 9.
6 tens + 3 tens.
6 tens = 60.
3 tens = 30.
60 + 30 = 90.

Guided Practice

Write the numbers to complete each equation.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 9

Answer:
30 + 40 = 70.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
3 tens + 4 tens.
3 tens = 30.
4 tens = 40.
3 tens + 4 tens = 70.

Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 2

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 10

Answer:
10 + 50 = 60.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
1 tens + 5 tens.
1 tens = 10.
5 tens = 50.
1 tens + 5 tens = 60.

Independent Practice

Write the numbers to complete each equation.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 11

Answer:
20 + 20 = 40.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
2 tens + 2 tens.
2 tens = 20.
2 tens = 20.
2 tens + 2 tens = 40.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 12

Answer:
50 + 30 = 80.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
5 tens + 3 tens.
5 tens = 50.
3 tens = 30.
5 tens + 3 tens = 80.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 13

Answer:
30 + 10 = 40.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
3 tens + 1 tens.
3 tens = 30.
1 tens = 10.
3 tens + 1 tens = 40.

Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 3

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 14

Answer:
10 + 10 = 20.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
1 tens + 1 tens.
1 tens = 10.
1 tens = 10.
1 tens + 1 tens = 20.

Question 7.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 15
Answer:
40 + 40 = 80.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
4 tens + 4 tens.
4 tens = 40.
4 tens = 40.
4 tens + 4 tens = 80.

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 16

Answer:
20 + 50 = 70.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
2 tens + 5 tens.
2 tens = 20.
5 tens = 50.
2 tens + 5 tens = 70.

Question 9.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 17

Answer:
30 + 30 = 60.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
3 tens + 3 tens.
3 tens = 30.
3 tens = 30.
3 tens + 3 tens = 60.

Question 10.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 18

Answer:
10 + 40 = 50.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
1 tens + 4 tens.
1 tens = 10.
4 tens = 40.
1 tens + 4 tens = 50.

Question 11.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 19

Answer:
50 + 40 = 90.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
5 tens + 4 tens.
5 tens = 50.
4 tens = 40.
5 tens + 4 tens = 90.

Problem Solving
Add tens to solve. Use place-value blocks if needed.

Question 12.
Make Sense Alex and Annie each have 5 boxes of crayons. Each box has 10 crayons.
How many crayons do Alex and Annie have in all?
___ + ___ = ___
___ crayons

Answer:
The number of crayons do Alex and Annie have in all = 100.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Alex and Annie each have 5 boxes of crayons.
Each box has 10 crayons.
5 x 10 = 50.
50 + 50 = 100.
so the number of crayons do Alex and Annie have in all = 100.

Question 13.
Make Sense Becky and Dan buy some bottles of juice. Becky buys 6 bottles. Dan buys 2 bottles. Each bottle of juice is enough for 10 people. How many people do Dan and Becky have enough juice for?
___ + __ = ___
___ people

Answer:
The number of people do Dan and Becky have enough for = 80.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Becky and Dan buy some bottles of juice.
Becky buys 6 bottles.
Dan buys 2 bottles.
Each bottle of juice is enough for 10 people.
6 x 10 = 60.
2 x 10 = 20.
60 + 20 = 80.

Question 14.
Higher Order Thinking Bree says that she knows 4 + 3 = 7, so she also knows that 30 + 40 = 70. Is she correct? Explain how you know.

Answer:
Yes, she was correct.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
4 + 3 = 7.
30 + 40 = 70.
3 tens + 4 tens = 7 tens.
so she was correct.

Question 15.
Assessment Practice Which equation matches the picture?
A. 2 + 3 = 5
B. 3 + 2 = 5
C. 20+ 3 = 23
D. 20 + 30 = 50
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 20

Answer:
Option D is correct.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
2 tens + 3 tens.
2 tens = 20.
3 tens = 30.
20 + 30 = 50.
so option D is correct.

Lesson 10.2 Mental Math: Ten More Than a Number

Solve & Share

Solve each problem. What pattern do you see in the totals?

Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 21

Answer:
15 + 10 = 25.
25 + 10 = 35.
55 + 10 = 65.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Add the numbers.
15 + 10 = 25.
25 + 10 = 35.
55 + 10 = 65.

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 22

Convince Me!
Explain how you can use mental math to add 10 to 47.

Answer:
10 + 47 = 57.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
4 + 1 = 5.
47 + 10 = 57.
5 tens + 7 ones = 57.

Guided Practice

Use mental math to solve the problems.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 23

Answer:
10 + 25 = 35.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
2 + 1 = 3.
25 + 10 = 35.
3 tens + 5 ones = 35.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 24

Answer:
10 + 12 = 22.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
1 + 1 = 2.
12 + 10 = 22.
2 tens + 2 ones = 22.

Independent Practice

Use mental math to solve each equation.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 25
58 + 10 = ___

Answer:
10 + 58 = 68.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
5 + 1 = 6.
58 + 10 = 68.
6 tens + 8 ones = 68.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 26
44 + 10 = ___

Answer:
10 + 44 = 54.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
4 + 1 = 5.
44 + 10 = 54.
5 tens + 4 ones = 54.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 27
35 + 10 = ___

Answer:
10 + 35 = 45.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
3 + 1 = 4.
35 + 10 = 45.
4 tens + 5 ones = 45.

Question 6.
10 + 72 = ___

Answer:
10 + 72 = 82.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
7 + 1 = 8.
72 + 10 = 82.
8 tens + 2 ones = 82.

Question 7.
87 + 10 = ___

Answer:
10 + 87 = 97.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
8 + 1 = 9.
87 + 10 = 97.
9 tens + 7 ones = 97.

Question 8.
31 + 10 = ___

Answer:
10 + 31 = 41.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
3 + 1 = 4.
31 + 10 = 41.
4 tens + 1 ones = 41.

Question 9.
18 + 10 = ___

Answer:
10 + 18 = 28.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
1 + 1 = 2.
18 + 10 = 28.
2 tens + 8 ones = 28.

Question 10.
10 + 26 = ___

Answer:
10 + 26 = 36.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
2 + 1 = 3.
26 + 10 = 36.
3 tens + 6 ones = 36.

Question 11.
9 + 10 = ___

Answer:
10 + 9 = 19.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
9 + 1 = 10.
9 + 10 = 19.
1 tens + 9 ones = 19.

Question 12.
Number Sense Winnie used place-value blocks to show 29 + 10. She said the answer is 30. Is Winnie correct? Explain how you know.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 28.1

Answer:
No, Winnie was not correct.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Winnie used place-value blocks to show 29 + 10.
29 + 10 = 39.
so Winnie was not correct.

Problem Solving

Use mental math to solve the problems below.

Question 13.
Reasoning Sam makes 15 dollars mowing lawns one day. He makes 10 dollars the next day. How many dollars did Sam make in all?
____ dollars

Answer:
The number of dollars did Sam make in all = 25.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Sam makes 15 dollars mowing lawns one day.
He makes 10 dollars the next day.
15 + 10 = 25.
so the number of dollars did Sam make in all = 25.

Question 14.
Reasoning Tess solves 22 math problems. Then she solves 10 more math problems. How many math problems did Tess solve in all?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 28.2
___ math problems

Answer:
The math problems did Tess solve in all = 32.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Tess solves 22 math problems.
Then she solves 10 more math problems.
22 + 10 = 32.
2 + 1 = 3.
so the math problems did Tess solve in all = 32.

Question 15.
Higher Order Thinking Roger collects 75 cans. Ella collects some cans. Roger and Ella have 85 cans together. How many cans did Ella collect?
___ cans

Answer:
The number of cans Ella collect = 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Roger collects 75 cans.
Ella collects some cans.
Roger and Ella have 85 cans together.
85 – 75 = 10.
so the number of cans Ella collect = 10.

Question 16.
Assessment Practice Match each pair of addends with their sum.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 28.3

Answer:
27 = 17 + 10.
86 = 76 + 10.
43 = 33 + 10.
51 = 41 + 10.
69 = 59 + 10.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
27 = 2 tens + 7 ones.
86 = 8 tens + 6 ones.
43 = 4 tens + 3 ones.
51 = 5 tens + 1 ones.
69 = 6 tens + 9 ones.
27 = 17 + 10.
86 = 76 + 10.
43 = 33 + 10.
51 = 41 + 10.
69 = 59 + 10.

Lesson 10.3 Add Tens and Ones Using a Hundred Chart

Solve & Share
Use a hundred chart to find these sums. 8 + 40 = ? 30 + 40 = ? 80 + 12 = ?
Show your work and tell how you found each sum.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 28.4

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 28.5

Convince Me!
How could you use the hundred chart to find the sum of 6 and 50?

Guided Practice

Use the part of the hundred chart to add.

Question 1.
2 + 12 = 14

Answer:
2 + 12 = 14.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
12 has 1 ten and 2 ones.
so 12 is 1 row down on the chart.
2 is 2 ones.
2 + 12 = 14.

Question 2.
5 + 40 = ___

Answer:
5 + 40 = 45.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
40 has 4 tens and 0 ones.
so 40 is 1 row down on the chart.
5 is 5 ones.
5 + 40 = 45.

Question 3.
13 + 20 = ___

Answer:
13 + 20 = 33.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
33 has 3 tens and 3 ones.
so 33 is 1 row down on the chart.
13 is  1 ten 3 ones.
13 + 20 = 33.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 28.56

Question 4.
10 + 31 = ___

Answer:
10 + 31 = 41.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
41 has 4 ten and 1 ones.
so 31 is 1 row down on the chart.
10 is 10 ones.
10 + 31 = 41.

Question 5.

32 + 6 = ___

Answer:
6 + 32 = 38.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
32 has 3 ten and 2 ones.
so 32 is 1 row down on the chart.
6 is 6 ones.
6 + 32 = 38.

Independent Practice

Use the hundred chart to add.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 28.6

Question 6.
7 + 60 = ____

Answer:
7 + 60 = 67.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
67 has 6 ten and 7 ones.
so 67 is 1 row down on the chart.
7 is 7 ones.
7 + 60 = 67.

Question 7.
33 + 20 = ___

Answer:
33 + 20 = 53.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
53 has 5 ten and 3 ones.
so 53 is 1 row down on the chart.
20 is 20 ones.
33 + 20 = 53.

Question 8.
20 + 18 = ___

Answer:
18 + 20 = 38.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
38 has 3 ten and 8 ones.
so 18 is 1 row down on the chart.
2 is 2 tens.
18 + 20 = 38.

Question 9.
5 + 13 = ___

Answer:
5 + 13 = 18.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
13 has 1 ten and 3 ones.
so 5 is 1 row down on the chart.
5 is 5 ones.
5 + 13 = 18.

Question 10.
3 + 26 = ___

Answer:
3 + 26 = 29.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
29 has 2 ten and 9 ones.
so 3 is 2 rows down on the chart.
3 is 3 ones.
3 + 26 = 29.

Question 11.
1 + 41 = ___

Answer:
1 + 41 = 51.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
51 has 5 ten and 1 ones.
so 1 is 4 rows down on the chart.
1 is 1 one.
1 + 41 = 51.

Question 12.
4 + 32 = ___

Answer:
4 + 32 = 36.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
36 has 3 ten and 6 ones.
so 3 is 3 rows down on the chart.
4 is 4 ones.
4 + 32 = 36.

Question 13.
56 + 2 = ___

Answer:
2 + 56 = 58.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
58 has 5 tens and 8 ones.
so 2 is 5 rows down on the chart.
2 is 2 ones.
2 + 56 = 58.

Question 14.
10 + 85 = __

Answer:
10 + 85 = 95.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
85 has 8 ten and 5 ones.
so 10 is 8 rows down on the chart.
10 is 10 ones.
10 + 85 = 95.

Question 15.
7 + 12 = ___

Answer:
7 + 12 = 19.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
19 has 1 ten and 9 ones.
so 7 is 1 row down on the chart.
7 is 7 ones.
7 + 12 = 19.

Question 16.
50 + 13 = ___

Answer:
13 + 50 = 63.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
63 has 6 ten and 3 ones.
so 13 is 4 rows down on the chart.
13 is 13 ones.
13 + 50 = 63.

Question 17.
71 + 5 = ___

Answer:
71 + 5 = 76.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
76 has 7 ten and 6 ones.
so 71 is 1 row down on the chart.
5 is 5 ones.
71 + 5 = 76.

Question 18.
Higher Order Thinking Sue had some stickers in a book. She bought 30 more stickers. Now she has 36 stickers in her book. How many stickers did Sue have in the book at the start?
_____ stickers
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 28.9

Answer:
The number of stickers did Sue have in the book at start = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Sue had some stickers in a book.
She bought 30 more stickers.
Now she has 36 stickers in her book.
36 – 30 = 6.
so the number of stickers did Sue have in the book at start = 6.

Problem Solving

Use the hundred chart to solve each problem below.

Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 28.10

Question 19.
Use Tools Some hens lay 40 eggs. Then they lay 45 more eggs. How many eggs did the hens lay in all?
___ eggs

Answer:
The number of eggs did the hens lay in all = 85.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Some hens lay 40 eggs.
Then they lay 45 more eggs.
40 + 45 = 85.
so the number of eggs did the hens lay in all = 85.

Question 20.
Use Tools 22 students are at the book fair. More students came to the book fair later. There are 72 students in all at the book fair. How many students came later?
____ students

Answer:
The number of students who came later = 52.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
22 students are at the book fair.
More students came to the book fair later.
There are 72 students in all at the book fair.
72 – 22 = 52.
so the number of students who came later = 52.

Question 21.
Higher Order Thinking Write a number story for 3 + 42.

Answer:
3 + 42 = 45.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
3 + 42 = 45.
42 + 1 = 43.
43 + 1 = 44.
44 + 1 = 45.
3 + 42 = 45.

Question 22.
Assessment Practice Use the hundred chart. Which equations show the correct sum for 50 + 8? Choose two that apply.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 28.30 8 + 50 = 85
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 28.30 50 + 8 = 13
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 28.30 8 + 50 = 58
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 28.30 50 + 8 = 58

Answer:
Options B and D are correct.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
50 + 8 = 58.
8 + 50 = 58.
so options B and D are correct.

Lesson 10.4 Add Tens and Ones Using an Open Number LineName

Solve & Share

Use the open number lines to find the sums.
43 + 6 = ? 5+ 19 = ? 10+ 32 = ?
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 30.5

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 30.6

Convince Me!
Think about the problem 20 + 17. Would it be easier to start with 20 or 17 on the number line to solve the problem?

Guided Practice
Add using the number lines.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 30.7
Answer:
37 + 30 = 67.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
add the numbers.
37 + 30 = 67.
37 + 10 = 47.
47 + 10 = 57.
57 + 10 = 67.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 30.8

Answer:
26 + 50 = 76.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
add the numbers.
26 + 50 = 76.
26 + 10 = 36.
36 + 10 = 46.
46 + 10 = 56.
56 + 10 = 66.
66 + 10 = 76.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core Grade 1 Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 30.9
11 + 8 = ___

Answer:
11 + 8 = 19.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
11 + 8 = 19.
11 + 1 = 12.
12 + 1 = 13.
13 + 1 = 14.
14 + 1 = 15.
15 + 1 = 16.
16 + 1 = 17.
17 + 1 = 18.
18 + 1 = 19.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 30.10
40 + 16 = ___

Answer:
40 + 16 = 56.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
40 + 16 = 56.
40 + 10 = 50.
50 + 1 = 51.
51 + 1 = 52.
52 + 1 = 53.
53 + 1 = 54.
54 + 1 = 55.
55 + 1 = 56.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 30.11
48 + 20 = ___

Answer:
48 + 20 = 68.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
48 + 20 = 68.
48 + 10 = 58.
58 + 10 = 68.
so 48 + 20 = 68.

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 30.12
22 + 7 = ___

Answer:
22 + 7 = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
22 + 7 = 29.
22 + 1 = 23.
23 + 1 = 24.
24 + 1 = 25.
25 + 1 = 26.
26 + 1 = 27.
27 + 1 = 28.
28 + 1 = 29.

Question 7.
Higher Order Thinking Write an addition equation using a two-digit and one-digit number. Then solve by showing your work on the number line.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 30.13

Answer:
10 + 10 = 20.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
10 + 10 = 20.
1 + 1 = 2.
2 + 1 = 3.
3 + 1 = 4.
4 + 1 = 5.
5 + 1 = 6.
6 + 1 = 7.
7 + 1 = 8.
8 + 1 = 9.
9 + 1 = 10.
10 + 10 = 20.

Problem Solving

Solve the problems below.

Question 8.
Use Tools Danny writes 20 pages of his paper on Monday. He writes 32 pages on Tuesday. How many pages did Danny write in all? Use the number line to solve.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 30.14
20 + 32 = ___ ___ pages

Answer:
The number of pages did Danny write in all = 52.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Danny writes 20 pages of his paper on Monday.
He writes 32 pages on Tuesday.
20 + 32 = 52.
so the number of pages did Danny write in all = 52.

Question 9.
Use Tools Last year, Leah watched 41 movies. This year, she has watched 30 movies. How many movies has Leah watched in all? Use the number line to solve.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 30.15
41 + 30 = ___ ___ movies.

Answer:
The number of movies has Leah watched in all = 71.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Last year, Leah watched 41 movies.
this year, she has watched 30 movies.
41 + 30 = 71.
so the number of movies has Leah watched in all = 71.

Question 10.
Higher Order Thinking Explain how you would solve 57 + 7 on a number line.

Answer:
57 + 7 = 64.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
57 + 7 = 64.
57 + 1 = 58.
58 + 1 = 59.
59 + 1 = 60.
60 + 1 = 61.
61 + 1 = 62.
62 + 1 = 63.
63 + 1 = 64.

Question 11.
Assessment Practice
Add 60 + 26 on a number line. Show your work.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 30.16
60 + 26 = ___

Answer:
60 + 26 = 86.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
26 + 10 = 36.
36 + 10 = 46.
46 + 10 = 56.
56 + 10 = 66.
66 + 10 = 76.
76 + 10 = 86.

Lesson 10.5 Add Tens and Ones Using Models

Solve & Share

Maddy has 50 stickers. Jill gives Maddy 5 more stickers. Use place-value blocks to show how many stickers Maddy has now. Then use numbers and pictures to show your work.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 30.17

Answer:
The number of stickers Maddy has now = 60.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Maddy has 50 stickers.
Jill gives Maddy 5 more stickers.
50 + 5 = 60.
so the number of stickers Maddy has now = 60.

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 30.18

Convince Me!
Could you count on by 10s to add 21 + 20?

Answer:
21 + 20 = 41.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
21 + 20 = 41.
21 + 10 = 31.
31 + 10 = 41.

Guided Practice
Use blocks to add. Then draw what you did.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 30.19

Answer:
24 + 4 = 28.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
24 + 4 = 28.
24 + 1 = 25.
25 + 1 = 26.
26 + 1 = 27.
27 + 1 = 28.

Question 2.
16 + 30 = __

Answer:
16 + 30 = 46.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
16 + 30 = 46.
16 + 10 = 26.
26 + 10 = 36.
36 + 10 = 46.

Question 3.
32 + 20 = ___

Answer:
32 + 20 = 52.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
32 + 20 = 52.
32 + 10 = 42.
42 + 10 = 52.
32 + 20 = 52.

Question 4.
33 + 6 = ___

Answer:
33 + 6 = 39.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
33 + 6 = 39.
33 + 1 = 34.
34 + 1 = 35.
35 + 1 = 36.
36 + 1 = 37.
37 + 1 = 38.
38 + 1 = 39.

Independent Practice

Add. Draw blocks to show your work.

Question 5.
37 + 2 = ___

Answer:
37 + 2 = 39.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
37 + 2 = 39.
37 + 1 = 38.
38 + 1 = 39.
so 37 + 2 = 39.

Question 6.
21 + 40 = ___

Answer:
21 + 40 = 61.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
21 + 40 = 61.
21 + 10 = 31.
31 + 10 = 41.
41 + 10 = 51.
51 + 10 = 61.

Question 7.
42 + 10 = ___

Answer:
42 + 10 = 52.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
42 + 10 = 52.
42 + 1 = 43.
43 + 1 = 44.
44 + 1 = 45.
45 + 1 = 46.
46 + 1 = 47.
47 + 1 = 48.
48 + 1 = 49.
49 + 1 = 50.
50 + 1 = 51.
51 + 1 = 52.

Question 8.
4 + 33 = ___

Answer:
4 + 33 = 37.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
33 + 4 = 37.
33 + 1 = 34.
34 + 1 = 35.
35 + 1 = 36.
36 + 1 = 37.

Question 9.
50 + 14 = ___

Answer:
50 + 14 = 64.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
14 + 50 = 64.
14 + 10 = 24.
24 + 10 = 34.
34 + 10 = 44.
44 + 10 = 54.
54 + 10 = 64.

Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 30.20

Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 30.200
Look for a pattern to help you find the missing numbers.

Question 10.
Algebra Write the missing numbers. Then write the last addition problem in the pattern.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 30.21

Answer:
40 + 5 = 45.
40 + 6 = 46.
40 + 7 = 47.
40 + 8 = 48.
40 + 9 = 49.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
40 + 5 = 45.
45 + 1 = 46.
46 + 1 = 47.
47 + 1 = 48.
48 + 1 = 49.

Problem Solving

Write an equation to solve each problem below. Use blocks to help if needed.

Question 11.
Model Jamal has 32 coins in his piggy bank. Jamal’s dad gives him 4 more coins. How many coins does Jamal have now?
___ + ___ = ___
__ coins

Answer:
The number of coins did Jamal has now = 36.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Jamal has 32 coins in his piggy bank.
Jamal’s dad gives him 4 more coins.
32 + 4 = 36.
so the number of coins did Jamal have now = 36.

Question 12.
Model Julie sells 18 muffins on Monday. She sells 20 muffins on Friday. How many muffins did Julie sell in all?
___ + __ = ___
___ muffins

Answer:
The number of muffins did Julie sell in all = 38.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Julie sells 18 muffins on Monday.
She sells 20 muffins on Friday.
18 + 20 = 38.
so the number of muffins did Julie sell in all = 38.

Question 13.
Higher Order Thinking Jake has 9 marbles. He gets some more marbles. Now Jake has 79 marbles. How many marbles did Jake get? Draw a picture to solve.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 30.22

Answer:
The number of marbles did Jake get = 70.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Jake has 9 marbles.
He gets some more marbles.
Now Jake has 79 marbles.
79 – 9 = 70.
so the number of marbles did Jake get = 70.

Question 14.
Assessment Practice Which is the sum for 40 + 37?
A 47
B 57
C 67
D 77

Answer:
Option D is correct.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
40 + 37 = 57.
37 + 10 = 47.
47 + 10 = 57.
57 + 10 = 67.
67 + 10 = 77.
so option D is correct.

Lesson 10.6 Make a Ten to Add

Solve & Share

What strategy can you use to find 8 + 5?
How can you use the sum for 8 + 5 to help you find 28 + 5? Show your work and be ready to explain your thinking.

Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 40.1

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 40.2

Convince Me!
When you add two numbers, how do you know if you can make a 10?

Guided Practice
Draw blocks and make a 10 to add.

Question 1.
Find 37 + 7.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 40.3

Answer:
37 + 7 = 44.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
37 + 3 = 40.
7 = 3 + 4.
40 + 4 = 44.
37 + 7 = 44.

Independent Practice

Draw blocks and make a 10 to add.

Question 2.
17 + 7
Think: 17 + ___ = 20
So, break apart 7 into ___ + ___.
20 + ___ = ___
So, 17 + 7 = ___

Answer:
17 + 7 = 24.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
17 + 3 = 20.
7 = 3 + 4.
20 + 4 = 24.
17 + 7 = 24.

Question 3.
38 +4
Think: 38 + ___ = 40
So, break apart 4 into __ + ___
40 + ___ = ___
So, 38 + 4 = __
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 50.1

Answer:
38 + 4 = 42.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
38 + 2 = 40.
4 = 2 + 2.
40 + 2 = 42.
38 + 4 = 42.

Question 4.
42 + 8 = ___

Answer:
42 + 8 = 50.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
30 + 6 = 36.
6 = 3 + 3.
36 + 3 = 39.
39 + 11 = 50.

Question 5.
29 +5 = ___

Answer:
29 + 5 = 34.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
25 + 4 = 29.
4 = 2 + 2.
29 + 2 = 31.
31 + 2 = 34.

Algebra Write each missing number. Use place-value blocks if you need to.

Question 6.
23 + Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 50.2 = 32

Answer:
The missing number is 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
23 + x = 32.
32 – 23 = x.
x = 9.
so the missing number is 9.

Question 7.
35 + Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 50.2 = 40

Answer:
35 + 5 = 40.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
35 + x = 40.
x = 40 – 35.
x = 5.
so the missing number is 5.

Problem Solving

Solve each problem below.

Question 8.
Model Jamie has 28 cards. His sister gives him 6 more cards. How many cards does Jamie have now? Draw blocks to show your work.
__ cards

Answer:
The number of cards does Jamie has now = 34.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Jamie has 28 cards.
His sister gives him 6 more cards.
28 + 6 = 34.
so the number of cards does Jamie has now = 34.

Question 9.
Model Lisa knits 15 scarves. Then she knits 8 more. How many scarves does Lisa knit in all? Draw blocks to show your work.
cards
___ scarves

Answer:
The number of scarves does Lisa knit in all = 23.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Lisa knits 15 scarves.
Then she knits 8 more.
15 + 8 = 23.
so the number of scarves does Lisa knit in all = 23.

Question 10.
Higher Order Thinking Explain how to find 19 + 6. Use equations to show your thinking.

Answer:
19 + 6 = 25.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
19 + 1 = 20.
20 + 1 = 21.
21 + 1 = 22.
22 + 1 = 23.
23 + 1 = 24.
24 + 1 = 25.

Question 11.
Assessment Practice Explain how to use the make a 10 strategy to find 37 + 5.

Answer:
37 + 5 = 42.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
37 + 1 = 38.
38 + 1 = 39.
39 + 1 = 40.
40 + 1 = 42.

Lesson 10.7 Add Using Place Value

Solve & Share

Grace is solving 35 + 8. First she adds 35 + 5 = 40. What should she do next to find the answer? Draw a model to explain.

Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 60.2

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 60.3

Convince Me!
Do you need to make a 10 to add 23 + 15? How do you know?

Guided Practice
Add. Draw blocks to help.

Question 1.
Find 36 + 24.
6 + 4 = 10
30 + 20 = ___
So, 36 + 24 = ___

Answer:
36 + 24 = 60.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
6 + 4 = 10.
30 + 20 = 50.
36 + 24 = 60.
50 + 10 = 60.

Question 2.
Find 19 + 25.
9 + 5 = 14
10 + 20 = 30
So, 19 + 25 = ___

Answer:
19 + 25 = 44.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
9 + 5 = 14.
10 + 20 = 30.
30 + 14 = 44.
19 + 25 = 44.

Independent Practice

Add. Draw blocks or an open number line to help./

Question 3.
Find 19 + 42.
9 + 2 = ___
10 + 40 = ___
19 + 42 = ___

Answer:
19 + 42 = 61.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
9 + 2 = 11.
10 + 40 = 50.
19 + 42 = 61.
50 + 11 = 61.

Question 4.
Find 27 + 25.
7 + 5 = ___
20 + 20 = ___
27 + 25 = ___

Answer:
27 + 25 = 32.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
7 + 5 = 12.
20 + 20 = 40.
27 + 25 = 32.

Add. You can draw blocks or an open number line to help.

Question 5.
37 + 33 = ___

Answer:
37 + 33 = 70.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
7 + 3 = 10.
30 + 30 = 60.
60 + 10 = 70.
37 + 33 = 70.

Question 6.
28 + 44 = ___

Answer:
28 + 44 = 72.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
8 + 4 = 12.
20 + 40 = 60.
60 + 12 = 72.
28 + 44 = 72.

Question 7.
25 + 26 = ___

Answer:
25 + 26 = 51.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
5 + 6 = 11.
20 + 20 = 40.
40 + 11 = 51.
25 + 26 = 51.

Question 8.
56 + 33 = ___

Answer:
56 + 33 = 89.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
6 + 3 = 9.
50 + 30 = 80.
80 + 9 = 89.
56 + 33 = 89.

Problem Solving

Solve. You can draw blocks or an open number line to help you.

Question 9.
Reasoning Sara mows 15 lawns. Bill mows 12 lawns. How many lawns did they mow in all? Write an addition equation to show the problem.
__ lawns

Answer:
The number of lawns did they mow in all = 27.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Sara mows 15 lawns.
Bill mows 12 lawns.
15 + 12 = 27.
so the number of lawns did they mow in all = 27.

Question 10.
Reasoning Jon reads 24 pages. Then he reads 27 more pages. How many pages does he read in all? Write an addition equation to show the problem.
___ pages

Answer:
The number of pages does he read in all = 51.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Jon reads 24 pages.
Then he reads 27 more pages.
24 + 27 = 51.
so the number of pages does he read in all = 51.

Question 11.
Higher Order Thinking Explain how to find 27 + 15 by adding the tens first. Use equations to show your thinking.

Answer:
27 + 15 = 42.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
27 + 15 = 42.
7 + 5 = 12.
20 + 10 = 30.
30 + 12 = 42.

Question 12.
Assessment Practice For which addition equations can you make a 10 to add? Choose two that apply.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 60.8 12 + 29 = ?
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 60.8 61 +26 = ?
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 60.8 33 + 35 = ?
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 60.8 34 + 18 = ?

Answer:
Option A is correct.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
12 + 29 = 41.
9 + 2 = 11.
10 + 20 = 30.
30 + 11 = 41.

Lesson 10.8 Practice Adding Using Strategies

Solve & Share

A puzzle has 59 green pieces and 25 orange pieces. Solve 59 + 25 to find how many pieces in all. Use any of the strategies you have learned.

Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 60.10

Answer:
59 + 25 = 84.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
9 + 5 = 14.
50 + 20 = 70.
70 + 14 = 84.

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 60.11

Convince Me!
Why can you use different strategies to solve the same problem?

Guided Practice

Find each sum. Solve any way you choose. Draw or explain what you did.

Question 1.
37 + 24 = 61
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 60.12

Answer:
37 + 24 = 61.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
37 + 24 = 61.
7 + 4 = 11.
30 + 20 = 50.
50 + 11 = 61.
so 37 + 24 = 61.

Question 2.
48 + 10 = ___

Answer:
48 + 10 = 58.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
48 + 10 = 58.
8 + 0 = 8.
40 + 10 = 50.
50 + 8 = 58.

Independent Practice

Find each sum. Solve any way you choose. Draw or explain what you did.

Question 3.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 60.13

Answer:
27 + 9 = 36.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
9 + 7 = 16.
20 + 0 = 20.
20 + 16 = 36.

Question 4.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 60.14

Answer:
50 + 23 = 73.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
0 + 3 = 3.
50 + 20 = 70.
70 + 3 = 73.

Question 5.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 60.15

Answer:
32 + 28 = 60.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
32 + 28 = 60.
8 + 2 = 10.
30 + 20 = 50.
50 + 10 = 60.
32 + 28 = 60.

Question 6.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 60.16

Answer:
62 + 19 = 81.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
62 + 19 = 81.
60 + 10 = 70.
2 + 9 = 11.
70 + 11 = 81.
62 + 19 = 81.

Problem Solving

Find each sum. Solve any way you choose.

Question 7.
Reasoning Lilly makes necklaces. She has 43 blue beads. She has 20 pink beads. How many beads does Lilly have in all?
___ beads

Answer:
The number of beads does Lilly has in all = 63.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Lilly makes necklaces.
She has 43 blue beads.
she has 20 pink beads.
43 + 20 = 63.
so  the number of beads does Lilly have in all = 63.

Question 8.
Reasoning Jay has a hat collection. He has 27 hats from football teams. He has 33 hats from baseball teams. How many hats does Jay have in all?
___ hats

Answer:
The number of hats does Jay has in all = 60.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Jay has a hat collection.
He has 27 hats from football teams.
He has 33 hats from baseball teams.
27 + 33 = 60.
so the number of hats does Jay has in all = 60.

Question 9.
Higher Order Thinking Connie’s soccer team has a bake sale. The team sells 18 banana muffins and 24 oat muffins. They sell 12 granola bars. How many muffins did Connie’s team sell? Draw a picture and write an equation to show your work.
___ muffins

Answer:
The number of muffins did Connie’s team sell = 54 muffins.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Connie’s soccer team has a bake sale.
The team sells 18 banana muffins and 24 oat muffins.
They sell 12 granola bars.
18 + 24 + 12.
18 + 24 = 42.
42 + 12 = 54.
so the number of muffins did Connie’s team sell = 54 muffins.

Question 10.
Assessment Practice Garret uses place-value blocks to show 53 + 18. Which of the following model this problem? Choose two that apply.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 70.1

Answer:
Option B is correct.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
53 + 18 = 71.
3 + 8 = 11.
50 + 10 = 60.
60 + 11 = 71.
so option B is correct.

Lesson 10.9 Model with Math

Solve & Share
Pam has 13 buttons. Julie gives her some more. Now Pam as 30 buttons. Use blocks or a number line to figure out how many buttons Julie gave Pam.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 70.2

Thinking Habits
How can I use numbers and symbols to solve this problem? How can I use the math I know to show this problem?

Visual Learning Bridge
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 70.3

Convince Me!
If Miko has 23 green marbles and 30 blue marbles, how many marbles does he have in all? Draw a picture to solve the problem.

Guided Practice
Use drawings to show and solve the problem. Then write the equation.

Question 1.
Ellen has 27 stickers. Her brother gives her 26 stickers. How many stickers does Ellen have in all?
___ + ___= ___
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 70.4
Answer:
27 + 26 = 53.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Ellen has 27 stickers.
Her brother gives her 26 stickers.
27 + 26 = 53.

Independent Practice

Use drawings to show and solve the problem. Then write the equation.

Question 2.
Barry has 12 red cars. He has 14 blue cars. How many cars does Barry have in all?
___ + ___ = ___ cars

Answer:
The number of cars does Barry have in all = 26.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Barry has 12 red cars.
He has 14 blue cars.
12 + 14 = 26.
so the number of cars does Barry have in all = 26.

Question 3.
Amy picks 18 roses. Roger picks 36 tulips. How many flowers do Amy and Roger pick in all?
___ + ___ = ___ flowers

Answer:
The number of flowers do Amy and Roger pick in all = 54.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Amy picks 18 roses.
Roger picks 36 tulips.
18 + 36 = 54.
so the number of flowers do Amy and Roger pick in all = 54.

Question 4.
There are 16 apples in the bowl. George buys 15 more apples. How many apples are there in all?
__ + ___ = __ apples

Answer:
The number of apples is there in all = 31.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 16 apples in the bowl.
George buys 15 more apples.
16 + 15 = 31.
so the number of apples are there in all = 31.

Problem Solving

Performance Task

Stamp Collection
Manuel, Matt, and Jessica each have their own stamp collection.

Question 5.
Model Manuel has 18 stamps. Matt gives Manuel 30 stamps. Now, how many stamps does Manuel have in all? Draw a picture to show the problem.

Answer:
The number of stamps does Manuel has in all = 48.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Manuel has 18 stamps.
Matt gives Manuel 30 stamps.
18 + 30 = 48.
so the number of stamps does Manuel has in all = 48.

Question 6.
Model Write an equation that matches the story.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 77.1
Answer:
The number of stamps does Manuel has in all = 48.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Manuel has 18 stamps.
Matt gives Manuel 30 stamps.
18 + 30 = 48.
so the number of stamps does Manuel has in all = 48.

Question 7.
Explain Matt has 24 red stamps. He asks Jessica for enough red stamps to make 50 red stamps. Jessica gives him 25 red stamps. Did Jessica give Matt enough red stamps? Explain how you know using words or pictures.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 77.2
Can you make a 10? Why or why not.

Answer:
Jessica did not give Matt enough red stamps.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Matt has 24 red stamps.
He asks Jessica for enough red stamps to make 50 red stamps.
Jessica gives him 25 red stamps.
24 + 26 = 50.
no, Jessica did not give Matt enough red stamps.

Topic 10 Fluency Practice

Color these sums and differences. Leave the rest white.

Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 77.5

Topic 10 Vocabulary Review

Understand Vocabulary

Question 1.
Use the models to add the tens.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 77.6
___ tens + ___ tens = ___ tens

Answer:
3 tens + 2 tens = 50.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
3 tens = 30.
2 tens = 20.
30 + 20 = 50.

Question 2.
Use the models to add the tens.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 77.7
___ tens + ___ tens = ___ tens

Answer:
2 tens + 4 tens = 6 tens.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
2 tens + 4 tens.
2 tens = 20.
4 tens = 40.
20 + 40 = 60.

Question 3.
Find 19 + 12.
Add the ones. 9 + 2 = ___
Then add the tens. 10 + 10 = ___
Draw blocks to help. 19 + 12 = ___

Answer:
19 + 12 = 31.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
9 + 2 = 11.
10 + 10 = 20.
19 + 12 = 31.

Use Vocabulary in Writing

Question 4.
Solve 20 + 6 using an open number line. Explain how you solved it using terms from the Word List.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 77.9

Answer:
20 + 6 = 26.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
20 + 1 = 21.
21 + 1 = 22.
22 + 1 = 23.
23 + 1 = 24.
24 + 1 = 25.
25 + 1 = 26.

Topic 10 Reteaching

Set A

You can add groups of 10.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 77.10

Write the numbers to complete each equation.

Question 1.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 77.11

Answer:
4 tens + 1 ten = 5 tens.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
4 tens + 1 ten = 5 tens.
4 tens = 40.
1 tens = 10.
40 + 10 = 50.

Question 2.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 77.12

Answer:
3 tens + 3 ten = 6 tens.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
3 tens + 3 tens = 6 tens.
3 tens = 30.
3 tens = 30.
30 + 30 = 60.

Set B

You can also use mental math to add 10. When you add 10, the tens digit goes up by 1. The ones digit stays the same.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 77.13

Answer:
2 tens + 1 ten = 3 tens.
3 tens + 4 ones = 34.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
2 tens + 1 ten = 3 tens.
3 tens = 30.
4 ones = 4.
30 + 4 = 34.

Use mental math to solve the problems below.

Question 3.
36 + 10 = ___

Answer:
36 + 10 = 46.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
6 + 0 = 6.
30 + 10 = 40.
40 + 6 = 46.

Question 4.
53 + 10 = ___

Answer:
53 + 10 = 63.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
3 + 0 = 3.
50 + 10 = 60.
60 + 3 = 63.
so 53 + 10 = 63.

Question 5.
71 + 10 = ___

Answer:
71 + 10 = 81.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
1 + 0 = 1.
70 + 10 = 80.
80 + 1 = 81.
so 71 + 10 = 81.

Set C

You can use part of a hundred chart to add tens and ones.
3+ 40 = ?
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 80.1

Use the part of the hundred chart to add tens and ones.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 80.2

Question 6.
4 + 50 = ___

Answer:
4 + 50 = 54.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
4 + 0 = 4.
50 + 0 = 50.
50 + 4 = 54.

Question 7.
8 + 30 = ___

Answer:
8 + 30 = 38.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
8 + 0 = 8.
30 + 0 = 30.
30 + 8 = 38.

Set D

You can use an open number line to add.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 80.3

Use an open number line to add.

Question 8.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 80.4
11 + 6 = ___

Answer:
11 + 6 = 17.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
10 + 7 = 17.
11 + 6 = 17.

Set E

You can use blocks to add tens to a number.

Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 80.6

Add the tens and the ones. Use blocks to help you.

Question 9.
44 + 30 = ___

Answer:
4 + 0 = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
40 + 30 = 70.
4 tens = 40.
3 tens = 30.
40 + 30 = 70.

Question 10.
20 + 5 = ___

Answer:
20 + 5 = 25.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
0 + 5 = 5.
20 + 0 = 20.
20 + 5 = 25.

Question 11.
30 + 28 = ___

Answer:
30 + 28 = 58.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
0 + 8 = 8.
30 + 20 = 50.
50 + 8 = 58.
30 + 28 = 58.

Question 12.
19 + 60 = ___

Answer:
19 + 60 = 79.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
9 + 0 = 9.
10 + 60 = 70.
70 + 9 = 79.
19 + 60 = 79.

Set F

Sometimes you can make 10 when you add.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 80.7

Draw blocks and make a 10 to add.

Question 13.
33 + 9
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 80.8
Think: 33 + __ = 40
So, break apart 9 into ___ + ___.
40 + __ = ___
So, 33 + 9 = ___

Answer:
33 + 9 = 42.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
33 + 7 = 40.
9 = 5 + 4.
33 + 9 = 42.

Set G

You can draw blocks to help you add. First add the ones. Then add the tens.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 80.9
There are 4 tens and 3 ones. 24 + 19 = 43

Add. Draw blocks to help.

Question 14.
Find 67 + 16.
7 + 6 = ___
60 + 10 = ___
67 + 16 = ___

Answer:
67 + 16 = 83.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
7 + 6 = 13.
60 + 10 = 70.
67 + 16 = 83.

Set H

Thinking Habits
Model with Math

Can I use a drawing, diagram, table, or graph to model the problem? Can I write an equation to show the problem?
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.1

Use drawings to show and solve the problem. Then write the equation.

Question 15.
Sally sees 15 birds. Then she sees 17 more. How many birds did Sally see in all?
___ + ___ = ___

Answer:
The number of birds did Sally see in all = 32.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Sally sees 15 birds.
Then she sees 17 more.
15 + 17 = 32.
so the number of birds did Sally see in all = 32.

Topic 10 Assessment Practice

Question 1.
Write an equation that matches the place-value blocks below.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answers Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.3

Answer:
5 tens + 8 ones = 58.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
5 tens = 50.
8 ones = 8.
5 tens + 8 ones = 58.

Question 2.
Find the sum. Draw place-value blocks to show how you found it. 50 + 3 = ___

Answer:
50 + 3 = 53.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
0 + 3 = 3.
5 tens = 5 tens.
3 ones = 3.
5 tens + 3 ones = 53.

Question 3.
Find the sum of 16 and 18.
Use words, pictures, or a model to solve. Write the equation.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.33

Answer:
16 + 18 = 34.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
16 + 18 = 34.
6 + 8 = 14.
10 + 10 = 20.
20 + 14 = 34.
16 + 18 = 34.

Question 4.
Which equation matches the place-value blocks shown below? Choose two that apply.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.4
Answer:
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.5 60 + 30 = 90
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.5 6 tens + 3 tens = 9 tens
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.5 60 + 10 = 70
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.5 4 tens + 3 tens = 7 tens
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.5 6 tens + 3 ones = 9 ones

Answer:
Options A and B are correct.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
60 + 30 = 90.
6 tens + 3 tens = 9 tens.
so options A and B are correct.

Question 5.
Find the sum of 18 and 11. Explain how you solved the problem. Did you need to make a 10?

Answer:
The sum of 18 and 11 = 29.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
18 + 11 = 29.
10 + 10 = 20.
8 + 1 = 9.
20 + 9 = 29.
so the sum of 18 and 11 = 29.

Question 6.
Solve the problem.
Use place-value blocks if needed. 28 + 13 = Can you make a 10? Explain.
Circle Yes or No.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.6

Answer:
28 + 13 = 41.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
28 + 13 = 41.
20 + 10 = 30.
8 + 3 = 11.
28 + 13 = 41.

Question 7.
Use the part of the hundred chart to add. Choose the possible explanation for how to find 46 + 20.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.7
A. I start at 46 and then move two rows up to get 26. So, 46 + 20 = 26.
B. I start at 46 and then move one row down and four columns to the right to get 60. So, 46 + 20 = 60.
C. I start at 46 and then move two rows down to get 66. So, 46 + 20 = 66.
D. I start at 46 and then move two rows down to get 68. So, 46 + 20 = 68.

Answer:
Option C is correct.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
46 + 20 = 66.
I start at 46 and then move two rows down to get 66.
46 + 20 = 66.
so option C is correct.

Use the part of the hundred chart to solve each problem. What is one way to explain your answer?
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.8

Question 8.
10 + 27 = ?
A. 17; I started at 27 and subtracted 1 ten.
B. 28; I started at 27 and added 1 ten.
C. 37; I started at 27 and added 1 ten.
D. 40; I started at 10 and added 3 tens.

Answer:
Option C is correct.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
10 + 27 = 37.
I started at 27 and added 1 ten.
27 + 10 = 37.
so option C is correct.

Question 9.
4 + 35 = ?
A. 95; I started at 35 and added 4 tens.
B. 39; I started at 35 and added 4 ones.
C. 31; I started at 35 and subtracted 4 ones.
D. 12; I started at 32 and subtracted 2 tens.

Answer:
Option B is correct.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
4 + 35 = 39.
I started at 35.
added the 4 ones to 35.
35 + 4 = 39.

Use mental math to solve. Then explain how you found your answer.

Question 10.
53 + 10 = ___

Answer:
53 + 10 = 63.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
3 + 0 = 3.
50 + 10 = 60.
60 + 3 = 63.
53 + 10 = 63.

Question 11.
48 + 10 = ___

Answer:
48 + 10 = 58.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
48 + 10 = 58.
40 + 10 = 50.
8 + 0 = 8.
50 + 8 = 58.
48 + 10 = 58.

Question 12.
64 + 10 = ___

Answer:
64 + 10 = 74.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
64 + 10 = 74.
4 + 0 = 4.
60 + 10 = 70.
70 + 4 = 74.

Find the correct number to complete each equation.

Question 13.
20 + 70 = ___

Answer:
20 + 70 = 90.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
2 tens + 7 tens.
2 tens = 20.
7 tens = 70.
20 + 70 = 90.

Question 14.
30 + ___ = 60

Answer:
30 + 30 = 60.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
3 tens =30.
3 tens =30

30 + 30 = 60.

Question 15.
__ + 20 = 40

Answer:
20 + 20 =40.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
2 tens = 20.
2 tens =20.

20 + 20 = 40.

Question 16.
Use the open number line to find 40 + 23. Show your work.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.10

Answer:
40 + 23 = 63.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
23 + 10 = 33.
33 + 10 = 43.
43 + 10 = 53.
53 + 10 = 63.

Question 17.
Find 43 + 8. Do the models correctly show the sum? Explain how you know.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.15

Answer:
43 + 8 = 51.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
8 + 3 = 11.
40 + 0 = 40.
40 + 11 = 51.
43 + 8 = 51.

Solve each problem. Can you make a 10? Use place-value blocks if needed.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.16

Answer:
42 + 37 = 79.
16 + 35 = 51.
14 + 16 = 30.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
40 + 2 = 42.
30 + 7 = 37.
42 + 37 = 79.

10 + 6 = 16.
30 + 5 = 35.
16 + 35 = 51.

10 + 4 = 14.
10 + 6 = 16.
14 + 16 = 30.

Pet Survey

Maria asked other students what kind of pet they have. She made this chart.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.17

Question 1.
How many Fish and Cats in all? Use the open number line to solve.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.18
___ fish and cats

Answer:
The number of fish and cats = 57.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 27 fish in the chart.
there are 30 cats in the chart.
27 + 30 = 57.
so the number of fish and cats = 57.

Question 2.
How many Dogs and Birds in all? Use the hundred chart to add.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.20
__ + __ = ___
__ dogs and birds

Answer:
The number of dogs and birds = 47.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 8 birds in the chart.
there are 39 dogs in the chart.
8 + 39 = 47.
so the number of dogs and birds = 47.

Question 3.
Maria asks 18 students about their pets on Monday. She asks 17 students about their pets on Tuesday. How many students did she ask on both days?
Use place-value blocks to solve. Draw the blocks you used.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.200
Did you need to make a 10 when you added the ones? Explain your answer.

Answer:
The number of students did she ask on both days = 35.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Maria asks 18 students about their pets on Monday.
She asks 17 students about their pets on Tuesday.
18 + 17 = 35.
so the number of students did she ask on both days = 35.

Question 4.
Maria adds other pets to her chart. 19 students in first grade have a rabbit. 24 students in second grade have a rabbit. How many students in all have rabbits?
Part A
Draw blocks to help you solve the problem.
Part B
Write an equation that matches the story.
Envision Math Common Core 1st Grade Answer Key Topic 10 Use Models and Strategies to Add Tens and Ones 90.21

Answer:
The number of students in all has rabbits = 43.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
Maria adds other pets to her chart.
19 students in first grade have a rabbit.
24 students in second grade have a rabbit.
19 + 24 = 43.
so the number of students in all has rabbits = 43.